Skip to main content

Full text of "Tektronix Manual: 5110"

See other formats


Section 2—5110 



SPECIFICATION AND 
PERFORMANCE CHECK 

SPECIFICATION 



The following electrical characteristics are valid only if 
the mstrjment has been calibrated at an ambient 
temperature between +20° C and I 30°C, the instrument is 
operating at an ambient temperature between 0°C and 
+50° C (unless otherwise noted), and each piug-jn must 
be operating (fully installed) in a calibrated system. 



Items listed in the Performance Requirements column 
of the Electrical Characteristics are verified by completing 
the Performance Check in this manual. Herns listed in the 
Supplemental Information column are not verified in this 
manual; they are either explanatory notes or perlorinance 
characteristics for which no limits are specified. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 



Table 2-1 

VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 



! Periormance 

Characteristics i Requirements 


Supplemental 

Information 


Input Signal Amplitude 
(Differential Input) 




50 mV/displayed division. 


Bandwidth 


Dc to at least 2 MHz 
with a calibrated 5A18N. 




Channel Switching 

Chop Time Segment/Channel 




Approximately 5 /js (=-~3 ps displayed, 
*^2 fjs blanked). 


Mainframe Compartment Chop 
Switching Sequence 




Left, left, center, center... 


Amplifier Channel Chop 
Switching Sequence 




2 channel amplifier: Ch 1, Ch 2... 

4 channel amplifier: Ch 1, Ch 2, off, off, 
Ch 3, Ch 4, off, off... 


Alternate Frequency 


Sweep rate (once each sweep). 




Mainframe Compartment 
Alternate Rate 


One-half sweep rate (once 
every two sweeps). 




Amplifier Charnel 
Alternate Rate 


One-fourth sweep rate (once 
every four sweeps). 




Signal Outputs (Option 7) 
Left Out, Center Out 
Signals 


Crt-related vertical signals 


Derived from interface 
signal output pins 


Sensitivity i 0.5 V/ert div, ±3% into ^100 kfl 




DC Offset 1 


ci500 mV max 


Output Impedance 


Approximately 1 kD 




Dynamic Range 




±4 V max 


Amplifier Bandwidth 


^500 kHz up to +2 V output 
into f='50 pF 




Common Mode 
Rejection Ratio 




^=26 dB at 1 kHa 


Noise and Chop 
Breakthrougtf 


SHOO mV at each output j 

connector i 

i 



" !J excessive noisa and chop breakthrough occur, refer to Modi SI cations To Pre-Option 7 Amplifier Piug-lns in Section 4 
Mai nte nance. 



REV B, NOV 1978 



2-1 



Ofie^atSng instructions-S110 



A Ihetmai cutout in the display module provides 
ttiermai protection artd disconnects the power to the 
instrument it the internal temperature ettceeds a safe 
operating level. This device will automatically re-appiy 
power when tho temporal ore returns to a safe levcl- 

PLUG-1N UNITS 

The oscilloscope is designed to accept up to three 
Tektronix 5000-series [Prjg-in units (use only "'N" suffix 
plug-in i.inits i.inless otherwise specified). This plug-in 
feature allows a variety of display combinations and also 
allows selection of bandwidth, seitsitiviLy, display mode, 
fife., to meet tho neasuroment requirfiments. Inadditior, it 
allows tho oscilloscope system to be expanded to meet 
fLFture measurernenl requirements. The overall 
capabilities of the resultant systerri are in large part 
determined by the characteristics of the plug-ins selected 

Installation 

To install a plug-h unit into one of the plug-in 
compartments, align the slots in the top and bottom of the 
plug-in with the associated guides in the plug-in compart- 
ment Push the p,ug-in unit firrnly into the plug-in 
cotnpartnient until it locks into place. To remove a plug-in, 
pull the release latch on the plug-in unit to disengage if 
and pi.jll fhe unit out of the plug-in compartment, Plug-in 
units should not be removed or installed without turning 
off the instrument power. It is not necessary that all of the 
plug-in cotnpartments be filled to operate the instrument, 
the only piug-ins needed are those required for the 
mcastrromont to be made. 

^ CAUTION i 



For SN B > 26 1 09 & up, a 5B1 ON or SB 12N time-base 
must not be used in the right vertical compartment if 
the left vertical compartment Is also being used. 
Otherwise, the display signal of the left plug-in wilt be 
loaded (non-destructively). 

Wtien the osciltoscorje is adjusted in accordance with 
tho adjustment proceduro given in this manual, the vertical 
and horizontal gain are standardized. This alloviis adjusted 
p!i;g-in unihs to be changed from one plug-in compart- 
ment to another without readjustment. However, the basic 
adjustmcnl of the individual plug in units should be 
checked wlion they are mstalled in this system to verify 
the! r measurement accuracy. See the plug-in unit manual 
for verification procedure. 



Selection 

The plug-in vorsatKity of the oscilloscope allow.s a 
va l icty of display modes with many different plug-ms. The 
following infoimaliun is provided here to aid in [dug-in 
selection . 



NOTE 

Use only "N" Sulflx pkig-in units with the os- 

cilioscopo unless otharwiss specified. 

lo prodtice a single-trace display, install a single- 
channo! vertical unit (or dual-channel unit set for single- 
channel operation) in either of the vertical (left or center) 
compartments and a time-base unit iri the horizontal 
frigtit) Compartment. Fordual-traoe displays, either install 
a duol-chacin.el vertical unit in one of the vertical com- 
partments or install a single-channel verticaf unit in each 
vortical compartment. A combiration ot a Bingle-channel 
and a dual-channel vertical unit allows a tnree-trace 
d'Splay: likew'ise, a combination of two dual-channel 
vortical units allows a four-trace display. 

To obtain a vertical sweep with the input signal 
displayed horizontally, insert the time-base unit into one 
of the vortical compartments and the amplifier unit in the 
horizontal compartment. It a vertical sweep is used, there 
is no retrace blankings however, ifused in the right vertical 
(center) compartment, internal triggering is provided. 

For X-Y displays, either a SA-series amplifier unit or a 
5B-serius litTie-base unit having an amplifier channel can 
be mstalled in the horizonlai compartment to accept the X 
signal. The Y signal is conneotecl to a 5A-sories amplifier 
unit installed in a vertical compartment. 

Special purpose plug-in units may have specific restric- 
tions regarding the corrrpartments in which they can be 
installed. This information will be given in the instruction 
manuals for those plug-ins. 

CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS 

Controls and connnetors necessary foroperalion of the 
oscilloscope are located on tire front and rear panels of the 
iristn.jrnent. To make full use of the capabilities ot this 
instrument, the operator should be familiar with the 
function and use of each external control and connector. 
A brief description of the controls and connectors is given 
tiere. More detailed information is given under Gerreral 
Operating infortriation (later in this section). See Fig, 1-2 
for the location and description of the controls and 
connectors. 

FIRST TIR^IE OPERATION 

Tfie following procedure provides an operational 
checkout as a means ot verifying instrurriGnt operation 
and basic caltbrafion without removing the cabinet or 
making internal adjustments. Since it demonstrates the 
use of front-panci controls and connectors, it can also be 
i.ised to provide basic training on the operation of this 
instrument. If rccalibration of the oscillosoope or plug-ins 
appears to be nece.ssary, refer the insfrument system to 
qualified service personnel, it more familiarization with a 
plug-in unit is nc-eded, see the instruction manual for the 
appropriate plug-in unit, notur to Fig. 1-2 for the os- 
cilloscope control and connector locations. 



1-2 



ntv JUN 1902 



Operating instruclions-S1ig 



■■ INTENSITV Cotrtrol ■;';■■■■ 

; .C v jS^ifay : 5 ■ j 

■neiSyj. -'.7.. .J.,:.. 




FOCUS Control 

■: -asjitstirtieflrtt ic(; 

!: obtalb a mft^ctd^bab dt^ 
■pky. - 



^ EXT (hlTENSITY tWPUT^ 
7.JJbdWC16f.' 

:Pe rrhtt^^ ^plicat^ - 
aw s iStgpa is :tp; : 

coupled). PosJtlvft-goiitg ; ! ; 
bigna iA uicreas^ ■: • itftteb-' 
?«Y-: 

M'!; -■■■7;: 

: Pushbutton 

Brings beam on-screen; 
Htnits: intertsiti^ tflspla]|| 

: br- proa : insi(*e'. :57 



■ 7 ; 7pojVER::Siw'iidb;:.; 

Tu iti a . vigsti^ard: 'patver - : 
on:br-dlt. : ■ 



: CAUERATQB Lpop : 

pfWltteS /.^pdsiVhvb-biiihg 

w^fsle AdQ-biSHf* wind; 

47fitfilFpn(pai«^;7. 

wave at a (requency of 

hiitiee- ;the; bhe iW^uepr^ 

^(;::c^l)lM'affgn; and) pjrdbe: ' 

cbhapen^abpnt 



-: -TWAC^ ROtATtON. ::-' 
control 

Controls alignment of 
trace with V : Horizontal 
gndlcute tlhes7 . : : : 




■■■■ :■ : 






;•• 2 iT4 o>: 



Fig. 1-2. Front-and rear-pane! controls and connectors. 



1-3 



Operating instructiqns-S'tIO 



CHECKOUT PROCEDURE 

1 . For fhe lollowing procedure, on amplifier plug-in 
should be in one of the vertical (left or center) plug-in 
compartments and a lime-base plug-in should be in the 
horizontal [right) compartment. 



2. Set the POWER switch to off (pushed in) and 
connect the oscilloscope to a powersource that meets the 
voltage and frequency requirements of this instrument. 



3. Turn the INTENSITY control counterclockwise and 
pull the POWER switch Out to turn the instrument on. 



Initial Control Settings 

Set the front-panel controls as follows: 



NOTE 

Titles for external controls of the osc/Woscope are 
capitalized in this procedure (e.g, INTENSITY, 
POWER). 



Trace Alignment Adjustment 

6 If a free-running trace is not parallel with the 
horizontal graticule lines, set the TRACE ROTATION 
control (rear-panei adjustment) as follows: Position the 
trace to the center horizontal tine and adjust the TRACE 
ROTATION control so that the trace is paratiel with the 
horizontal graticule lines. 



Calibration Check 

7 Connect a 1 X probe, ora test lead from the amplifier 
plug-in connector to the CALIBRATOR loop. 



8 Set the time-base unit triggering level for a stable 
triggered display. Adjust the vertical and horizontal posi- 
tion controls so that the display is centered vertically and 
starts at the left edge of the graticule 



9. The display should be four divisions in amplitude 
with approximately 2.5 complete cycles over 10 divisions 
(for 60-hertz line frequency) shown horizontally. An 
incorrect display indicates that the Oscilloscope or plug- 
ins need to be recalibrated 



AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN 



Display 
Position 
Volts/Div 
Volts/Div Cal 
Input coupling 



On 

Ceniered 

.1 

Fully clockwise 
dc 



TIME-BASE PLUG-IN 



Display 
Position 
Seconds/Div 
Seconds/Div Cai 
Swp Mag 
Triggering 

I'riggering Source 



Chop 
Ceniered 
2 ms 

Fully clockwise 
Off 

- Slope, Auto Trig 
ac Coupl 
Composite 



Intensity Adjustment 

4. Advance the INTENSITY control until the trace is at 
the desired viewing level. Set the trace near the graticule 
center line. 



Beam Finder Check 

10. Move the display oft-screen with the vertical 
position control. 



11, Push the BEAM FINDER button and observe that 
the display compresses into the screen area, Reposition 
the display to screen center and release the BEAM 
FINDER button. Disconnect the IX probe or test lead. 



External Intensity input 

12. Connect a 5-volt, 1-kHz sine-wave or square-wave 
signal to the EXT INTENSITY INPUT connector. Also, use 
the signal to externally trigger the time-base plug-in. 



13. Slowly rotate the INTENSITY control 
counterclockwise until the trace appears to be a series of 
dimmed and brightened segments. The brightened 
segments correspond with the tops of the signal input 
waveform. 



14. Disconnect the signal setup. 



Focus Adjustment 

5. Adjust the FOCUS control fora sharp, well-defined 
trace over the entire trace length. 



This completes the checkout procedure for the os- 
cilloscope, Instrument operations not explained here, or 
operations tliat need further explanation, are discussed 
under Genera! Operating Information. 






1-4 



Operating InsUwctions-SIIO 



GENERAL OPERATING INFORMATION 



intenstty Control 

The setting of the INTENSITY control may affect the 
correct focus of the display. Slight adjustment of the 
FOCUS control may be necessary when the intensity levei 
is changed To protect the crt phosphor, do not turn the 
INTENSITY control higher than necessary to provide a 
satisfactory display. 



WARNING 



Damage to the crt phosphor can occur unrier 
adverse corinf/f/ons. Avoid any condition where an 
extremely bright, sharply focused spot exists on the 
crt. 



Apparent trace intensity can be improved by reducing 
the ambient light level or using a viewing hood Also, be 
careful that the INTENSITY control is not set too high 
when changing the time-base unit sweep rate from a fast 
to a stow sweep rate, or when changing to theX-Y mode of 
operation 



Display Focus 

If a well-defined display cannot be obtained with the 
FOCUS control, even at low INTENSITY control settings, 
re-setting of the internal astigmatism adjustment may be 
required (adjustment must only be made by qualified 
service personnel). 



To check for proper setting of the astigmatism adjust- 
ment, slowly turn the FOCUS control through the op- 
timum setting with a signal displayed on the crt screen. If 
the astigmatism adjustment is correctly set, the vertical 
and horizontal portions of the trace will come into 
sharpest focus at the same position of the FOCUS control. 



T race Alignment 

It a free-running trace is not parallel with the horizontal 
graticule lines, set the TRACE FiOTATION adjustment 
(rear-panel adjustment) as tollows: Position the trace to 
the center horizontal line and adjust the TRACE 
ROTATION adjustment so that the trace is parallel with 
the horizontal graticule lines. 



Beam Findeir 

The BEAM FINDER switch provides a means of 
locating a display that overscans the viewing area either 
vertically or horizontally. When the BEAM FINDER switch 
is pressed, the display is compressed within the graticule 
area and the display intensity is increased To locate and 
reposition an overscanned display, use the following 
procedure: 



1. Press the BEAM FINDER switch, hold it in. then 
increase the verticai and horizontal deflection factors until 
the display is within the graticule area. 



2 Adjust the vertical and horizontal position controls 
to center the display about the vertical and horizontal 
centerlines, 



3, Release the BEAM FINDER switch; the display 
should remain within the viewing area. 



Graticule 

The graticule of the oscilloscope is marked on the 
inside of the faceplate of the crt providing accurate, rro- 
parallax measurements. The graticule is divided into eight 
vertical and ten horizontal divisions; each division is 0.5- 
inch (1.27 centimeters) square. In addition, each major 
division is divided into five minor divisions. The vertical 
gain and horizontal timing of the plug-in units are 
calibrated to the graticule so accurate measurements can 
be made from the crt. 



When making time measurements from the graticule, 
the center eight divisions provide the most accurate time 
measurements Position the start of the timing area to the 
second vertical graticule line and set the time-base unit so 
the end of the timing area falls between the second and 
tenth vertical graticule lines. 



Calibrato!- Signal 

The internal calibrator of the oscilloscope provides a 
convenient signal source for checking basic vertical gain 
and sweep timing The caiibratorsignal is also very useful 
for adjusting probe compensation, as described in the 
probe instruction manual. The output square-wave 
voitage is 400 millivolts, within 1%, and the square-wave 
current is 4 milliamperes, within 1%. The frequency of the 
square-wave signal is twice the power-line frequency. The 
signal is obtained by clipping the probe to the loop. 






1-5 



Operating lnstiuctiofis-5110 



Intensity Modulation 

Intensity (2’Axis) modulation can be used to relate a 
third itern of electrical phenomena to the vertical (Y-Axis) 
and the horizontal (X-Axis) coordinates without affecting 
the waveshape of the displayed signai. The Z-Axis 
modulating signal, applied to the EXT INTENSITY INPUT, 
changes the intensity of the displayed waveform to 
provide this type of display. The voltage amplitude 
required for visible trace modulation depends on the 
setting of the INTENSITY control. About 1-5 volts will turn 
on the display to a normal brightness level from an off 
level, and about 5 volts will turn the display oft from a 
normal brightness level. "Gray scale" intensity modula- 
tion can be obtained by applying signals between these 
levels. Maximum sale input voltage is .150 volts. Usable 
frequency range of the Z-Axis circuit is do to one 
megahertz. 



Time markers applied to the EXT INTENSITY INPUT 
provide a direct time reference on the display. With 
uncaiibrated horizontal sweep or X-Y operation, the time 
markers provide a means of reading time directly from the 
display. However, if the markers are not time-related tothe 
displayed waveform, a single-sweep display should be 
used (for internal sweep only) to provide a stable display. 



X-Y Operation 

In some applications, it is desirable to display one 
signal versus another (X-Y) rather than against an internal 
sweep. The flexibility of the plug-in unitsavailabls for use 
with the oscilloscope provides a means for applying a 
signal to the horizontal deflection system for this type of 
display. Some of the 5B-series time-base units can be 
operated as amplifiers, in addition to their normal use as 
timo-base generators. 



Another method of obtaining an X-Y display isto install 
amplifier units in vertical and horizontal compartnnents 
(check amplifier unit gain as given in the amplifier unit 
instruction manual to obtain calibrated horizontal deflec- 
.tion factors). This method provides the best X-Y display, 
particularly it two identical amplifier units are used, since 
both the X and Y input systems will have the same delay 
time, gain characteristics, input coupling, etc. 



Raster Display 

A raster-type display can be used to effectively increase 
the apparent sweep length. For this type of display, the 
trace is deflected both vertically and horizontally by 
sawtooth signals, and is accomplished by installing a5B- 
serios time-base unit in the left vertical compartment, as 
well as one in the tiorizontal compartment. Normally, the 



unit in the vertical compartment should be set to a slower 
sweep rate than the one in the horizontal compartment; 
the number of horizontal traces in the raster depends upon 
the ratio between the two sweep rates. Information can be 
displayed on the raster using the Ext Intensity Input to 
provide intensity modulation of the display. This type of 
raster display can be used to provide a television-type 
display- 



option 7 Rear Panel Signal Outputs 

Option 7 provides cathode-ray tube-related signals to 
standard connectors at the rear of the instrument. This 
option is particularly well suited for use in the physical life 
sciences By using differentia! amplifiers, the oscilloscope 
can become a signal conditioner for other devices. 
Outputs may be used for driving counters or X-Y plotters 
in conjunction with the oscilloscope. 



Display Photography 

A permanent record of the crt display can be obtained 
with an oscilloscope camera system (see the current 
Tektronix Catalog for a complete listing of oacilioscope 
cameras and mounting adapters). The instruction 
manuals for the Tektronix oscilloscope cameras include 
complete instructions for obtaining waveform 
photographs. 



The crt bezel of the oscilloscope provides integral 
mounting for a Tektronix oscilloscope camera. However, 
no voltage is provided at the bezel for camera power. The 
camera selected for use with the oscilloscope may require 
battery operation. 



Display Switching Logic 

The electronic switching for time-shared displays is 
produced at the piug-in interface within the mainframe; 
however, the switching logic is selected in the plug-in 
units. The system allows any combination of plug-ins and 
Display switch settings Refer to the individual piug-in 
manuals for specific capabilities and operating 
procedures. 



Vertical Plug-In Compartments. When a vertical plug-in 
is in the active mode (Display button pushed in), a logic 
level is applied to the switching circuit in the mainframe 
and a display from this plug-in will occur. When two plug- 
ins are both active in the vertical compartments, a 
multiirace display will occur (Alternate or Chopped). 
When no plug-in is in the active mode, the signal from the 
left compartment will be displayed A time-base unit 
operated in one of the vertical compartments has a 
permanent internal connection to apply a logic level to the 
switching circuit; thus, a vertical trace produced by this 
unit will always be displayed. 



RFV A, NOV 107B 



Operating lnstructions-5110 



Horizontal Plug-In Compartment. Alternate or 
Chopped display switching is selected on a time-base unit 
operated in the horizontal compartment. When the 
Display switch is out (Alt), a negative impulse is supplied 
at the end o1 the sweep to allow alternate switching 
between plug-ins and plug-ir channels. When the Display 
switch is pushed in (Chop), a chopped display will appear 
if a multi-trace display Is required by the plug-ins in the 
vertical compartments. A vertioat plug-in unit operated in 
the horizontal compartment has a permanent internal 
connection to provide a chopped display if it is required. 



Switching Sequence, Four display time slots are 
provided on a time-sharing basis, When two vertical plug- 
ins are active, each receives two time slots, so the 
switching sequence is: left, left, center, center, etc. The 
two time slots allotted to each plug-in aredivided between 
amplifier channels in a dual-trace unit; if two dual-trace 
plug-ins are active, then the switching sequence is: left 
Channel 1, left Channel 2, center Channel 1, center 
Channel 2, etc. If only one vertical plug-in is active, it 
receives all four time slots. The switching sequence is the 
same for both the Alternate and Chopped display modes. 



Vertical Display AAode 

Display On. To display a signal, the Display button of 
the applicable vertical plug-in unit must be pushed in to 
activate the unit, if two plug-ins are installed in the vertical 
compartments and only the signal from one of the units is 
wanted, set the Display switch of the unwanted unit to Off 
{button out). If neither plug-in is activated, the signal from 
the left unit is displayed. Both plug-inscan be activated for 
multi-trace displays. 



Alternate Mode. The alternate position o1 the time-base 
unit Display switch produces a display that alternates 
between activated plug-ins and amplifier channels with 
each sweep of the crt. The switching sequence is describ- 
ed under Display Switching Logic in this section. 
Although the Alternate mode can be used at ail sweep 
rates, the Chop mode provides a more satisfactory display 
at sweep rates from about one millisecond/division to five 
seconds/division. At these slower sweep rates, alternate- 
mode switching becomes difficult to view. 



Chopped Mode, The Chop position of the time-base 
unit Display switch producesadisplaythat is electronical- 
ly switched between channels at a 100-kilohertz rate. The 
switching sequence is discussed earlier, in general, the 
Chop mode provides the best display at sweep rates 
slower than about one milliseoond./division or whenever 
dual-trace, single-shot phenomena are to be displayed. At 
faster sweep rates, the chopped switching becomes 
apparent and may interfere with the display. 



Dual-Sweep Displays, When a dual-sweep time-base 
unit is operated in the horizontal compartment, the 
alternate and chopped time-shared switching for either 
the A or B sweep is identical to that for a single time-base 
unit. However, if both the A and B sweeps are operating, 
the oscilloscope operates in the independent pairs mode. 
Under this conditiors. the left vertical unit is always 
displayed atthe sweep rate of theAtime base and the right 
verMcal unit is displayed at the sweep rate of the B time- 
base. This results in two displays that have completely 
independent vertical deflection and chopped or alternate 
sweep switching. 



BASIC OSCILLOSCOPE APPLICATIONS 

The oscilloscope and its associated plug-irt units 
provide a very flexible measurement system The 
capabilities of the overall system depend mainly upon the 
piug-lns that are chosen. The following information 
describes the techniques for making basic measurements. 
These applications are not described in detail, since each 
application must be adapted to the requirements of the 
individual measurement. Specific applications for the 
individual plug-in units are described in the manuals for 
these units. Contact your local Tektronix Field Office or 
representative for additional assistance. 



The following books describe oscilloscope measure- 
ment techniques which can be adapted for use with this 
instrument. 



John □. Lenk, “Handbook of Oscilloscopes, Theory, 
and Application", Prentice-Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, 
New Jersey, 1968 

J. Czech, "Oscilloscope Measuring Techniques", 
Sprirger-Verlag, New York, 1965. 

J.F. Golding. “Measuring Oscilloscopes", 
Transatlantic Arts, Inc , 1971. 

Charles H. Both Jr., "Use of ihe OscHloscope", .A 
programmed Text, Prentice-Hall, Inc.. Englewood 
Cliffs, New Jersey, 1970. 



Peak-to-Peak Voltage Measurements — AC 

To make peak-to-peak voltage measurements, use the 
following procedure: 



1 . Set the input coupling on the vertical plug-in unit to 
Gnd and connect the signal to the input connector. 






17 



Operating lr>s5ructions-511{) 



1. Set the input coupling to ac and set the Volts/Div 
switch to display about 5 or 6 vertical divisions of the 
waveform. ChecK that the variable Volts/Div corttroi {red 
knob) is in the Cai position. 



3. Adjust the time-base triggering controls for a stable 
display and set the Seconds/Div switch to display several 
cycies of the waveform. 



4. Turn the verticai Position control so that the lower 
portion of the waveform coincides with one of the 
graticule lines below the center horizontal line, and the top 
of the waveform is in the viewing area. Move the display 
with the horizontal Position control so that one of the 
upper peaks is aligned with the center vertical reference 
line (see Fig. 1-3). 



5. Measure the vertical deflection from peak to peak 
(divisions). 



MOTE 

This technique may also- be used fo make 
meast.irertients between fwo points on the waveform, 
rather than peak-fo-peaff. 



EXAMPLE: Assume a peak-to-peak vertical deflection 
of 4.6 divisions and a Volts/Div switch setting of 5 V. 



Peak-to-peak _ 4.6 ^5 (Volts/Oiv _ 23 

volts (divisions) setting) volts 



NOTE 

If an attenuator probe isusad that cannot change the 
scale factor readout ^Vo!ts/Div), muitiply the right 
side of the above equation by the attenuation factor. 



Instantaneous Voltage Measurement — DC 

To measure the dc level at a given point on a waveform, 
use the following procedure: 



1 , Set the input coupling of the vertical plug-in unit to 
Gnd and position the trace to the bottom line of the 
graticule (or other selected reference line). If the voltage 
to be measured is negative with respect to ground, 
position the trace to the top line of the graticule. Do not 
move the vertical Postion control after this reference has 
been established. 



6. Multiply the distance (in divisions) measured in step 
5 by the Volts/Div switch setting. Also include the 
attenuation factor of the probe, if applicable. 



P&sillon fe 
verkkci-l line 




Fig. 1-3. Measuring peak-to-peak voltage o1 a waveform. 



NOTE 

To measure a voltage level with respect to a voltage 
other than ground, make the following changes to 
step 1: Set the input coupling switch fo dc and apply 
the reference voltage to the input connector, then 
position the trace to the reference line. 

2. Connect the signal to the Input connector. Set the 
input coupling to dc (the ground reference can be 
checked at any time by setti ng the input coupling to Gnd). 

3 Set the Volts/Div switch to display about 5 or 6 
vortical d IvisionG of the waveform. Check that the variable 
Volts/Div control (red knob) is in the Cal position. Adjust 
the time-base triggering controls for a stable display. 

4. Measure the distance in divisions between the 
reference line and the point on the waveform at which the 
dc level is to be measured For example, in Fig. 1-4 the 
measurement is made between the reference line and 
point A. 






18 



Operating tnstructions-5110 




2. Divide the amplitude of the reference signal (voitsi 
by the product of the deflection in divisions (established in 
step 1) and fhe Vo!ts/Div switch setting. This is the 
Deflecfion Conversion Factor. 



Deflection reference signal amplitude (volts) 

Conversion ~ 

Factor deflection X Voits/Div 

(divisions) setting 



3. To determine the peak-to-peak amplilucle of a signal 
compared to a reference, disconnect the reference and 
apply the signal to the input connector. 



Fig. 1-4. Measuring instantaneous dc voltage with respect to a 

reference voltage, 4 Set tpg Volts/Div switch to a setting that provides 

sufficient deflection to make the measurement. Do not 
readjust the variable Volts.''Div control. 



5. Establish the polarity. The voltage is positive it the 
signal is applied to the • input connector and the 
waveform is above the reference line. 



5, To establish a Modified Deflection Factor at any 
setting of the Voits/Div switch, multiply the Volts/Div 
switch setting by the Deflection Conversion Factor es- 
tablished in step 2 . 



6. Multiply the distance measured in step 4 by the 
Volts/Div switch setting. Include the attenuation factor of 
the probe, if applicable (see the note following the Peak- 
tO“Peak Voltage Measurement example). 



Moditied 

Deflection 

Factor 



Volts/Div 

setting 



Deflection 

Conversion 

Factor 



EXAMPLE: Assume that the vertical distance measured 
is 4,6 divisions, the polarity is positive, and the Volts/Div 

sv/itch setting is 2 V. 6- Measure the vertical deflection in divisions anci 

determine the amplitude by the following formula; 



Instantaneous _ 4.6 

Voltage (divisions) 



2 

(Volts/Div) 



+9.2 

volts 



Signal 

Amplitude 



Modified 
Deflection X 
Factor 



Deflection 

(divisions) 



Comparison Measurements 

In some applications, it may be necessary to establish a 
set of deflection factors other than those indicated by the 
Voils/Div or Seconds /Div switches. This is useful for 
comparing signals to a refarenen voi*age amplitude or 
period. To establish a new set of deflection factors based 
on a specific reference amplitude or period, proceed as 
follows; 



EXAMPLE: Assume a reference signal amplitude of 30 
volts, a Volts/Div switch setting of 5 V and a deflection o1 
four divisions. Subslituting these values in the Deflection 
Conversion Factor formula (step 2): 



30 V 
(4) (5 V) 



- 1.5 



Vertical Deflection Factor 

1 . Apply a reterence signal of known amplitude to the 
vertical input connector. Using the Volts/Div switch and 
variable Volts/Div control, adjust the display for an exact 
number of divisions. Do not move the variable Volts/Div 
control after obtaining the desired detlection. 



Then, with a Volts/Div switch setting of 2 V. the 
Modified Deflection Factor (step 5) is: 

(2 V) (1.5) -- 3 volls.-'division 



19 



Opet'^ting Bnstrucil(»iis~5110 



To determine the peak-to-peak amplitude of an applied 
signs! that produces a vertical derlection of five divisions 
with the above conditions, use the Signal Amplitude 
formula (step 6): 



(3 V) (5) - 15 volts 



6. Measure the horizontal deflection in divisions and 
determine the period by the following formula: 



Period 



Modified 

Deflection 

Factor 



horizontal 
X deflection 
(divisions) 



Sweep Rate 

1 . Apply a reference signal of known frequency to the 
vertical input connector. Using the Seconds/Div switch 
and variable Seconds/Div control, adjust the display so 
that one cycle of the signal covers an exact number of 
horizontal divisions. Do not change the variable 
Seconds/Div control after obtaining the desired deflec- 
tion. 



2. Divide the period of the reference signal (seconds) 
by the product of the horizontal deflection in divisions 
(established in step 1) and the setting ot the Seconds/Div 
switch. This is the Deflection Conversion Factor. 



Deflection 


reference signal period (seconds) 


Conversion — . 


.... 






Factor 


horizontal 




Sec/Div 




deflection 


X 


switch 




(divisions) 




setting 



3 To determine the period of an unknown signal, 
disconnect the reference and apply the unknown signal. 



EXAMPLE: Assume a reference signal frequency of 455 
hertz (period 2.2 miiliseconds), a Seconds/Div switch 
setting of .2 ms, and a horizontal deflection of eight 
divisions. Substituting these values in the Deflection 
Conversion Factor formula (step 2): 



(8) (C.2 ms) 



Then, with s Seconds/Div switch setting of 50 ;js, the 
Mlodified Deflection Factor (step 5) is: 



(50 jjs) (1.375) — 68.75 microseconds/division 



To determine thetime period of an applied signal which 
completes one cycle in seven horizontal divisions, use the 
Period formula (step 6): 

(63.75 /JS) (7) 481 microseconds 



This product can be converted to frequency by taking 
the reciprocal of the period (see application of Deter- 
mining Frequency). 



4. Set the Seconds/Div switch to a selling that 
provides sufficient horizontal deflection to make an 
accurate measurement. Do not readjust the variable 
Seconds/Div control. 



Time Period fifisasuremefit 

To measure the time (period) between two points on a 
waveform, use the following procedure; 



5. To establish a Moditied Oetlection Factor at any 
setting of the Seconds/Div sv,iitch, multiply the 
Seconds/Div switch setting by the Deflection Conversion 
Factor estataiished in step 2. 



Modified 

Deflection 

Factor 



Seconds/Div 
switch setting 



Deflection 

Conversion 

Factor 



1. Connect the signal to the vertical input connector, 
select either ac or dc input coupling, and set the Voits/Div 
switch to display about four divisions of the waveform, 



2. Set the time-base triggering controls to obtain a 
stable display. Set the Seconds/Oiv switch to the fastest 
Sweep rate that will permit displaying one cycle of the 
waveform in less than eight divisions (some non-iinearity 
may occur in tfie first and last graticule divisions of 
dispfay). Refer to Fig. 1-5. 



MO 






Operating lnsiructions-5110 




Fig. 1-5, Measuring time duration (period) between points on a 
waveform. 



3, Adjust the verlicai Position control to move the 
points between which the time measurement is made to 
the center horizontal line. Adjitst the honzontai Position 
controi to center the time-measurement points within the 
center eight divisions of the graticule. 



4. Measure the horizontal distance between the time 
measurennent points. Se sure the variable Seconds/Div 
control is in the Cal position. 



5. Multiply the distance measured in step 4 by the 
setting o1 the Seconds/Div switch. 

EXAMPLE: Assume that the horizontal distance 
between the time- measurement points is five divisions and 
the Seconds/Div switch is set to .1 ms. Using the formula: 

horizontal Sec/Div 

Period — distance x switch = (5) (0.1 ms) — 0.5 ms 
(divisions) setting 

The period is 0.5 millisecond. 



Detennining Frequency 

The time measurement technique can also be used to 
determine the frequency of a signal. The frequency of a 
periodically recurrent signal is the reciprocal of the time 
duration (period) of one cycle. Use the following 
procedure: 

1 . Measure the period of one cycle of the waveform as 
described in the previous application. 



2. Take the reciprocal of the period to detenriine the 
frequency. 

EXAMPLE: The frequency of the signal shown in Fig. 1- 
5, which has a period of 0.5 millisecond is:: 



Frequency = 1 ^ — 2 kilohertz 

period 0.5 ms 



Risetime Measurement 

Risetime measurements employ basically the same 
techniques as the time-period measurements The main 
difference is the points between which the measurement is 
made The following procedure gives the basic method of 
measuring risetime between the 10% and 90% points of the 
waveform. 



1 . Connect the signal to the input connector. 



2. Set the Volts/Div switch and variabie Volts/Div 
control to produce a display exactly five divisions in 
amplitude. 



3. Center the display about the center horizontal line 
with the vertical Posilion control. 



4 Set the time-base triggering controls to obtain a 
stable display. Set the Seconds/Div switch to the fastest 
sweep rate that will display less than eight divisions 
between the 10% and 90% points on the waveform {see Fig, 
1 - 6 ). 




Fig. 1-6. Measuring risetime. 



1-n 



operating lfistructions-5110 



5. Adjust the horizontal Position control to move the 
10% point of the waveform to the second vertical line of the 
graticule. 



fi. Measure the horizontal distance between the 10% 
and 90% points. Be sure the variable Seconds/Div control 
is in the Cal position. 



7. Multiply the distance measured in step 6 by the 
setting of the Seconds/Div switch. 

EXAMPLE: Assume that the horizontal distance 
between the 10% and 90% points is four divisions and the 
Seconds/Div switch is set to 1 ^s. 

Using the period formula to find risetime: 



4. Connect the reference signal to the Channel 1 input 
connector and the comparison signal to the Channel 2 (or 
center plug-in) input connector. The reference signal 
should precede the comparison signal in time. Use coaxial 
cables or probes which have similar time-delay 
characteristics to connect the signal to the input connec- 
tors. 



5. 11 the signals are of opposite polarity, invert the 
Channel 2 (or center plug-in) display. (Signals may be of 
opposite polarity due to 160“ phase difference; if so, take 
this into account in the final calculation.) 

6. Set the Volts/Div switches to produce about four 
divisions of display waveform. 

7. Set the time-base triggering controls for a stable 
display. Set the Seconds/Div switch fcrasweep rate which 
shows three or more divisions between the measurement 
points, if possible. 



Risetime 

period 



horizontal Sec/Div 

distance X switch - (4) (1 /js) — 4 pa 
(divisions) setting 



a. Adjust the vertical Position controls to bring the 
measurement points to the center horizontal reference 
line. 



The risetime is 4 microseconds. 



9. Adjust the horizontal Position control so the 
Channel 1 (or left plug-in) waveform (reference) crosses 
the center horizontal line at a vertical graticule line. 



10. Measure the horizontal distance between the two 
measurement points (see Fig, 1-7). 



Time Difference Measurements 

When used in conjunction with a calibrated time-base 
plug-in unit, the multi-trace feature of the oscilloscope 
permits measurement of time difference between two or 
more separate events, T o measure time difference, use the 
following procedure: 

1. Set the input coupling switches of the amplifier 
channels to either ac or dc. 

2. ,5e1 the Display switch on the ti me-base unit to either 
Chop or Alt. in general. Chop is more suitable for low- 
freguency signals. More information on determining the 
mode is given under Vertical Display Mode in this section. 

3. Set the vertical plug-in triggering switches to trigger 
the display (jri Charirrel 1 (or left plug-in) and Channel 2 (or 
center pUrg-in). 




operating Inst ructions -5 110 



11. Multiply the measured distance by the setting of 
the Seconds/Div switch. 



EXAMPLE: Assume that the Seconds/DIv switch is set 
to 50 AS and the horizontal distance between measure- 
ment points is tour divisions. Using the formula: 



Sec/Div horizontal 

- switch X distance ■ - (50 /js) (4) — 200 fjs 
setting (divisions) 



The time delay is 200 microseconds. 



Multi-trace Phase Difference Measurement 

Phase Comparison between two or more signals of the 
same frequency can be made using a dual-trace plug-in or 
twosingle-trace plug-ins. This method of phase difference 
measurement can be used up to the frequency limit of the 
vertical system. To make the comparison, use thefoliow- 
ing procedure: 



1. Set the input coupling, switches of the amplifier 
channels to either ac or dc. 



2. Set the Display switch on the time-base unit to either 
Chop or Alt, In general, Chop is more suitable for low- 
frequency signals and the Alt position is more suifabie for 
high-frequency signals More information on determining 
the mode is given under Vertical Display Mode in this 
section. 



3. Set the vertical plug-in triggering switches to trigger 
thedisplay on Channel 1 (or leftplug-in) and Channel 2 (or 
center plug-in) 



4 Connect the reference signal to the Channel 1 input 
connector and comparison signal to the Channel 2 (or 
center plug-in) input connector. The reference signal 
should precede the comparison signal in time. Use coaxial 
cables or probes which have similar time-deiay 
Characteristics to connect the signals to the input connec- 
tors. 



5. If the signals are of opposite polarity invert the 
Channel 2 (or center plug-in) display. (Signals may be of 
opposite polarity due to 180° phase difference; if so, take 
this into account in the final calculation.) 



6. Set the Volts/Divswitches and the variable Volts/Div 
controls so the displays are equal and about five divisions 
in amplitude. 



7. Set the time-base triggering controls to obtain a 
stable display. Set the Seconds/Div switch to a sweep rate 
which displays about one cycle of the waveform. 



8. Move the waveforms to the center of the graticule 
with the vertical Position controls. 



9. Turn the variable Seconds/Div control until one . 
cycle of the reference signal (Channel 1, or left piug-in) 
occupies exactly eight divisions between the second and 
tenth vertical lines of the graticule (see Fig 1-8). Each 
division of the graticule represents 45° of the cycle (360° 

1 8 divisions — 46°/division). The sweep rate can be stated 
in terms of degrees as 45° /division. 



10, Measure the horizontal difference between cor- 
responding points on the waveforms. 



11, Multiply the measured distance (in divisions) by 
45° /division (sweep rate) to obtain the exact amount of 
phase difference. 



EXAMPLE: Assume a horizontal difference of 0.6 
division with a sweep rate of 45°/division as shown in Fig. 
1-8. Use the formula: 

Phase horizontal sweep rate 
Difference = difference X (degrees/ — (0.6) (4S°)=27° 
(divisions) division) 



The phase difference is 27°, 




Fig. 1-3. Measuring phase difference. 



operating Instructfons — 5110 



High Resolution Phase Measurement 

More accurate dual-trace phase measurements can be 
made by increasing the sweep rate (without changing the 
variable Seconds/Div control setting). One of the easiest 
ways to increase the sweep rate is vdth the Swp Mag (10X) 
button on the time-base unit. 



EXAMPLE: ft the sweep rate were increased 10 times 
with the magnifier, the magnifier sweep rate should be 
45' /division : 10 -■ 4 5'Vdivision Figure 1-9 shows the 
same signals as used in Figure 1-8, but with the Swp Mag 
button pushed in. With a horizontal difference of six 
divisions the phase difference is: 



2. Set each amplifier unit input coupling switch to dc, 
and set the position controls of the selected X and Y 
channels for a spot display at graticule center. 



3. Connect low-frequency sine-wave signals of the 
same frequency to the selected X and Y inputs. 



4. Advance the IWTENSITY control until the display is 
at the desired viewing level. Set the amplifier deflection 
factors and variable Volts/Div controls for six divisions of 
vertical and horizontal deflection, and set the position 
controls to centerthe display on the graticule as shown in 
Fig. 1-10. 



Phase 

Difference 



horizontal 
- difference 
(divisions) 



magnified 

X (6) (4.5')-27- 

(degrees/ ' ' ' 

division) 



5. Measure and record the overall vertical deflection 
(A) and the opening of the Lissajous display (B). measur- 
ing vertically at the graticule horizontal center line (see 
Fig, 1-10), 



The phase difference is 27‘\ 



Channel 1 , or left Chartnel 2, or 

plug-in (referencel carter ptup-in 




htg. 1 -S. Migh-resolutlon phase dilference measurement with 
increased sweep rate. 



X-Y Phase Measurements 

The X-Y phase measurement method can also be used 
to measure the phase difference between two signals of 
the same frequency. The phase angle is determined from 
the Lissajous paltem as oullined in the following steps: 



1. Insert an amplifier p5ug-in unit into One of the 
vertical plug-in compartments and an amplifier of the 
same type into the horizontal plug-in compartment. 



6. Divide B by A to obfain the trigonometric sine of the 
phase angle difference between the two signals. Obtain 
the phase angle from a trigonometric table to determine 
the phase angle between the X and Y signals. If the display 
appears as a diagonal straight line, the two signals are 
either in phase (tilted upper right to tower left), or 180° out 
of phase (tilted upper left to lower right), If the display is a 
circle, the signals are 90° out of phase. Fig, 1-1 1 shows the 
Lissajous displays produced between 0° and 360° . Notice 
that above 180° phase shift, the resultant display is the 
same as at some lower angle. 



EXAMPLE; Assume a display as shown in Fig, 1-10 
where A is 6 divisions and B is 0.4 division. 




Fig. 1-10. Phase difference measurement from an X-Y display. 



1-14 



(oi 



Operating inslructions-5110 



Using the formuia: 



Sin 



B 

A 



0.4 

6 



0.0667 



From the trigonometric tables: 

(t - arcsin 0.0667 ^ - 3.E2' 

The phase angle difference between theXand Y signals 
is 3.82°. 




Fig. 1-11. Phase of a Lissajous dispiay, fA) 0“ or 360°, (B) 30° or 330% (C) 90° or 270°, (D) 150° or 210°, and (EJ 180°. 



Section 2—5110 



SPECIFICATION AND 
PERFORMANCE CHECK 

SPECIFICATION 



The following electrical characteristics are valid only if 
the mstrjment has been calibrated at an ambient 
temperature between +20° C and I 30°C, the instrument is 
operating at an ambient temperature between 0°C and 
+50° C (unless otherwise noted), and each piug-jn must 
be operating (fully installed) in a calibrated system. 



Items listed in the Performance Requirements column 
of the Electrical Characteristics are verified by completing 
the Performance Check in this manual. Herns listed in the 
Supplemental Information column are not verified in this 
manual; they are either explanatory notes or perlorinance 
characteristics for which no limits are specified. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 



Table 2-1 

VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 



! Periormance 

Characteristics i Requirements 


Supplemental 

Information 


Input Signal Amplitude 
(Differential Input) 




50 mV/displayed division. 


Bandwidth 


Dc to at least 2 MHz 
with a calibrated 5A18N. 




Channel Switching 

Chop Time Segment/Channel 




Approximately 5 /js (=-~3 ps displayed, 
*^2 fjs blanked). 


Mainframe Compartment Chop 
Switching Sequence 




Left, left, center, center... 


Amplifier Channel Chop 
Switching Sequence 




2 channel amplifier: Ch 1, Ch 2... 

4 channel amplifier: Ch 1, Ch 2, off, off, 
Ch 3, Ch 4, off, off... 


Alternate Frequency 


Sweep rate (once each sweep). 




Mainframe Compartment 
Alternate Rate 


One-half sweep rate (once 
every two sweeps). 




Amplifier Charnel 
Alternate Rate 


One-fourth sweep rate (once 
every four sweeps). 




Signal Outputs (Option 7) 
Left Out, Center Out 
Signals 


Crt-related vertical signals 


Derived from interface 
signal output pins 


Sensitivity i 0.5 V/ert div, ±3% into ^100 kfl 




DC Offset 1 


ci500 mV max 


Output Impedance 


Approximately 1 kD 




Dynamic Range 




±4 V max 


Amplifier Bandwidth 


^500 kHz up to +2 V output 
into f='50 pF 




Common Mode 
Rejection Ratio 




^=26 dB at 1 kHa 


Noise and Chop 
Breakthrougtf 


SHOO mV at each output j 

connector i 

i 



" !J excessive noisa and chop breakthrough occur, refer to Modi SI cations To Pre-Option 7 Amplifier Piug-lns in Section 4 
Mai nte nance. 



REV B, NOV 1978 



2-1 



specification and Performance Check-5110 



Tabie 2-2 

HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER 



Chafactefistics 


Performance 

Requirements 


Supple mentaf 
Information 


Input Signal Amplitude 
(Ditferertial Input) 




bO mV displfiyed divisiort. 


Horizontal Centering 




0.5 division or less. 


Bandwidth 


Dc to at least 2 MHr with a 
calibrated SA1BM having a serial 
number above B 1 2B 1 30. 




X-Y Ph^se DLfterenoe 
Between Vertical and 
Horizontal Compartments 


1 ° or leas to 100 kHz. 


Checked with two plug-ms 
of the same typG. 


Signal Outputs (Option 7) 
Right Out Signal 


Cri-relaled sweep signal 


Derived from interface 
signal outptt pins. 


Sensctivity 


0.5 v.'crt div, -r3^,v into o.v lOD ktl. 




Polarity and Output 
Voltage 


Positive-going ramp, .-i-’5V. 


DC offpBt provided by 
timebase position control. 


Output Impodaiice 


Approximately 1 kii. 




Gate Out Signal 


Crt-related Z-axis signal 


Selected hy timebase. 


Output Levels 


TTL compatible 


Low: Sinking 1.6 mA, -'-.= 0.^ V, 
High: Supplying 40 ^A, V-'2.4 V. 


Risetime 




1 fiS into .v;.50 pF. 


Fatitime 




tf;.-200 ns imo '-•.-.50 pF. 


Table 2-3 

Z-AXIS AMPLIFIER 


Charactefistica 


Performance 

Requirements 


Supplemental 

Information 


Exiemal Intensity Input 
Usetul ifiput Voltage 


H- 5 V will turn on display to 
a normal brightness level from 
an off level; —5 V will turr^ 
off display from a normal 
brightness level. 




Useable Frequency Rarye 


DC to 1 MHz- 




Inpijl Ft and C, 




Approximately 1C kS2, 
paralleled by approximalety 
40 pF. 


Maxirnun'i Safe Input 




±50 V (dc -|- peak ac). 


Table 2-4 
DISPLAY 


Characteristics 


Performance 

Requirements 


I Supplemental 

Information 


Cathode-Flav Tube 
Deflection 


1 


Electrostatic. 


Phosphor i 


P31 standarcf; P7 or P11 



optional. 



2-2 



REV DEC iSeS 



SpccHtcation end F’edarmence Cheek-5110 



Table 2-4 (cont) 
DISPLAY 


Characteristics 


Performance 

Requirements 


Supplemental 

tnformaAlon 


Accelerating Voltage 


3.5 kV. 


Orthogonality 




90°, within 1 + 


Geomet ry 




0.1 division or less. 


Beam Finder 




Limits display to within 
graticule area and 
intensifies display if 
brightness level is low, 


Table 2-5 

CALIBRATOR AND POWER INPUT 


1 Performance 

Characteristics Requirements 


Supplemental 

Information 


Calibrator 

Voltage , 


400 mV, within 1%. 


Current 




4 mA, within 1%. 


Frequency 




Twice the line frequency. 


Power Input 

Line Voltage (RMS) 




Nominal 100 V, 110 V, 120 V, 200 V, 
220 V, 240 V ±10% (250 V maximum). 


Fuse Data 




1.6 A slow blow (120 V ac). 
1 A slow blow (240 V ac). 


Line Frequency ■ 


45 to 440. Hz. 


Power Consumption 




Typical: 53 W. Maximum: 75 W. 


Insulation Voltage 




1500 V (RMS) minimum at 50 to 60 Hz 
for 10 seconds duration minimum. 


Ground Continuity (Between 
Safety Ground and Instrument) 




Less than 0.1 Cl. 


ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Table 2-5 

ENVIRONMENTAL 


Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplemental Information 


Temperature 

Operating 


0“C to +50° C. 




Storage 


-40* C to +70° C. 


Altitude 
Ope rati ng 


To 15,000 feet, 


i 


Sto rage 


To 50,000 feet. 


Vibration 

Operating and 
Non-Operating 


With the instrument complete and oper- 
ating, vibration frequency swept from 
10 to 50 to 10 Hz at 1 minute per 
sweep. Vibrate 15 minutes in each of 
1 the three axes at 0.015" total dis- 
placement. Hold 3 minutes at any 
resonance, or if none, at 50 Hz, 

Total time, 54 minutes, 



REV 3, MOV 1978 



2-3 



Sp&ctiication and Performance Cliec1(-3110 



Table 2-6 (con!) 
ENVIRONMENTAL 



Characteristics 


Performance Requirements 


Supplementel Informatiorr 


Shock 

Operating and 
Won-Operating 


30 g‘s, 1/2 sina, 1 1 ms duration, 

2 shocks in each direction along 

3 major axes for a total of 12 
shocks. 




Transportation 


Qualified under National Safe Transit 
Committee Test Procedure 1A, 
Category II. 





PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Table 2-7 
PHYSICAL 



-T 

Parameter 


Bench Oscilloscope 


Rack Oscilloscope 


Overall Dimensions 
Height 


12.0 in. (30.5 cm). 


5.2 in. (13.2 cm). 


Length 


20.4 in, (51.8 cm). 


20.4 in. (51.8 cm). Rack 
depth required: 19.0 in. 
(48.3 cm). 


Width 


8.4 in (21,4 cm), 


19.0 in (48.3 cm). 


Wet Weight 


Approximately 19,1 lbs. 
(8.7 kg). 


Approximately 23.1 lbs. 
(10.5 kg). 


Shipping Weight 


Approximately 30.0 lbs. 
(13.6 kg). 


Approximately 39.0 lbs. 
(17.7 kg). 


Export Weight 


Approximately 45.0 lbs. 
(20.4 kg). 


Approximately 59.0 lbs. 
^ (26.8 kg). 


Finish 


Anodized aluminum panel and chassis. Blue-vinyl coated cabinet. 



POWER TO EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT 



With the plug-in units removed from the oscilloscope, 
the unused power capability of the oscilloscope power 
supplies may be used to operate external electronic 
equipment. The recommended access to the power 
supplies is through the Interface circuit board. Special 
equipment is available from Tektronix, Inc. to facilitate 
connection to the individual power supply voltages. Order 
theequipment through yourlocalTektronIx Field Office or 
representative. 

Table 2-8 lists the maximumcurrentdrawand Interface 
pin assignment for only those power supply voltages 
recommended for operating external electronic equip- 
ment. 



Table 2-3 

POWER AVAILABLE TO EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT 



Power 

Supply 

Voltage 


Maximum 

Current/ 

Compartment 


Maximum 

Total 

Current 


InteHacc 
Pin No, 


-200 V 


10 mA 


30 tnA 


At 


+30 V 


80 mA 


240 mA 


A5 


+5 V 


130 mA 


390 mA 


B2 


-30 V 


80 mA 


240 mA 


B5 



2-4 



REV A, NOV 1378 



Specification and Performance CKeck-SltO 



PERFORMANCE CHECK 



Introduction 

This procedure checks the osciiloscope for measure- 
ment accuracy against the toierances iisted as Perfor- 
mance Requirements that appear under Electriqai 
Characteristics at the beginning of this section, if the 
instrument faiis to meet the requirements given in this 
Performance Check, the Adjustment procedure {Sections 
in this manual) shouid be performed. The Performance 
Check can be used by an incoming inspection facility to 
determine acceptability of performance. It is not 
necessary to remove the instrument cabinet to perform 
this procedure, since all checks are made frorn the front 
panel. 

The Electrical Characteristics in this section are valid 
only if the osciiloscope has been calibrated at an ambient 
temperature between — 20"C to ■ 30® C and is operating at 
an ambient temperature between 0®C to T50®C. 

Tolerances that are specified in this Performance 
Check procedure apply to the instrument under test and 
do not include test equipment error. Limits and tolerances 
in this procedure are instrument performance re- 
quirements only if listed in a Performance Requirements 
column that appears under Electrical Characteristics at 
the beginning of this section; information given in the 
Suppiemental Information column is provided for user 
information only, and should noi be interpreted as perfor- 
mance requirements. 



PERFORMANCE CHECK INTERVAL 

To ensure instrument accuracy, check the perfor- 
mance of the oscilloscope every 1000 hours of operation, 
or every 6 months if used infrequently. 



TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 

The following test equipment, or equivalent, is required 
to perform a performance check of the oscilloscope. The 
test equipment performance requirements iisted are the 
minimum required to verify the performance of the 
equipment under test. Substitute equipment must meet or 
exceed the stated requirements. Ail test equipment is 
assumed to be operating within tolerance. 



SPECIAL TEST EQUIPMENT 

special test equipment is used where necessary to 
facilitate the procedure. Most of this equipment is 
available from Tektronix, Inc. and can be ordered through 
your local Tektronix Field Office or representative. 



Table 2-9 

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE CHECK 



Description 


Performance 

Requirements 


Application 


Example 


Amplifier Plug-in unit' 


Bandwidth, dc to 2 MHz; 
display modes, channel 1 
and dual-trace: deflection 
factor, 5 mV to 5 V/div. 


One required for ail 
tests. Two required 
for steps 6, 7, 12. 


a. TEKTRONIX 5A18N 
Dual-Trace Amplifier. 


Time-base Plug-in unit 


Sweep rate, at least 
2 /js/div, 


Steps 1 through 
11, 13, 14. 


a. TEKTRONIX 5B10N 
Time-Base. 


Calibration generator 


Amplitude calibration, 

5 mV to 5V; accuracy, 

±0.25“'ci into 1 mQ; output, 
square wave at approximately 
1 kHz. 


Steps a, 10. 


a. TEKTRONIX PG 506 
Calibration Generator q 


Sine-wave generator 


Frequency, 50 kHz to 2 
MHz; output amplitude, 
variable from 250 mV to 
, 6 V into 50 n. 


Steps 9, 11, 12, 

13. 


a. TEKTRONIX FG 503 
Function GeneratorT 



Two dual-trace amplifiers are required to check vertical alternate and chop operation. Two identical amplifiers are required to 
check K-y phase difference. 

'Requires a TM 500-serles power module. 



2 5 



REV A JUL 1979 



specification and Performance Cfieck-5110 



Table 2-9 (cent) 

LiST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE CHECK 



Description 


Performance 

Requirements 


Application 


Example 


Coaxial cable 


Impedance, 50 Q; length, 
42 inch; connectors, bnc. 


Steps 8 through 13. 


a. TEKTRONIX part 
012-0057-01. 


Coaxial cable 


Impedance, 50 O, length, 
18 inch; connectors, bnc. 


Steps 12, 13. 


a. TEKTRONIX part 
012-0076-00. 


1X passive probe 


Compatible with 5A-seriss 
amplifiers used in the 
Oscilloscope, 


Step 14. 


a. TEKTRONIX P6101 
Probe. 

b TEKTRONIX PB062R 
Probe. 


T ermination 


Impedance, 50 Q; accuracy 
within 2%; connectors, bnc. 


Steps 9, 11, 12. 


3 TEKTRONIX part 
011-0049-01. 


Tee connector 


Connectors, bnc. 


Steps 12, 13- 


a TEKTRONIX part 
1 03-0030-00 


Screwdriver 


Length, 3-inch shaft; bit 
size, 3/32 inch. 


Step 1. 


a. Xcelite R3323. 



PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE FOR 
PERFORMANCE CHECK 

1. Ensure that all power switches are off. 

2. Check the rear pane! of the oscilloscope to ensure 
the indicated line voltage and the line voltage source are 
the same. 



INITIAL CONTROL SETTINGS 

Set the following controls during warm-up time: 

OSCILLOSCOPE 

INTENSiTY, FOCUS Set for well-defined trace 
and normal brightness. 



3. Ensure that all test equipment is suitably adapted to 
the line voltage to be applied. 

4. If applicable, install the TM 500-sehes test equip- 
ment into the test equipment power module. 

5- Install a dual-trace vertical amplifier unit into the left 
vertical compartment of the osciiloscope. 

6. install a time-base unit into the horiaontal compart- 
ment of the osciiloscope, 

7. Connect the equipment under test and the test 
equipment to a suitable line voltage source. Turn all 
equipment on and allow at least 20 minutes for the 
equipment to stabilize. 



rJOTE 

Titles for externsl controls of the osciltoscope are 
capitalized in this procedure (e.g. INTENSITY, 
POWER). 



AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN 



Display 
Position 
CH 1 Volts/Div 
CH 1 Cal 

CH 1 Input coupling 

T rigger 

Mode 



On 

Centered 

1 

Fully ciockwise 
dc 

CH 1 
CH 1 



TIME BASE PLUG-EN 



Display 
Position 
Seconds..''Div 
Seconds./Div Cal 
Swp Mag 
Triggering 

Triggering Source 



Chop 
Centered 
1 ms 

Fully clockwise 
Off 

I Slope, Auto Trig, 
ac Couple 
Composite 



2-6 



REV A JUL 1979 



Specification and Performance Chects-5110 



PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURE 

1. Check Trace Alignment 

a. Position the horizontal trace over the center 
horizontal graticuie line, 

b. Check — that the trace is parailei tothegratlcule line. 

c. Adjust— the TRACE ROTATiOM control (rear-panel 
screwdriver adjustment) to align the trace horizontally. 

2, Check Geometry 

a. Press the POWER switch to turn off the os- 
cilloscope. 

b. Interchange the amplifier and time-base units in 
their respective compartments. Pull the POWER switch to 
on. 

c. Position the vertical trace over the center vertical 
graticule line, extending vertically above and below the 
graticule area, and set the FOCUS and INTENSITY 
controls for a well-defined trace. 

d. Ctieck— that vertical bowing and tilt ot the trace 
display is less than 0.1 division at the center line and when 
positioned horizontally across the entire graticule area 

e Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilioscope 
and interchangethe amplifier and time-base units back to 
their usual compartments. 

f. Pull the POWER switch to on. 



3. Check Beam Finder 

a. Set the INTENSITY control for a dim trace 

b. Press and hold the BEAM FINDER pushbutton in, 
then rotate the position control of the vertical amplifier 
and time-base units fully clockwise and counterclockwise. 

c. Check— that the display is intensified, compressed, 
and remains within the graticule area. 

d. Release the BEAM FINDER pushbutton and return 
the INl'ENSITY control to a normal setting. 



4. Check Amplifier Alternate Operation 

a Push both CH 1 and CH 2 pushbuttons in and 
position the traces about two divisions apart. 

b. Set ths time-base unit Display pushbutton to Alter- 
nate. 

c. Turn the time-base Seconds/Div switch throughout 
its range. 



d Check— for trace alternation at all sweep rates 
(except in amplifier positions). At faster sweep rates, 
alternation is not apparent; instead, the display appears as 
two traces on the screen. 

e. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope 
and change the amplifierfrom the vertical compartment to 
the center compartment, 

f. Pull the POWER switch on and repeat parts c and d 
of this step. 



5. Check Amplifier Chop Operation 

a. Set the time-base unit Display pushbutton to Chop. 

b. Turn the time-base Seconds/Div switch throughout 
its range, 

c. Check— for a dual-trace display at all sweep rates 
{except in amplifier positions) without alternation. 

d. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope 
and change the amplifier from the center compartment to 
the left vertica! compartment. 

e. Pull the POWER switch to on and repeat parts b and 
0 ot this step. 



6. Check Chop Operation Between Amplifiers 

a Press the POWER switch to turn off the os- 
cilloscope. Install a second vertical dual-trace plug-in unit 
in the center plug-in compartment and set its controls for 
duat-lrace operation Pull the POWER switch to on. 

b. T urn the time-base Seconds/Div switch throughout 
(ts range. 

c. Check— for two traces for each amplifier (one for 
each channel) at all sweep rates. 



wore 

tf a single-channel amplilier is used instead of the 
second dual-trace amp/ffter, the single-channel 
trace will appear once per sweep. 



7, Check Alternate Operation Between AmpSHiers 

a. Set the time-base Display pushbutton to Alternate 
and the Seconds/Div switch to 50 ms. 

b. Check— for two traces for the left amplifier (one for 
each channel), then two traces for the right amplifier, 
alternately between amplifier units. 



fii) 



2-7 



Specif icatiori and Peifortnance Check-5110 

NOTE 

if s single-channel amplifier is used instead of a 
second dual-trace amplifier in the right verfi’ca^ 
comparimeni, ths single channel trace will appear 
twice for each alternation between amplifier units. 
To check alternate operation for the right vertical 
compartment, press the POWER switch to turn off 
the oscilloscope and interchange the two vertical 
amplifisrs in their respective compartments PufI the 
POWER switch to on and check for two traces from 
the diia/-frace amplifier in the right vertical compart- 
ment. 



c. Press the POWER switch to turn oft the os- 
cilloscope. 

d. Remove the vertical amplifier from the center com- 
partment. A dual-trace amplifiershouid remain installed in 
the left vertical compartment {install if necessary). 

0 . Pull the POWER switch to turn on the oscilloscope. 



Set the equipment controls as follows: 



AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN 



Display 

CH 1 Volts/DIv 
CH 1 Cal 

CH 1 Input Coupling 

Trigger 

Mode 



On 

1 

Fully Clockwise 
dc 

CH 1 
CH 1 



TIME BASE PLUG-IN 



Seconds/Div 
Seconds/Div Cal 
Swp Mag 
Triggering 

Triggering Source 



1 ms 

Fully clockwise 
Off 

+ Slope, Auto T rig, 
ac couple 
Composite 



8. Check Vertical Gain 

a. Connect a 5 volt, i kilohertz square wave signal of 
standardized ampMIudefrom the calibration generator to 
the CH 1 amplifier input, using a 42-inch coaxial cable 

b. Position the resultant 5-ciivision display to a con- 
venient. centered location on the graticule. Set the 
INTENSITY and FOCUS controls for a well-defined 
display of norma! brighfness. 

c. Chech— the display for a vertical deflection of 5 
divisions -t0.15 division (+3%). 



d. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope 
and remove the amplifier from the left vertical compart- 
ment and install it in the center compartment. Pull the 
POWER switch to on. 

e, Check -lhe display for a vertical deflection of 5 
divisions .-.0,15 division (±3%). 

f Disconnect the coaxial cable between the amplifier 
and calibration generator 



9. Check Vertical Bandwidth 

a. Connect the sine-wave generator to the amplifier 
input with a 42-inch coaxial cable and 50 ohm termination, 

b. Adjust the sine-wave generator controls for a 6- 
division display at a frequency of 50 kHz Center the 
display on the graticule. 

c. Without changing the output amplitude, increase 
the sine-wave generator frequency until the displayed 
amplitude Is reduced to 4,2 divisions 

d. Check -the generator for a reading of at least 
2 MHz. 

e. Press the POWER switch lo turn ofttheoscilloscope 
and install the amplifier in the left vertical compartment. 
Pull the POWER switch to on. 

f. Repeat parts b through d for the left vertical com- 
partment. 

g. Disconnect the coaxial cable and termination from 
the amplifier input connector. 



10. Check Horizontal Gain 

a Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope 
and interchange the amplifier and the time-base units in 
their respective compartments. Pull the POWER switch to 
on. 



b. Connect a S volt, 1 kilohertz square-wave signal of 
standardized amplitude from the calibration generator to 
the amplifier input connector, using a 42-inch coaxial 
cable 

c. Position the 5-division display between the second 
and seventh vertical graticule lines. 

d. Check— the display for a horizontal deflection of S 
divisions ..i.0.15 division (--3%). 

e. Disconnect the coaxial cable between the amplifier 
and the calibration generator. 



28 



Specificalion and Performance Ctieck-5110 



11. Chieck Horizontal Bandwidth 

a. Connect the sine-wave generator to the amplifier 
input, using a 42-inch coaxial cable and 50 ohm termina- 
tion. 

b. Adjust the sine-wave generator controls for a 6- 
division display at a frequency of 50 kHz, Position the 
display between the second and eighth vertical graticule 
lines. 

c. Without changing the output amplitude, increase 
the sine-wave generator frequency until the displayed 
amplitude is reduced to 4.2 divisions, 

d Check- the generator for a reading of at least 
2 MHz. 

e. Disconnect the coaxial cable and termination from 
the amplifier input connector. 



12. Check X-Y Phase Difference 

a. Press the POWER switch to turn off the os- 
cilloscope, 

b. Remove the time-base unit from the vertical com- 
partment and install the second amplifier unit in the left 
vertical compartment 

wore 

Idontical smptifier uniis should be (rtsfa//ed to the 

oscilloscope. 

c. Connect the sine-wave generator through a 42-inch 
coaxial cable, 50 ohm termination, and a tee connector, to 
an amplifier input. Connect an 18-inch coaxial cable from 
the tee connector to the other amplifier input. 

d. Pull the oscilloscope POWER switch to on. 

e. Set both amplifier units for a deflection factor of 
1 volt/division and dc input coupling. 

f. Set the sine-wave generator for a 100-kilohertz 
output. 

g. Adjust the vertical and horizontal position controls 
to center the diagonal display, then adjust the sine-wave 
generator for a display amplitude of 6 divisions vertically 
and horizontally, 

h. Check— the opening of the diagonal-loop display at 
the graticule center line is 0.07 division or less (measure 
horizontally). This indicates a phase difference of 1“ or 
less between the vertical and horizontal systems. 



13, Check 2 Axis Amplifier 

a. Press the POWER switch to turn off the os- 
cilloscope. 

b. Disconnect the coaxial cables, termination and tee 
connector between the ampifiers and sine-wavs 
generator. 

c. Remove the vertical amplifier from the horiionfal 
compartment and install the time-base unit in that com- 
partment. Pul! the oscilloscope POWER switch to on. 

d. Set the time-base unit forauto, internal triggering at 
a sweep rate of 20 /^s/division and set the amplifier for a 
deflection factor of 2 V/division. 

e. Connect a 50 kHz sine-wave signal from the sine- 
wave generator through a 42-inch coaxial cable and a lee 
connector to the amplifier input. 

f. Set the amplifier and sine-wave generator controls 
to obtain a calibrated 10 volt reference display (5 divisions 
of display), 

g. Set the oscilloscope INTENSITY control for a dim 
display. 

h. Connect the signal from the output of the tee 
connector at the amplifier input, to the EXT INTENSITY 
INPUT connector on the front panel. 

I. Check — the top of the waveform is intensified and 
the bottom portion is blanked out. 

j. Temporarily disconnect the coaxial cable atonly the 
EXT INTENSITY INPUT connector. 

k Set the time-base unit for a sweep rate of 
2 yrs/division, and increase the Output frequency of the 
sine-wave generator to 1 MHz. 

l. Reconnect the coaxial cable to the EXT INTENSITY 
INPUT connector. 

m. Chech— for a' noticeable effect of intensification in 
the top portion of the displayed waveform and blacking in 
the bottom portion of the waveform. 

n. Disconnect the coaxial cables and tee connector 
from the amplifier and oscilloscope. 



14. Check Calibrator Slgna! 

a. Connect the IX probe to the CH 1 input of the 
amplifier, Connect the probe tip to the CALIBRATOR 
loop. 



3-9 



specification and Performance Check-5110 



b. Spt the amplifier CH 1 Volts/Div switch to . 1, and set 
the time-base sweep rate to 2 ms/division, 

c Check— the display for a vertical deflection of 
approximately 4 divisions. 

d. Check— the display for approximately 2.5 cycles in 
10 divisions (based on a line frequency of 60 Hz). 



e. Disconnect the IX probe. 



This completes the Performance Check of the os- 
cilloscope. If the instrument has performed as given in this 
procedure, it is correctly calibrated and within 
specifications. 



Section 3—5110 



ADJUSTMENT 



Introduction 

This adjustment procedure is to be used to restore the 
oscilloscope to original performance specifications. Ad- 
justment need not be performed unless the instrument tails 
to meet the requirements listed in the Specification section 
of this manual, or the Performance Check cannot be 
completed satisfactorily. 



Completion of all adjustment steps in this procedure en- 
sures that the instrument will meet the performance require- 
ments listed in the Specification section. However, to fully 
ensure satisfactory performance, it is recommended that 
the Performance Check be performed after any adjustment 
is made. 



Tektronix Field Service 

Tektronix, Inc, provides complete instrument repair and 
recaiibration at local Field Service Centers and the Factory 
Service Center. Contact your local Tektronix Field Office or 
representative for further information. 



Test Equipment Required 

The following test equipment, or equivalent, is required 
for complete adjustment of the oscilloscope. The test equip- , 
ment performance requirements listed are the minimum 
necessary for accurate adjustment, Substitute equipment 
must meet or exceed the stated requirements. All test 
equipment is assumed to be operating within tolerance. 



Table 3-1 

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADJUSTMENT 



Description 


Perform a rtce 
Requirements 


-'1 

Application 


Example 


Amplifier plug-in unif 


Bandwidth, do to 2 MHz; deflection 
factor, 5 mV to 5 V/div. 


One required for all 
tests. Two required for 
Step 13. 


a. TEKTRONIX 5A16N 
Amplifier. 

b. TEKTRONIX 5A18N 
Dual-Trace Amplifier. 


Time- base p tug-in unit 


Sweep rate, at least 2 /iS/div. 


Steps 1 through 1 2 . 


a. TEKTRONIX 5B10N 
Time-Base. 


Calibration generator 


Amplitude calibration, 5 mV to 5 V; 
accuracy, ±0.25% into 1 M12; output, 
square wave at approximately 1 kHz. 


Steps 10 and 12. 


a. TEKTRONIX PG 506 
Calibration Generator. = 


Sine-wave generator 


Frequency, 100 kHz; output amplitude, 
variable from 250 mV to 6 V into 50 li. 


Step 13. 


a. TEKTRONIX FG 603 
Function Generator.^ 


Digital voltmeter 


Range, zero to 250 volts; 
accuracy, within 0.1%. 


Steps 1 through 4. 


a. TEKTRONIX DM 501A 
Option 02 Digital 
Multimeter, 2 


DC voltmeter (vom)^ 


Range, zero to 4000 volts; accuracy, 
checked to within 1% at 3400 volts. 


Step 5. 


Valhalla Model 4500 HV 
Multimeter 


With test leads 


1 




TEKTRONIX Part No. 
003-0120-00 test leads 



Coaxial cable 


Impedance. 5012; length, 42 inch; 


Steps 10, 12. and 13. a TEKTRONIX Part No, 




connectors, bnc. 


012-0057-01. 



iTwo identical amplifiers are required to adjust x-y phase difference, 

^Requires a TM SOD-series power moduie. 

3A high-voltage probe can be used with the DM 501 A Option 02 Digifal Muitimater in lieu of the DC voltmeter. Sea the Tektronix Catalog 
for a !l St of DM SOI optional accessories. 



REVdUN 19S2 



3-1 



AdjLiisllment-5110 



Table 3-1 (cont) 

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADJUSTMENT 



Description 


Performance 

Requirements 


Application 


Example 


Coaxial cable 


Impedance, 50 0, length, 
18 inch; connectors, bnc. 


Step 13. 


a. TEKTRONIX part 
012-0076-00 


Termination 


Impedance, 50 0; accuracy, 
within 2%, connectors, bnc. 


Step 13. 


a. TEKTRONIX part 
011-0049-01 


Tee connector 


Connectors, bnc. 


Step 13 


a. TEKTRONIX part 
103-0030-00. 


Insulated Screwdriver 


Length, 1 1/2-inch shaft 
or longer; plastic shaft 
and handle with metal 
screwdriver tip. 


Recommended for 
all adjustments. 


a. TEKTRONIX part 
003-0000-00. 



PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE FOR 
ADJUSTMENT 

NOTE 

The oscilloscope musf be adiusled within an am- 
bient temperature range of -\-20'‘ C lo 1-30“ C for ties f 
overall accuracy and to meet the electrical 
chart! cferfsf/c foforances given as Performance Re- 
quirements in the Specjfeaf/'on section of this 
manual, information given as Supplernentai Intor- 
mation in the Specification section is provided for 
user information only, and should not be I'nferprefecf 
as Performance Roquirements. 

1. Remove the cabinet sides and bottom from the 
oscilloscope (refer to Cabinet Removal in the 
Maintenance section of this manual). 

2. Check the rear panel of the oscilloscope to ensure 
that the indicated line voltage and the line voltage source 
are the same (refer to Operating Voltage in the 
Maintenance section of this manual). 



3. Ensure that all test equipment is suitably adaptedto 
the line voltage to be applied, 

4. If applicable, install the TM 500-series test equip- 
ment into the test equipment povjer module. 

5. Install a vertical amplifier unit into the left vertical 
compartment of the oscilloscope. 



6. Install a time-base unit into the horizontal compart- 
ment of the oscilloscope. 



7, Connect the equipment under test and the test 
equipment to a suitable line voltage source Turn all 
equipment on and allow at least 20 minutes for the 
equipment to stabilize 

NOTE 

Titles for external controls of the osciiloscope are 
capffs/fzed in this procedure (e.g. INTENSITY, 
POWER). Internal adjustments ate initial capitalized 
only (e.g. /rrrerisffy Range, Vertical Gain}. 



Initial Control Settings 

Set the following controls during warm-up time: 

OSCILLOSCOPE 

INTENSITY, FOCUS Set for well detined traceand 

normal brightness. 

AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN 

On 

Centered 
1 

Fully clockwise 
dc 



Display 
Position 
Volts/Div 
Volts/Div Cal 
Input coupling 



32 



Ad j u s t m ent- 5 i 1 0 



TIME-BASE PLUG-IN 



Display 
Position 
Seconds/Div 
Seconds/Div Cal 
Swp Mag 
T riggering 

Triggering Source 



Chop 
Cents red 
1 ms 

FuHy clockwise 
Off 

+ Slope, Auto Trig, 
ac Coupl 
Composite 



c. Adjust — +30 V Adj R858 for a meter reading o1 
exactly +30 volts. See Fig. 3-1 for adjustment location. 



3. Check Remaining Potwer Supply Voltages 

a. Connect the digital voitmeter between the - 5 V lest 
point and ground. See Fig. 3-1 for voltage test point 
iocation. 

b, Check— Tor a meter reading of I 4.89 to -"-5.1 1 volts. 



ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 

1. Adjust -30 Volt Power Supply 

a. Turn over the oscilloscope to lay on its left side to 
gain access to the LV Power Supply circuit board 

b. Connect the digital voltmeter between the —30 V 
test point and ground, See Fig. 3-1 for voltage test point 
location. 

c. Check — for a meter reacting of —29.39 to —30.11 
volls. 



NOTE 

If the —30 volt supply is within the specified 
tolerance, proceed with step 2. If the 30 vo/( 
acfjusfmerjf is to be made, all circuils will be affected 
and the entire power supply adjustment procedure 
should be performed to verily the accuracy of Iho 
supplies. 



d. Adjust — -30 V Adj R878 for a meter reading of 
exactly -30 volts. See Fig. 3-1 for adjustment location. 



2. Adjust 130 Volt Power Supply 

a. Connect the digital voltmeter between the +30 V test 
point and ground. See Fig. 3-1 for voltage test point 
location. 

b. ChGck -ior a meter reading of +29.82 to +30.18 
volts. 



NOTE 

If the ' 30 volt supply is within the specified 
tolerartce, p.'-oceed with step 3. ft the -30 volts 
adjuslriient is (o be made, all circuits will be affected 
and the entire power supply adjustment procedure 
should be performed to verily the accuracy of the 
suppfsos. 



c. Connect the digital voltmeter between the i-200 V 
test point and ground. See Fig. 3-1 for voltage test point 
location. 

d. Check— forameterrsadingof^175to+247.5 volts. 



NOTE 

Ripple and regtdafron of the individual supplies can 
be checked using the procedure given under 
Troubleshooting Techniques in the Maintenance 
section of this manual. 



4, Check Calibrator Output Voltage 

a. Connect the digital voltmeter between the 
CALIBRATOR current loop on the front panel, and a 
ground test point. See Fig 3-1 for ground test point 
location. 




Fig. 3-1 . Locations ol power-suppiy test points and adjustments. 



a 



3-3 



Adjustcneni-5110 



b. Apply a ground connection (short circuit) between 
the junction of R8B5 and C890, and a ground test point. 
See Fig. 3-1 tor the junction and ground test point 
locations- 

c. Check — for a meter reading of • 395 to +405 
millivolts. 

d. Disconnect the ground connection (short circuit) 
from the jurrction and ground test point. 

6. Disconnect the digital voltmeter. 



5. Adjust High-Voltage Power Supply 

a, Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope 
and return the oscilloscope to its normal upright position. 

b. On ths rear panel of the instrument, remove the two 
cap nuts securing the cover over the crt socket, then 
remove the cover (a 5/1 6-inch nutd river may be needed to 
remove the cap nuts), 

c Set the dc voltmeter (vom) to measure at least— 4000 
volts dc. Remove the insulating sleeve from the probe tip 
of the test lead to be used for measuring the negative 
voltage Connect the voltmeter leads between a con- 
venient chassis ground and the high-voltage test point. 
See Pig. 3-2 for test point location. (The high-voltage lead 
should be fully inserted through the crt socket cover so 
that the lead connects to the test point without having to 
hold it by hand), 

d. Pull the POWER switch to turn on the oscilloscope. 

e. Check — (or a meter reading of —3400 volts, ±170 
volts. 




Fig. 3-2, Location of hlgh-voltago test point. 



NOTE 

If the high-voltage power supply is within the 
specilied tolerance, proceed with part g. If the 
sd/usffTiertf /s fo be made, all remaining adjustments 
in this procedure could be affeciod and should be 
performed to verify the accuracy of all sdiustments. 



S CAUTION ^ 



An insulated screwdriver must be used to adjust 
variable components in this instrument, especially in 
Ihe high-voltage area, to prevent shortirtg voltages 
to ground and damaging the mstru/rierjt. 



f. Adjust — High Volts Adjust R275, using an insulated 
screwdriver, for a meter reading of exactly - 3400 volts. 
See Fig. 3-3 for adjustment location. 

g. Pressthe POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope 
before disconnecting the voltmeter. 

h. Disconnect the dc voltmeter and replace the cover 
over the crt socket, reversing the procedure given in part b 
of this step. 



6. Adjust Intensity Range 

a. Pull the POWER switch to turn on the oscilloscope, 

b. Set the INTENSITY control fully counterclockwise. 




Fig. 3^3. Locations high-vo-ltage, intensity, and display 
adjustments. 






34 




A(Jjustment-511I) 



c. Set the time-base unit Seconds/Div switch to an 
amplifier position or for the slowest sweep rate 

d. Turn the IMTENSITY control slowly clockwise and 
check for a visible spot display. Note thatthe spot appears 
when the control is between its 10 and 11 o’clock position. 
If the spot appears when the control is within the given 
position, proceed with step 7a. 

e. Set the INTENSITY control to its 10 o'clock position. 

1. Adjust— Intensity Range B245. using an insulated 
screwdriver, for a very dim spot display. See Fig. 3-3 for 
adjustment location. 



7. Adjust Astigmatism 

a. Set the INTENSITY control for a spot display at 
normal viewing level. 

b. Turn (he FOCUS control through its range. 

c. Check -for a spot display that is nearly round in 
shape when defocused, and well defined when focused, 

d. Adjust— Astig R286 and FOCUS control together, 
using an insulated screwdriver, to obtain the best defini- 
tion round-spot display. See Fig, 3-3 for adjustment 
location. 



8. Adjust Trace Alignment 

a Set the time-base unit for a sweep rate of 1 
millisecond/division. 

b Set the INTENSITY control for a trace of normal 
brightness. 

c. Position the horizontal trace over the center 
horizontal graticule line 

d. Check — that the trace is parallel to the graticule line. 

e. Adjust— the TRACE ROTATION control (rear-panel 
screwdriver adjustment) to align the trace horizontally. 



9. Adjust Geometry 

a. Press the POWER switch to turn otf the os- 
cilloscope. 

ti. interchange the amplifier and time-base units in 
their respective compartments. Pull the POWER switch to 
on. 



c. Position the vertical trace over the center vertical 
graticule line, extending vertically above and below the 
graticule area, and set the FOCUS and INTENSITY 
controls for a well-defined trace, if necessary. 



d. Check— that vertical bowing and tilt of the trace 
display is less than 0.1 division at the center line and when 
positioned horizontally across the entire graticule area, 

e. Adjust — Qeom R285 tor minimum bowing and tilt of 
the trace display at the left and right edges of the graticule. 
Adjustment may have to be compromised to obtain less 
than 0.1 division bowing and tilt everywhere within the 
graticule area. See Fig. 3-3 for adjustment location. 

f. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope 
and interchange the amplitier and time-bass units back to 
their usual compartments. 

g. Pull the POWER switch to on and check that 
horizontal bowing and tilt of the trace display is less than 
01 division at the center line and when positioned 
verticaiiy across the entire graticule area. 



Set the equipment controls as follows: 



AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN 



Display 
Position 
Volts/Div 
Volts/Div Cal 
Input Coupling 



On 

Centered 

1 

Fully clockwise 
dc 



TIME-BASE PLUG-IN 



Position 
Seconds/Div 
Secohds/Div Cal 
Swp Mag 
Triggering 

Triggering Source 



Centered 
1 ms 

Fully clockwise 
Off 

+ Slope, Auto T rig, 
ac Coupl 
Composite 



10. Adjust Vertical Gain 

a. Connect a 5-volt, 1-kilohertz square-wave signal of 
standardized amplitude from the calibration generator to 
the amplifier input, using a 42-inch coaxial cable. 

NOTE 

Use an amplifier plugUn known to bo accurately 
calibrated, or verily corrscf ca//braf/ofi by applying a 
known signal and measuring the differential output 
at pins A7 and B7 of the plug-in connector. TT>e 
deflection tactor at the output is 50 rnillivalts/divl- 
sion. 



35 



Actjusiment-5110 



b, Position the resultant 5-division display to a con- 
venient. centered iocation on the graticule. Set the 
iNTENSiTY and FOCUS controls for a well-defined 
display of normal brightness. 



c. Check — the display for a vertical deflection of 
5 divisions, .‘. 0.15 division (=3%) 



d Adjust — Vert Gain R116 for exactly 5 divisions of 
detiection. See Fig. 3-4 for adjusttnent location. 



e. Pressthe POWERswitchtoturnofftheoscilloscope 
and remove the amplifier from the left vertical compart- 
ment and install it in the center compartment. Do not 
disconnect the signal from the amplifier input. Puli the 
POWER switch to on. 



f. Check — the display for a vertical deflection of 
5 divisions, :t0.16 division (+3%i). If necessary, readjust 
Vertical Gain R116 for the optimum gain setting. Com- 
promise for both vertical compartments. 



g Disconnect the coaxial cable between the amplifier 
and Calibration generator. 



11. Adjust Horizontal Centering 

a. Set the time-base unit Swp Mag control for a 
magnified sweep and position the sweep start to the center 
vertical graticule line, 

b. Return the time-baae unit Swp Mag control to 
unmagnified sweep position. 



c. Check — that the sfarl of the unmagnified sweep is 
within 0.2 division of the center vertical graticule line. If 
the sweep start is within the given tolerance and no 
adjustment is to be made, proceed with step 12 a 



d. T urn over the oscilloscope to lay on its left side to 
gain access to the bottom of the interface board. 



e. Adjust Her Cent to set the start of the 

unmagnified sweep at the center vertical graticule line, 
See Fig. 3-5 for adjustment location 



f Return the oscilloscope to its normal upright posi 
tior. 



h Press the POWER switch to turn oftthe oscilloscope 
and remove the amplifier from the center compartment 
and return it to the left vertical compartment. Pull the 
POWER switch to on. 





Ftg. 3-4. Locations of vertical and horizontal adjustrrterts. 



Fig. 3-5. Location Of fiorirontal centering adjustment. 



36 



Adjustment-51 10 



12~ Adjust Horizontat Odin 

a Press the POWER swdch to turn off the oscilloscope 
and interchange the amplifier and the time-base units in 
their respective compartments Pull the POWER switch to 
on. 



b. Connect a 5-volt, 1-kilohertz square-wave signal of 
standardized amplitude from the calibration generator to 
the amplifier input connector, using a 42-inch coaxial 
cable. 



NOTE 

Use an amplifier plug-in known to be accurateiy cali- 
brated, or verify correct calibration by applying a 
known Signal and measuring the differential output at 
pins A7 and B7 of the plug-in connector. The de- 
flection factor at the output is 50 millivolts/division. 



c. Position the 5-division display between the second 
and seventh vertical graticule lines, 

d. Check -the display for a horizontal deflection of 5 
divisions. ' 0.15 division 



e Adjust — Hor Gain R136 for exactly 5 divisions of 
deflection. See Fig 3-4 for adjustment location 



f Disconnect the coaxial cable between the amplifier 
and the calibration generator. 



13. Adjust X-Y Phase Difference 

a. Press the POWER switch to turn off the os- 
cilloscope. 

b. Remove the time-base unit from the vertical com- 
partment and install a second amplifier in the left vertical 
compartment. 



NOTE 

Identical amplifier units should be installed in the 
oscilloscope. 

c. Connect the sine-wave generator through a42-inch 
coaxial cable, 50 ohm termination, and atee Connector, to 
an amplifier input. Connect an 18-inc coaxial cable from 
the tee connector to the other amplifier input. 



d Pull the oscilloscope POWER switch to on. 



e. Set both amplifier units for a deflection factor of 
1 volt/division and dc input coupling. 

f. Set the sine-wave generator for a 100-kilohertz 
output. 

g. Adjust the vertical and horizontal position controls 
to center the diagonal display, then adjust the sine-wave 
generator for a display amplitude of 6 divisions vertically 
and horizontally. 



h. Check— that any opening of the diagonal-loop 
display at the graticule center line is 0.07 division or less 
(measured horizontally). This indicatesa phasedifference 
of 1" or less between the vertical and horizontal systems. 



i. Adjust — Phase C116 for minimum loop opening {a 
straight line) in the diagonal-ioop display. See Fig. 3-4 for 
adjustment location. 



j. Press the POWER switch to turn off the oscilloscope. 



k. Disconnect the coaxial cables, termination and tee 
connector between the amplifiers and sine-wavs 
generator. 



I Remove the vertical amplifier from the horizontal 
compartment and install the time-base unit in that com- 
partment Pull the oscilloscope POWER switch to on. This 
completes the Adjustment procedure forthe oscilloscope. 



REV JUN 1982 



3-7 



Section 4 — 5110 



MAINTENANCE 



This section of the mamjal contains information on 
preparation for use and reshipment, information for 
performing preventive maintenance, troubleshooting, and 
corrective maintenance for this instrument. 



PREPARATION FOR 
USE AND RESHIPMENT 

The foiSowing information provides detailed installa- 
tion and operating voltage instructions tor the os- 
cilloscope. 



DETAILED OPERATING POWER 
INFORMATION 

This instrument can be operated from either a 120-volt 
or 240-volt nominal line-voltage source, 48 to 440 hertz. In 
addition, three regulating ranges are provided for each 
nominal line-voltage source. 

S CAUTION i 

To prevenf damage to the instrument, ifiva/s check 
the f/ne-voffagc information recorded on the rear 
panel before appiying power to the instrument. 



Power Cord Information 



WARNING 



This instrument is intended (o be operated from a 
single-phase oarth-reterenced power source having 
one current-carrying conductor (the Neulrai Cort- 
duc(or) near earfb pofenflaf. Operation from power 
sources where both curreril-carryj'ng conductors 
are live with respect to earth (such as pbase-to- 
phase on a three-wire systern) is not recommended, 
since Only the Line Conduefor has over-current 
(fuse) protection within the irisfnrmenf, 

This frisfrumenf has a three-wire power cord with a 
potarUed two-pote, three-terminat plug tor connec- 
tion to the power source and safety-earth. The 
safety-earth terminal of the plug is directly con- 
nected to the instrument frame. For electric-shack 
profeefion. insori this plug only in a mating outlet 
with a safety-earth contact. 



Do not defeat the grounding conneef ion. Any in- 
terruption of the grounding (Tonnecfiori can create 
an eiectric-shock hazard. Before making errternat 
cormeettons to this instrument, always ground the 
insfrumenf first by conneef/ngt the power-cord to a 
proper mating power outlet. 

The color coding of the cord coriducfors may be in 
accordance with the following table. 



Table 4-1 

POWER CORD CONDUCTOR SDENTIFICATION 



Conductor 


Cotor 


Alternate Color 


Ungrounded (Lire) 


Brown 


Black 


Grounded (Neutral) 


Blue 


White 


Grounding (Earthing) 


Green-Yellow 


Green-Yellow 



Line-Voltage and Regulating-Range Selection 

This instrument can be operated from either a 120-volt 
□ r a 240-volt nominal line-voltage source with power-line 
frequencies of 4S to 440 hertz. In addition, three operating 
ranges can be selected within each nominal line-voltage 
source. This permits the oscilloscope transformer to 
operate from 100-volt, 110-voit, 120-volt, 200-volt, 220- 
voit, and 240-volt sources. The nominal voltage and 
regulating range for which the instrument is currently set, 
is marked on the rear panel of the instrument. Before 
connecting the oscilloscope to line-voltage power, always 
chock tho roar panol to sec if the voltage marked there 
compiles with the expected line-voltage usage. If the 
voltage marked is proper, a change of line voltage or 
regulating range will not be necessary. 



To select a different operating range, use the following 
procedure to obtain correct instrument operation from the 
line voltage available: 



1 . Disconnect the instrument from the power source. 



2. Remove the bottom cabinet panel of the instrument 
(see Cabinet Removal in this section) to gain access to the 
LV Power Supply circuit board. 



4 - 



Mairjtenance-5110 



3. In Table 4-2, select the desired regulating range for 
the nominal line voltage that will operate the oscilloscope 
For that voltage, note the recommended primary-tap pins 
from Table 4-£ {note L, M, or H). 



Table 4-2 



REGULATING RANGE AND FUSE DATA 



Primary Tap 
Pins Selected 


Regulating Range 


120-V Nomirial 
(Brown Plug) 


240-V Nominal 
(Red Plug) 


L (low) 


100 V +10% 


200 V x10% 


M (medium) 


110 V +10% 


220 V +10% 


H (high, typical setting) 


120 V f:10% 


240 V +10% 


Line Fuse 


1.6 A slow-blow 


1 A slow-blow 



4. in the instrument, select the proper line-voltage 
selector block (see Fig 4-1 for line-selector block 
locations). Select the brown block for 120-volt operation 
or select the red block for 240-volt operation. Install the 
block on the row of primary-tap pins noted from Table 4-2 
in the previous step {either L. M, or H). 



s CALITfON 

S ( 

Damage io the instrumeni may result if the line- 
selector block is used incorrectly (e.g., if the 120-vott 




Fig. 4-1. Locations of the line-selector blacks on the LV Power 
Supply circuit board. 



block Is used and the instrument is then connected 
to 240- volt power}. 



5. Install the unused block on the unused line-selector 
block pins (see Fig. 4-1 for pin location). 



6. Remove the linefusefromthefuseholderandcheck 
for the correct rating. Replace it with one having the 
correct rating, if necessary. Refer to Table 4-2 for line fuse 
information. 



NOTE 

An unused line fuse, intended for the line-voltage 
source tor which the osc///oscope was not set w/ben 
shipped from the factory, is clipped to the L V Power 
Supply circuit board (see Fig. 4-1). Return the 
resultant unused fuse to the unused fuse clips. 

7 If appropriate, change the line-cord plug to match 
the power source receptacle or use a suitable adapter, 

S. Change the nominal line-voltage information 
recorded on the rear panel. Use a npn-abrasive eraser to 
remove previous data, and mark on the new data with a 
pencil. 



g Replace the bottom cabinet panel and apply power 
to the oscilloscope. 



mSTRUMENT COf^VERSSON 

The oscilloscope can be separated into two parts; a 
power supply/amplifier module, and a display module. 
These can be fasterred together stacked or side by side; 
this permits operation as a bench oscilloscope, or in a 
standard 19-inch rack. The two modules can quickly be 
converted from a bench model to a rackmount model, or 
vice versa. Field conversion kits, including the necessary 
parts, and instructions are available from Tektronix, inc. 



NOTE 

Soforo attempting to operate the oscilloscopo after 
an instrument conversion, be sure the module wiring 
interconnections are correct. It display modules 
have been changed, check that the correct auxiliary 
board is installed in the socket on the plug-in 
interface board. 



A^2 



Maintenance '51 1 0 



RACKWIOUNTING 

The rackinount version of the oscilloscope is designed 
for operation in a standard 19-inch wide rack that has 
Universal, EIA. RETMA, or Western Electric hole spacing. 
When properly mounted, this instrunient will meet all 
electrical and environmental specifications given in Sec- 
tion 'I of this manual. 



During rackmount installation, interchanging the left 
and right sticte-out track assemblies defeats the exten- 
sion stop (safety latch) feature of the tracks. Equip- 
ment could when extended, come out of the slides 
and fall from the rack, possibly causing personal injury 
and equipment damage. 

When mounting the supplied slide-out tracks, inspect 
both assemblies to find the LH (left hand) and RH 
(light hand) designations to determine correct place- 
ment. Install the LH assembly to your left side as you 
face the front of the rack and install the RH assembly 
to your right side. Refer to the rackmounttng instruc- 
tions in this manual for complete information. 

Mounting Method 

This instrurnent will fit most 19-inch wide racks whose 
front and rear holes conform to Universal hole spacing, 
sonie drilling may be required on racks having ElA. 
RETMA, or Western Electric hole spacing. The slide-out 
tracks easily mount to the cabinet rack front and rear 
vertical mounting rails it the inside distance between the 
front and rear rails is wittiin 10-9/16 inches to 24-3/8 
inches. If the inside distance exceeds 24-3./8 inches, some 
mennsof sirpport is required for the rearends oftheslide- 
oul tracks. (For example, make extensions for the rear 
mounting brackets.) 



Rack Dimensions 

Height. At least 5-1/4 inches of vertical space is 
required to mount this instrument in a rack. If other 
instruments are operated in the rack, an additional 1/4 
inch is required, both above and below the oscilloscope, to 
allow space for proper circulation of cooling air. 



Width. A standard 19-inch wide rack may be used. The 
dimension of opening between the front rails must be at 
least 17-5./8 i nches for a cabinet in which the front lip of the 
stationary section is mounted behind the untapped front 
rail as shown in Fig. 4-2A. If the front rails are tapped, and 
the stationary section is mounted in front of the front rail 
as shown in Fig. 4-2B, the dimension between the front 
rails should be at least 17-3./4 inches. These dimensions 
allow room on each side of the instrument for the sNde-out 



tracks to operate so the instrument can movo freely in and 
out of the rack. 



Depth. For proper circulation of cooling air, allow at 
least two inches clearance behind the rear.ot the instru- 
ment and any enclosure on the rack. If it is sometimes 
necessary or desirable to operate the oscilloscope in the 
fully extended position, use cables that are long enough to 
reach from the signal source to the instrument. 

Installing The Slide-Out Tracks 

The slide-out tracks for the instrument consist of two 
assemblies, one for the left side of the instrument and one 
for the right side Each assembly consists of three 
sections. A stationary section attaches to the front and 
rear rails of the rack, the chassis section attaches to the 
instrument (and is installed at the factory), and the 
interinediate section fits between the othertwosectionsto 
allow the instrument to fully extend out o1 the rack. 



The small hardware components included with the 
slide-out track assemblies are used to mount the tracks to 
most standard 19-inch rack raiishavingthiscompatibility. 



NOTE 

7. Front and rear rails holes must be large enough to 
allow Insorting a W-32 screw through the rail 
mounting hole it the rails are untapped (see Fig. 4- 
2A). 



2. Or, front and rear rail holes must be tapped to 
accept a 10-32 screw if F-ig. 4-28 mounting method /$ 
used. Note in Fig. 4-28 right illustration thataNo. 10 
washer (not supplied) may be added to provide 
increased bearing surface for the slide-out track 
stationary section iront flange. 



Because of the above compatiblity, there will be some 
small parts left over. The stationary and intermediate 
sections for both sides of the rack are shipped as a 
matched set and should not be separated. The matched 
sots of both sides including hardware are marked 35t- 
0195-00 on the package. To identify the assemblies, note 
that the automafic latch and intermediate section stop is 
located near tfie fop of the matched set. 



Mounting Procedure. Use the following procedure to 
mount both sides. See Fig. 4-2 for installation details. 



1. To mount the instrumont directly above or below 
another inslrument in a cabinaf rack, select the ap- 



REV JUb 1S82 



4-3 



R^aintenance-SHO 



propriate holes in the front rack rails for the stationary 
sections, using Fig. “I-S as a guide. 

7 . Mount the stationary siide-otJt track sections to the 
front rack rails using either of these methods: 

(a) If the front flanges of the stationary sections are 
tc be mounted behind the front rails (rails are counter- 
sunk or not tapped), mount the stationary sections as 
shown in Fig. 4-2A right illustration. 



(b) If the front flanges of the stationary sections are 
to be mounted in front of thefronf rails (railsare tapped 
for 10-32 screws), mount the stationary sections as 
shown in Fig. 4-2B right illustration. To provide in- 
creased bearing surfacs for the screw head to securely 
fasten the front flange to the rail, a flat washer (not 
supplied) may be added under the screw head. 
However, if this mounfing method is used, the front 
panel will not fit flush against the front rail because of 
the stationary section and washer thickness. If a flush 
fit is preferred', method 2 (a) should be used. 




Frg. 4-2. Mounttrig thr; isfr r.ttiJionBry section (with l!s matched intermediate section, not stiown ir> iliustfatiohs A and B) to the 
rack rails. 



Maintenance-51 10 



ItPFS 



5'?i j-r.-r.iii 
•'•Jf.lJIMf OPFSl.H-: 
F1P ig' p*heL 



Flflck 
Reil ' 



ORs.l-iNC. '■ 
0 ! 6 ? THK.-: 
Jdi-jiJN I “ili 



Zf.L HH ■ 'OPEijIhC 



I ass 
fiJii 

i' tj • ft lfo ci 
. iJjO 

ij'?ifi 



0|M _ 
d&ziT” 

•:!fe_ 

n Mlf; 

Z' 6z: 



- UMi>FP:^A. 
Tvpc 

- "?l': Cr.H 7 
THICK 



CABINF* 
..■ H^KE. 
■jJ'i:>tih;riKe 



3 3/a" 



•1IZ5D DDOC.i Q?ri5 .Qaaij 
SOTTi.>M ','• 







Pane' csf instrLimerit 
above 



© 



Orili arid tap 10-32 in soch front 
raiL if instrsirTtert front pantSi 
is !^uin9 to be secured to the rack. 
Securing screvL-s sice r>ot proyidfwi. 



-""I" 

2 5/8" for secuf'ng 
front -pgneii screw 

I 

J 

. - '1' 

_ / D- R/8" Tor mouintin^ 

/ stat(onary section 

I Pane? of instrjment 

' I belo’w 

This hijia must hfl drilidd (and 
tappccS 10-32^ ;f desired) in eadi 
front and rear rail of ElA, 

RETIVIA or Western Electric 
racks. 




5 1/4'’' Qperiirtp fgr 
instsriino thti instru- 
ment (5 3/4” if 
ad'ffi^^ent instruments 
a/e to ba otj^erated). 




jz:rrL 



rro 



T3sm 



Teflon Viiasber i2 ea \ 



Su99tisrgd 
p a n e J ? o rack 
sec-i; ring h^rrplwa re . 
Hardwar-5 is rjot- 
supplied with instru- 
rraent 



\ Curt a^sshpr (2 ea.) 

\ 



\ 



/ 10 32 

/ Ouai Head icrew 



\ / 



'2 aa.) 



/ 

JJ', 






1 



Fig. ^-3, Dirnsn^joiial ciiagram. 



4-5 



Maintcnafice -51 1 0 



3. Mount the stationary slide-out sections to the rear 
rack rails using eithsr of these rriethods. 



(a) It the rear rail hoies are not tapped to accept IQ- 
32 machine screws, mount the ieft stationary section 
with hardware provided as shown in the ieft or center 
illustration of Fig. 4-2A. Mote that the rear mounting 
bracket can be instalied either way so the slide-out 
tracks will fit a deep or shallow cabinet rack. Use Fig. 4- 
2A as a guide for mounting the right stationary section. 
Make sure that the stationary sections are horizontaily 
aligned so they are level and parallel with each other. 



(b) If the rear rack rail holes are tapped to accept 10- 
32 machine screws, mount the left stationary section 
with hardware provided as shown in the left or center 
illustration of Fig. 4-2B. Note that the rear mounting 
bracket can he installed either way so the slide-out 
tracks will fit a deep or shallow cabinet rack stationary 
section. Make sure the stationary sections are horizon- 
tally aligned so they are level and parallel with each 
other. 



Installation And Adjustment 

To insert the instrument into the rack, proceed as 
follows: 



1. Puli the slide-out track intermediate sections outto 
the fully extended position. 

2. Insert the instrument chassis sections into the 
intermediate sections. 



3. Press the stop latches on the chassis sections and 
push the instrument toward the rack until the latches snap 
into their holes. 



4. Again press the stop latches and push the instru- 
ment into the rack. 



To adjust the slide-cut tracks for smooth sliding action, 
loosen the screws used to join the stationary sections to 
the rails of tiie rack. Center the instrument, allowing the 
slide-Qut tracks to seek the proper width, then tighten the 
screws. 



To secure the instrument front-panei to the rack, the 
rack must either have universal hole spacing, or a hole 
must be drilled and tapped for a 10-32 screw, see Fig, 4-3. 
Using the hardware (not furnished) indicated in Fig, 4-3, 
secure the instrument to the front rails of the rack. 



Slide-Out Track Maintenance 

The slide-out tracks require no lubrication. The special 
dark gray finish on the sliding parts is a permanent 
lubrication. 



Ventilation Requirements 

When the oscilloscope is mounted in a rack with other 
equipment, it is important that the ambient temperature 
surrounding it does not exceed ‘50°C. Additional 
clearance or forced ventilation methods (fan) may need to 
be employed to maintain ambient temperatures below 
l-50'’C. Reliability and performance of the oscilloscope 
will be affected if the ventilation holes in the protective 
panels are obstructed, or if it is operated at an ambient 
temperature higher than — 50°C. 



REPACKAGING FOR RESHIPMENT 

if the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to a 
Tektronix Service Center for service or repair, attach a tag 
showing: owner (with address) and the name of an 
individual at your firm that can be contacted. Include 
complete instrument serial number and a description of 
the service required. 



Save and re-use the package in which your instrument 
was shipped. If the original packaging is unfit for use or 
not available, repackage the instrument as follows: 



Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting 
to protect the finish of the instrument. Obtain a 
carton of corrugated cardboard of the correct carton 
strength and having inside dimensions of no less 
than six inches more than the instrument dimen- 
sions. Cushion Ihe instrument by tightly packing 
three inches of dunnage or urethane foam between 
carton and instrument, on ail sides. Seal carton with 
shipping tape or industrial stapler. 



Tho carton test strength for your irpstrurnent is 275 
pounds. 



4-S 



Maintenance-Slia 



PREVENTSVE MAINTENANCE 

Preventive maintenance consists ot cleaning, visual 
inspection, lubrication, etc. Preventive maintenance per- 
formed on a regular basis may prevent instrument 
breakdown and wiil improve the reliability of the instru- 
ment. The severity of the environment to which this 
instrument is subjected determines the frequency of 
maintenance. A convenient time to perform preventive 
maintenance is preceding adjustment of the instrument. 



CABINET REMOVAL 



WARNING I 

' II 

Dangteroijs voltages exist at several points 
throughout this instrument. When the instrument is 
operafed with the covers removed, do not touch 
exposed connections or components. Some tran- 
sistors tmve voltages present on their cases. 
Disconnect power before cleaning the instrument or 
replacing parts. 



The cabinet sides are held in place by four latches. To 
remove the cabinet sides, turn the latches 90 degrees and 
pull the sides away from the carrying handle; then, lift the 
cabinet sides away from the instrument. The cabinet 
bottom is held in place with four latches and four screws. 



The cabinet sides protect this instrument from dust in 
the interior, and also provide protection to personnel from 
the operating voltages present. They also reduce the 
electromagnetic radiation from this instrument or in- 
terference to the display due to other equipment. 



CLEANING 

This instrument should be cleaned as often as 
operating conditions require. Accumulation of dirt on 
components acts as an insulating blanket and prevents 
efficient heat dissipation which can cause overheating 
and component breakdown. 



I CAUTSON \ 

Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents which 
might damage the plastics used in this instrument. 
Use a non-rosidue type of cteafter, preferably 
Isopropyl alcohol, total denatured ethyl alcohol, or 
TP35. 



Exterior 

Loose dust accumulated on the front panel can be 
removed with a soft cloth or small brush. Dirt that remains 
can be removed with a soft cloth dampened with a mild 
detergent and water solution. Abrasive cleaners should 
not be used. 



interior 

Dust in the interior of the instrument should be 
removed occasionally due to its electrical conductivity 
under high-humidity conditions. The best way to clean the 
interior is to blow off the accumulated dust with dry, low- 
pressure air. Remove any dirt which remains with a soft 
brush or a cloth dampened with a mi Id detergent and water 
solution. A cotton-tipped applicator is useful for cleaning 
in narrow spaces. 



Switch Contacts 

Switch contacts and pads are designed to operate dry 
for the life of the switch. However, as the switches are not 
sealed, dust attracted to the contact area may cause 
switch contacts to become electrically noisy. Cleaning 
may be accomplished by flushing the contact area with 
isopropyl alcohol or helite (1 part kelite to 20 parts water). 
Do not use chemical cleaning agents that leave a film or 
that might damage plastic parts. Do not use cotton swabs 
or similar applicators to apply cisaning agents, as they 
tend to snag and leave strands of cotton on switch 
contacts. Should it become necessary to remove a switch 
For replacement or cleaning, referto Component Removal 
and Replacement in this section. 



VISUAL INSPECTION 

This instrument should be inspected occasionally for 
such defects as broken connections, improperly seated 
semiconductors, damaged circuit boards, and heat- 
damaged parts, 



The corrective procedure for mjost visible defects is 
obvious; however, particular care must be taken if heat- 
damaged components are found. Overheating usually 
indicates other trouble in the instrument; therefore, it is 
important that the cause of overheating be corrected to 
prevent recurrence of the damage. 



LUBRICATION 

Generally, there are no components in this Instrumenf 
that require a reguiarlubrication program during the life of 
the instrument. 



4-7 



Mairitenance-5110 



Cam Switch Lubrication 

tn most cases, factory lubrication should be adequate 
for the life of the instrufiient. However, if the switch has 
been diaassertiblecl for replacement of switch sub-parts, a 
lubrication kit containing the necessary lubricating 
materials and instructions is available through any 
Tektronix Field Office. General Electric Versiliibe^ is a 
recommended silicone grease and should be applied 
sparingly so that the lubricant does not get on the 
contacts, Refer to Fig. 4-4 for lubrication instructions. 



PERFORMANCE CHECK AND 
ADJUSTMENT INTERVAL 

To ensure accurate measurements, perform the Perfor- 
mance Check procedure on this instrument after each 
lOOO hours of operation or every 6 months if used 
infrequently. In addition, replacement of components may 
necessitate performing the Adjustment procedure to 
calibrate the affected circuits. The Adjustment procedure 
can also be helpful in localizing certain troubles in the 
instrument. In some cases, minor troubles may be 
revealed or corrected by performing the Adjustment 
procedu re 



SEMICONDUCTOR CHECKS 

Periodic checks of the semiconductors in this instru- 
ment are not recommended The best check of semicon- 
ductor performance is actual operation in the instrument. 
More details on checking semiconductor operation are 
given under Troubleshooting. 




(T) Apply 
mating 



lubricant to the drum journals and 
surface in the mounting bearings. 






Apply lubricant to 
index wheel. 



IItc vv^'ear surface rrf the 



Apply lubricant to the index roller and roller 
guide in the front bearing. A thin filni should 
tre applied to the inner face of the detent 
springs if rmrre than one spring is replaced. 




Ensure that some lubricant is present at the 
irtterffjce betw.een the bearing and retainer clip. 






^I9r Lv^l^rig^tion pifocedur^ for & typical cam switets. 



TROUBLESHOOTING 



The following information is provided to help 
troubleshoot this instrument. Information contained in 
other sections of this manual should be used along with 
the following information to aid in locating a defective 
component. An understanding of the circuit operation is 
very helpful in locating troubles 



TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS 
Diagrams 

Circuit diagrams are given on foldout pages in Section 
7. The cornponenl number and electrical value of each 
component in this instrument is shown on the diagrams. 



Circuit-Board filustrations 

Circuit-board illustrations are shown or a foldout page 
preceding the associated diagram. Each board-mounted 
electrical component is identified by its circuit number, as 
are interconnecting wires and connectors, 



Wiring Color Code 

Insulated wire and cable used in this instrument is 
color-coded to facilitate circuit tracing. 



Semiconductor Basing 

Figure 4-5 iliustrates the basing configurations for 
semiconductors that may appear in this instrurnem. Some 
plaslic-case transistors have iead configurations that do 
not agree with those shown here. If a replacement 
transistor is made by a different manufacturer than the 
original, check the manufacturer’s basing diagram. All 
transistor sockets in this instrument are wired for the 
standard basing used for metal-case transistors. 



4-S 



RFV A JUL 197$ 



Maintertance-SViO 




IVtultl-Pin Connector Holders 

Multi-pin connectors mate with groups ot pins soldered 
to circuit boards. Pin number 1 is indicated with a 
triangular mark on the holder and is indexed with a 
triangular mark on the circuit board, as shown in Fig, 4-6. 



TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT 

The following equipment, in addition to that listed in 
table 2-9 (list ot test equipment required for performance 
check in Section 2 of this manual) is useful for 
troubleshooting. 



Semicondixctor Tester 

Description: Dynamic-type tester. 

Purpose: To test the semiconductors used in this 
instrument. 



Recommended Type: TEKTRONIX 576 Curve T racer or 
TEKTRONIX 577/177 Curve Tracer system, 7CT1N Curve 
Tracer unit and a 7000-series oscilloscope systern, or a 
5CTIN Curve Tracer unit and a 5000-series oscilloscope. 




Fig. 4~&. Multl-pin connector holder orientation, 



HEV SEP 1931 



4-9 



Mairitetiance-SHO 



Muitimetef 

Description: Voltmeter, 10 megohm input impedance 
and 0 to 250 volts range; accuracy, within 0,1%. 
Ohmmeter, 0 to 20 megohms; accuracy, within 3%. Test 
probes must be insulated to prevent accidental shorting 



Purpose: To check voltages and for general 

trouPicshooting in this instrument. 

Recommended Type: TEKTROMIX DM 501 A Option 02 
Digital Multimeter (requires a TM 500-sehes power module). 



Test Oscilloscope 

Description: Frequency response, dc to 2 megahertz 
minimum; deflection factor, 1 millivolt to 5 voits/division. A 
10X, 10 megohm voltage probe should be used to reduce 
circuit loading. 

Purpose: To check operating waveforms and for 
general troubleshooting. 

Recommended Type: TEKTRONIX 5110, 5A13N, 
5B10N oscilloscope system or equivalent. Use a 
TEKTRONIX P6108 or P6062A Probe. 



TROUBLESHOOTING TECHNIQUES 

Ths following troubleshooting procedure is arranged 
to check the simple trouble possibilities before 
proceeding v/ith extensive troubleshooting. The first few 
checks ensure proper connection, operation, and adjust- 
ment. If ttie trouble is not located by these checks, the 
remaining steps aid in locating the defective component. 
When the defective component is located, it should be 
replaced using the replacement procedure given under 
Corrective Maintenance. 



Ti'oiutftesho&ting Procecfure 



1. Check Control Settings: Incorrect control settings 
can Indicate a trouble that does not exist. If there is any 
question about the correct function or operation of any 
control, see Fig. 1-2 in Ihe Operating Instructions section. 



2. Check Associated Equipment. Before trouble- 
shooting, check that the equipment used with thisinstru- 
ment is properly connected and that the interconnecting 
cables are not defective, Also, check the power source. 



3, Visual Check. Visually chock the portion of the 
instrument in which the trouble is located. Many troubles 
car be located by visible indications such as unsoldered 
connections, broken wires, damaged circuit boards, 
damaged components, etc. 



4. Isolate Trouble to a Circuit. To isolate trouble to a 
circuit, note the trouble aymptorn. The symptom often 
identifies the circuit in which the trouble is located. When 
trouble symptoms appear in more than one circuit, check 
the affected circuits by taking voltage and waveform 
readings incorrect operation of all circuits often indicates 
trouble in the power supply. Check first for correct 
voltages of the individual supplies See Table 4-3. 
However, a defective component elsewhere in the instru- 
ment can appear as a power-supply trouble and may also 
affect the operation of other circuits. 



Tabte 4-3 

POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT VOLTAGES 



Power 

Supply 


Output Voltage Range 


Typical 
120 Hz 
Ripple 


I 200 V 


I 175 V to +247.5 V 


3 V or less 


■ 30 V 


+29.62 V to -30.18 V 


3 mV or less 


> 

I 


-4.89 Vto -5.11 V 


2 mV or less 


30 V 


29.89 V to -30,11 V 


2 mV or less 



5, Check Voltages and Waveforms. Often thedefective 
component can be located by checking for the correct 
voltages and waveforms in the circuit. 



6. Check Instrument Adjustment. Check the adjust- 
ment of this instrument, or the affected circuit if the 
trouble appears in one circuit. The apparent trouble may 
be the result of misadjustment. Complete adjustment 
instructions are given in Section 3. 

7. Check Individual Componetsts. The following 
procedures describe methods tor checking individual 
components. Two-lefiri components that are soldered in 
place are best checked by first disconnecting one end. 
This isolates the measurementfromfhc effecfs of surroun- 
ding circuitry. 

) ' ' ' 

f CAVTfON < 

f < 

..r J- . V js • 

To avoid coinporient damage, disconnect the power 
.source before removing or replacing seminondi.ic- 
to os. 



4-10 



REV DEC 1932 



Maintenance-SHO 



TRANS^STORS- The best check of tran sistor operation 
is actual performance under operating conditions. A 
transistor can be most effectively checked by substituting 
a new component or one that has been checked previous- 
ly. However, be sure that circuit conditions are not such 
that a replacement transistor might also be damaged. If 
substitute transistors are not available, use a dynamic 
tester. Static-type testers are not recommended, since 
they do not check operation under simuiated operating 
conditions. 



INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, IC's can be checked with a 
voltmeter, test oscilloscope, or by direct substitution A 
good understanding of circuit operation is desirable when 
troubleshooting circuits using IC’s Use care when check- 
ing voltages and waveforms around the iC’s so that 
adjacent leads are not shorted together A convenient 
means of clipping a test probe to the 14- and 16-pin IC’s is 
with an 1C test clip. This device also serves as an extraction 
tool. 




Do not use an ohmmeter scale that has a high 
internal current. High currents may damage the 
diode. 

DIODES. A diode can be checked for an open or 
shorted condition by measuring the resistance between 
terminals with an ohmmeter scale having a low internal 
source current, such as the R X 1 K scale. The resistance 
should be very high in one direction and very low when the 
meter leads are reversed. 



RESISTORS. Check resistors with an ohmmeter. See 
the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for the tolerance of the 
resistors used in this instrument. Resistors normally do 
not need to be replaced unless the measured value varies 
widely from that specified. 



INDUCTORS. Check for open inductors by checking 
continuity with an ohmmeter. Shorted or partially shorted 
inductors can usually be found by checking the waveform 
response when high-frequency signals are passed 
through the circuit. Partial shorting often reduces high- 
frequency response. 



CAPACITORS. A leaky or shorted capacitor can usual- 
ly be detected by checking resistance with an ohmmeter 
on the highest scale. Do not exceed the voltage rating of 
the capacitor. The resistance reading should be high after 
initial charge o1 the capacitor. An open capacitor can best 
be detected with a capacitance meter or by checking that 
the capacitor passes ac signals. 



B. Repair and Adjustment, if any defective parts are 
located, follow the replacement procedures giveri in 
Corrective Maintenance Bs sure to check the perfor- 
mance of any circuit that has been repaired or had any 
electrical components replaced. 



CORRECTIVE 

MAINTENANCE 

Corrective maintenance consists of component 
replacement and instrument repair. Special techniques 
required to replace components in this instrument are 
given here. 

OBTAINING REPLACEMENT PARTS 

Standard Parts 

All electrical and mechanical part replacements can be 
obtained through your local Tektronix Field Office or 
representative. However, many of the electronic com- 
ponents can be obtained locally in less time than is 
required to order them from Tektronix, Inc, Before 
purchasing or ordering replacement parts, check the 
Replaceable Electrical Parts list in Section 6 for value, 
tolerance, rating and description. To determine the 
manufacturer of a part, notethe number listed under Mfg. 
Code in the Parts List and refer to a Cross Index Mfr. Code 
Number to Manufacturer listing at the beginning of the 
Parts List. 



NOTE 

When selecting replacement parts. It is important to 
remember that the physical size and shape ol a 
component may affect the performance of the 
instrument, particularly at high frequencies. All 
rsplacement parts should be direct rep/acemenfs 
unless a Is known that a ditferent component will not 
adversely affect instrument performance. 



Special Parts 

In addition to the standard electronic components, 
some special parts are used in this instrument These parts 
are manufactured or selected by Tektronix, Inc. in accor- 
dance with our specifications. Most of the mechanical 
parts used in this instrument have been manufactured by 
Tektronix, Inc. Order ail special parts directly from your 
local Tektronix Field Office or representative. 



4-11 



R«Bintefia<ice-5110 



Ordering Parts 

Wiien ordering replacement parts from Tektronirt, Inc., 
it is imperative that all of ths following information be 
included in the order to ensure receiving the proper parts. 

1. instrument type (5110, 5A.18N, 5B10N, etc.). 

2. Instrument serial number. 

3. A description of the part (if electrical, include the 
circuit number), 

4. Tektronix part number. 

SOLDERi NG TF CHNiOUES 

High voltago and current /eve/s are pressnf in this 
iristrumsrn. To sire/rf electncel shook, cf/sconnscf 
the instrunmnt from the power source bators solder- 
ing. 

The reiiataility and accuracy o' this instrument can be 
maintained only if proper scldering techniques are used 
when repairing or replacing parts. General soldering 
tgchniques, which apply to maintenance of any precision 
electronic equipment, should be used when working on 
this instrument. Use only 50./40 rosin-core, electronic- 
grade solder. The choice of soldering iron is determined 
by the repair to be made. When soldering on circuit 
boards, use a 15- to 40-watt pencil-type soldering iron with 
3 t./S-inch wide, wedge-shaped tip. Keep the tip properly 
tinned for best heat transfer to the solder joint. A higher 
wattage soldering iron may separate the wiring trom the 
base material. Avoid excessive heat; apply oniy enough 
heat to remove the component or to make a good solder 
joint. Also, apply only enough solder to make afirm solder 
joint; do not apply too much solder. 

^ CAUTiOW f 

Some circuit boards in this instrument are multi- 
fa yer boards with a cenduefive pathls) laminated 
between the top and bottom beard layers. All 
soidering on these boarcf.s should be dona with 
syJrerne cars to pre vent breaking the connectiens to 
the center conductorfsj: only eyperisnearf 

maintenance personnel should attempt repair on 
these boards. 



rcr metal terminals ie.g.. switch ternrin-ais, poten- 
tiometers. otc.) a higtier wattage-rating soldering hon may 
be requirec!. Match the soideririg iron to the work beirig 
done, f-'er example, if the component is connected to the 
chassis fjr otherlarge heat-radiatingsurfabe, itwiil require 
a rs-wntt -or larger “plGSiVig iron. 



The following technique should be used to replace a 
component on a circuit board, Most components can be 
replaced without removing the boards trom the instru- 
ment. 



1 Grip the component lead with long-nose pliers 
Touch the soldering iron to the lead at the solder 
connection. Do not lay the iron directiy on the board, as it 
may damage the board. 



2. When the solder begins to melt, pull the lead oui 
gently. If unable to pull the lead without using force, try 
remcvlng the other end of the componsnS: as it rnsy be 
more easily removed. 



hfOTF 

The reason some componortt leads are troublesome 
to remove Is due tc a bend rdaced on each ieaa 
during the manufacturing process. The bent leads 
hold rsomponents in piece during a process that 
solders marry components at one time. 



If a component lead is extremely difficult to remove, it 
may be helpful to straighten the leads on the back side of 
the board with a small screwdriver or pliers while heating 
the solder connection. 



Unsolder the component from the circuit board, using 
heat on the component lead so that the solder will stay 
behind the board. If it is desired to remove solder from a 
circuit-beard hole for easier installation of a new compo- 
nent, use a vacuum-type desoldering toci or a soider- 
remeving wick. 



3. Berid the leads of the new componenttofitthe holes 
in the board, if the component is replaced while the board 
is mounted in the instrument, cut the leads so they will just 
protrude through the board, insert the leads into the holes 
in the board so the component is tirmiy seated against the 
board (or as positioned originally). If it does not seat 
properly, heat the solder and gentiy press the component 
into place. 



4. Touch the iron to the connection .and apply a small 
ancunf of solder to make a firm solder joint. To protect 
heat-sensitive components, hold the lead between the 
ct-mpenefit body and the solder joint with a pair ibng- 
nose pliers or other heat sink. 



Maimier»ance- 511 C 



5. Clip the excess lead that protrudes through the 
board (if not clipped in step 3). 

6, Clean the area around the spider cprinectipn with a 
flux remover solvent. Be careful not to remove information 
printed on the board. 



COmPOHEm REMOVAL AI^D 
REPLACEMENT 



To iivold 8/ecfrica/ ^hock, disconneciihe /riStrumarTt 
from ths' power source before replecing corrt- 
portenfs. 



Sttmicondiyetof Repiacetiteni 

Transistors should rot be replaced urrless actuaily 
defective. If removed from them aockets during routine 
maintenance, return them to their origirral sockets. 
Unnecessary replacement of transistors may affect the 
calibration of this instrument. When transistors are replac- 
ed, check the performance of the part of tiis instrument 
w'hich may be affected. 

t CAlfTfOK j 

■i <; 

.y' J-S y jr-N • 

Power must be disconnected before removing or 
repfacrrig sem/'coriducfors fo avoid component 
damsge. 



Replacement semiconductors should be of theoriginai 
type or a direct replacement. The iead configuration of 
most semiconductors used inthis instrument are shown in 
Fig. 4-5. Some olastic case transistors have lead con- 
figurations which do not agree with those shown here. Ifa 
replacement transistor is made by a different manufac- 
turer than the original, check the manufacturers baaing 
diagram for correct basing. Ail transistor sockets in this 
instrument are wired for the standard basing used for 
metai'Case transistors. Transistors which have heat 
radiators, or are mounted or, the chassis, use silicone 
grease 1o increase heat transfer. Replace the silicone 
grease when replacing these transistors. 



Her’dlS r.diconr} iireoxc with csrs. .4vo/;j' getdng 
niiiconr; grease in eyes. tVasri ha.nds ifiOrougniy after 
use. 



An extraction tool should bs used to remove the '1 4- and 
16-p;n Integrated circuits to prevent damage to the pins. 
This tool is available from Tektronix, line. Order through 
your local field office or representative, if an extraction 
tool is not available when removing one of these in- 
tegrated circuits, pull slowly and evenly on both ends of 
the device. Try to avoid having one end of the integrated 
circuit disengage from the socket before the other, as the 
pins may be damaged. 



To replace one of the ppwertransistors mounted on the 
chassis adjacent to the Power Supply circuit board, first 
unsolder the leads. Then, loosen the nuts on the plastic 
bar that clamps the transistor to the chassis. Remove the 
defective transistor. When '■epiacing the transistor, use 
silicone grease on the metal tab to increass heat transfer 
from the transistor to the chassis. 



Switch Repieicttm^tnt 

"^wo types of switches are used in this instrumenJ. 
Contact alignment and spacing are critical to the epera- 
tich of ths pushbutton and cam sw'itches. Therefore, 
defective switches should either oe replaced as a unit or 
repaired only by personnel experienced with these types 
of switches. Your local Tektronix Field Office or represen- 
tative can provide additional infcrpTiation, ^he following 
special maintenance informafion is provided for switch 
repiacemenl. 




Repair of cam switches shouid be undertaken only 
by experienced repair personnei. Switch alignment 
and spring tension of the cortfaers must be carefully 
maintained for proper operation of the switch. For 
assistance in repair of the cam switches, contact 
your iocat Tektronix Field Olfice or represe.niaf/ve. 



A. CAM SWITCHES 

Cam switch rspairkits areavaiiabie from Tektronix, inc. 
Order fhreugh your iocal field office or representative. 



One switch kit is used to repair the esm switches in 
most time-base p!ug-in units ar?d -some verticai plug-in 
units. -Another kit is uasd to repairthe c-ami switenes using 
‘he high-frequency contact, which is used in several 
verticai plug-in units. 



The caiTi-type switches consist of rotating earn drums 
wfiich are turneo by frord-canet knoba, anp sets of sp.'ing- 
leaf contacts mounted on adlacenl circuit boards. The 
convact-'j are aciualsd by iobe,s on Ihc cams, in the 



MsintsnancS'SI 1C 



oscilloscope system, the Volts/Div and Seconds/Div 
switches are o1 the cam type. These switches can be 
disassembled for inspection, cleaning, repair, cr replace’ 
merit as follows: 



1 . Remove the screws which hold the metal caver on 
the switch, and lift the cover off the switch. The switch is 
now Open for inspection or cleaning. 



2, To completely remove a switch from the circuit 
board, first remove any knobs orshaft e?<tensions. Loosen 
the coupling at the potentiometer at the rear of the switch, 
and pul! the long shaft (with red knob attached) out of the 
switch assembly. 



2. Remove all screws holding the board to the chassis 
or ottier mounting surface. Some boards may be held fast 
on one side by a slotted plastic bar in addition to the 
screws; for these, remove fhe screws, then pull the circuit 
board from its slot to free the board. Also, remove any 
obstructions that would prevent the board from being 
lifted out of the instrument. 



3, Lift the circuit board out of the unit. Do not force or 
bend the board. 



4 To replace the board, reverse the order of removal. 
Use care when replacing pin connectors; if forced into 
place incorrectly, the pin connectors may be damaged. 



3. Remove the screws (from the opposite side of the 
circuit board) which hold the cam drum to the board. 



4. To remove the cam drum from the front support 
block, remove the retaining ring from the shaft on the front 
of the switch and slide the cam drum out of the support 
block. Be careful not to lose the small detent roller. 



5. 10 replace defective switch contacts, follow the 
instructions given in the switch repair hit. 



Circuit-Board Pin Replacement 



Some circuit boards in this instrument are inutti- 
iayer type boards with a conductive path(s) 
iamin&ted between the top and bottorn board layers. 
All soldering on these boards should be done with 
extreme care to prevent breaking the connection to 
the center coriduc tort's); only experienced 
maintenance personnel should attempt repair of 
these board. 



0 To re-install the switch assembly, reverse the above 
procedure. 



B PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES 

The pushbutton switches are not repairable and should 
be replaced as a unit if detective. Use a suction-type 
desoldering tool to remove solder from the holes in the 
circuit board when unsoldering the switches. 



Circuit Board Replacement 

If a circuit board is damaged beyond repair, replace fhe 
entire board assembly. Part numbers forcompletely wired 
boards are given in the Replaceable Electrical Parts list. 



To remove or repface a board, proceed as follows: 



1. Disconnect all leads connected to the board (both 
soldered lead connections and solderless pin connec- 
tions). 



A circuit-board pin replacement kit including the 
necessary tools, instructions, and replacement pins is 
available from Tektronix, Inc. Order through your local 
Tektronix Field Office or representative. Replacement of 
circuit-board pins on multi-layer boards is not 
recommended; refer such repairs to your local Tektronix 
Field Office or representative. 



To replace a pin which is mounted on a circuit board, 
first disconnect any pin connectors. Unsolder the damag- 
ed pin and pui I it out of the circuit board with a pair of pliers 
(see Soldering Techniques, in this section, for 
recommended soldering and unsoldering procedures). Be 
careful not to damage the wiring on the board with too 
much heat. The ferrule on the pin may or may not 
disconnect from the hole with the damaged pin. If the 
ferrule remains in the circuit board, remove the ferrule 
from tlie replacement pin and press the new pin into the 
hole in the circuit board. If the original ferrule is removed 
with the damaged pin, clean out the hole using soldering- 
iron heat, a soider-removing wick, and ascribe. Press the 
replacement pin with attached ferrule into the circuit- 
board hole. Position the replacement pin in the same 
manner as the removed pin. Solder the pin to the circuit 
board on each side of the board. If the removed pin was 
bent at an angle to mate with a connector, carefully bend 
the new pin to the sameangle Replace the pin connector. 



Maintenance-Si 10 



CaShode-Ray Tube Replacement 

The follov/ing procedure outlines the removal and 
replacement of the cathode-ray tube. Refer to Fig, 4-7. 



Use care when hanrJIing a crt. Protective clothing 
and safety glasses should be worn. Avoid striking it 
on any object which rnight cause if (o crack or 
implode. When storing a crl, place it in a protective 
carton or set it face down in a protected location on a 
smooth surface with a soft mal under the faceplate to 
prafeef it from scratches. 



A. REMOVAL 

1. Remove the bezel assembly, which is held in place 
with two screws. (The bezel assembly includes a snap-in 
implosion shield,) 




Fig. 4-7, Replacing the cathode-ray tut>e. 



2. Remove the crt base cover on the rear panel ot the 
iristrumsnl. 



3, Retnove the crt base socket. 



4. Looser the crt clamp. The crt and neck, portion of 
the shield will be removed as a unit, and to facilitate 
removal, it may be best to remove all hardwarefrom the crt 
clamp (bracket and posittoriing screws, and damp- 
tightening hardware). 



NOTE 

The red and black wires entering the crt shietd are 
connected to the traco-roiation coii inside the 
shield. They will not hamper crt removal and need 
not be unsoldered. 



5, With one hand on the crt faceplate, push on the crt 
base (and neck shield). Slide the crt and neck shield 
forward; and pull the crt out of the instrument from the 
front, then remove the neck shield. 



3. REPLACEMENT 

1, Slide the neck shield onto the crt neck. 



2. Make sure the soft plastic crt taoeplate supports are 
in place, than insert the crt into the mainshield. Before the 
crt is completely inserted, slide the crt eta mp over the neck 
shield. 



3. Witfi the crt fully inserted and loose in the shield, 
mount the bezel assembly into place and tighten the bezel 
screws 



4. Mount the crt clamp and positioning hard'WEre, 
temporarily leaving it loose. 



5. Position the rear oftheert (socket end) so there is ro 
tilt of the faceplate in relation to the bezel assembly. 
Tighten the positioning screvvs, then tighten the clamp 
hardware. 



6. Place the cd base socket onto the crt base pins. 
Replace the cover, 



7. Replacing the crt will require partial instrument 
adjustment. Refer to the Adjustment section of ttiis 
manual. 



Maintenance-SHO 



Bulb Replacement 

To replace the knob-shirt Peflaction-factor readout 
bulbs, proceed as follows: 



NOTE 

To ga/n access to bulbs On some ynsfrumenfs, it may 
be necessary to tsmove circuit boards ancf pushbut- 
ton sivffcb extension shafts. Extension shafts are 
remoirecf and installed by pulling straight off and 
pushing straight on. 



1. Remove the tight shield. 



2. Unsolder the defective bulb, and install its replace- 
ment. 



3- Replace the light shield. 



Power Transformer Replacement 

Replace the power transformer only with a direct 
replacement transformer. When removing the 
transformer, be sure to mark the leadstoaid in connecting 
the new transformer. After the transformer has beeh 
replaced, check the performance of the complete instru- 
ment using the procedure given inthe Adjustment section. 



Fuse Replacement 

Table 4-4 gives the rating, location, and function of the 
fuses used in this instrument. 



Table 4-4 

FUSE RATING, LOCATION AND FUNCTION 



Circuit 

Number 


Rating 


Function 


Location 


F201 


1 .6 A Slow- 
blow' 


110 V Line- 
voltage input 


Rear panel 


F201 


1 A SioW" 
blow 


220 V Line- 
voitage input 


Rear panel 


FS10 


0.25 A Fast- 
blow 


-F200 V Unrgitd 
supply 


Rear, LV Power 
Supply board 


F635 


0.5 A Fast- 


! 38 V Unrgitd 


Rear, LV Power 




blow 

... 


supply 


Supply board 



ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPAIR 

After any electrical component has been replaced, the 
adjustment of that particular circuitshould be checked, as 
well as other closely related circuits. See Section 3 for a 
complete adjustment procedure. 



MODIFICATIONS TO PRE-OPTION 7 
AMPLIFIER PLUG-INS 
(OPTION 7 ONLY) 

The channel switching amplifier plug-ins that are 
recommended for use with 5100-series mainframes 
(5A14N, 5A18N. 5A26) have been modified to reduce 
display noise and chop breakthrough when used in an 
Option 7 mainframe. If any of the mentioned amplifier 
plug-ins cause the noise and chop breakthrough 
specification to be exceeded, an earlier version (before 
Option 7) of the plug-in is probably being used. The 
following information is provided to explain how to modify 
earlier version plug-ins for reduced display noise and 
chop breakthrough 



To modify a 5A14N (SN B06328S and below only) 
change RS13, R523, and R533 on the Main circuit board to 
a 1 00 kfi, 5%, 0.25 W composition resistor. Tektronix Part 
No. 315-0104-00. Cut the board run (at both components) 
that connect Q540 and R542, so asto remove electrically, 
the run from the front side of the board. Connect an 
insulated wire strap between Q540 and R542, on the back 
side of the board so as to replace the board run removed 
from the front. 



To modify a 5A1 8N (SN B050000 to SN B099999 only) 
change R301 on the Main Amplifier circuit board to a 
20 kfi, 5%, 0,25 W composition resistor, Tektronix Part No. 
315-0203-00. 



To modify a 5A1BN (SN B049999 and below only) 
change R301 or the Main Amplifier circuit board to a 
20 kO, 5%, 0.25 W composition resistor, Tektronix Part No. 
315-0203-00. Also, change R302 and R303 to a 10 kf!, 1%, 
0.125 W film resistor, Tektronix Part No, 321-0289-00. 



To modify a 5A26 (SN B029000and below only) change 
R2R9 on the Main circuit board to a 20 kfl, 5%, 0.25 W 
composition resistor, Tektronix Part No. 315-0203-00. 
Also, change Q3B6 to a NPN silicon transistor, 2N3565, 
TO-106 case, Tektronix Part No. 151-0341-00, 



4-1 S 



REV A, NOV 1978 



CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 



Section 5—5110 



This section of the manjat contains a description of the 
circuitry used in the osciiloscope. individual descriptions 
are separated into the foiiowing parts: Block Diagram, 
interface. Auxiliary Board, Vertical and Horizontal Deflec- 
tion Amplifiers, CRT Circuit, and last, Low-Voltage Power 
Supply and Calibrator Refer to the appropriate diagrams 
in the Diagrams section of this rnanual while reading the 
circuit descriptions. 

BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION 

Vertical signals to be displayed on the cathode-ray tube 
are applied through the Interface circuit to the Auxiliary 
board from both vertical plug-in compartments. The 
Interface circuit determines whether the signal from the 
left or right vertical unit is displayed. The Vertical Amplifier 
circuit provides intermediate amplification between the 
vertical plug-in units and the Vertical Deflection Amplifier. 



Time-base and external signals for horizontal display 
on the crt are connected to the Interface circuit from the 
horizontal plug-in compartment The Horizontal Amplifier 
circuit provides intermediate amplification between the 
horizontal plug-in unit and the Horizontal Deflection 
Amplifier. 



Additionally, the Interface circuit provides an inter- 
connection ot logic levels, time-base triggering signals, 
display-related signals, and power-supply voltages 
between the p!ug-in units and the oscilloscope. 

The Vertical and Horizontal Deflection Amplifiers 
provide final amplification for the signals frorn the plug-tn 
units They produce push-pull outputs suitable to drive the 
crt vertical and horizontal deflection plates. Beam-finding 
circuitry is incorporated to limit the display within the 
screen area when the front-panel BEAM FINDER button is 
pressed 

The CRT circuit produces the high voltage (about -3.4 
kilovolts) and contains the controls necessary for opera- 
tion of the cathode-ray tube. The CRT circuit also contains 
the Z-Axis Amplifier, which provides the drive signal to 
control the intensity level of the display. 

The Low-Voltage Power Supply Regulator circuits 
provide the voltage necessary tor operation of the os- 
cilloscope system. These voltages are connected to all 
circuits within the instrument. Also included in this circuit 
is the Calibrator, which produces a square wave output 
signal at the front panel. The output has an accurate 
i amplitude which can be used to check vertical deflection 
factor accuracy and probe compensation. 



INTERFACE 

The Interface circuit provides an interconnection of 
signals, logic levels, and power-supply voltages between 
plug-in units and the oscilloscope mainframe. It incor- 
porates circuits that determine the vertical display mode 
and amplify the vertical and horizontal display signals. 
Functions of interconnections not discussed are labelled 
on the interface diagram. 

Clock Generator 

The Clock Generator stage produces a 200-kilohertz 
timing signal (clock) for chopping between vertical plug- 
ins and amplifier channels within the plug-ins. Thiscircuit 
consists of Q620, Q626, and their associated passive 
components, which are connected as a multivibrator. 
When the multivibrator receives a chop actuate level ( + 5 
volts), it free runs at a 200-kilohertz rate. (The chop 
actuate level is routed through the vertical plug-ins to the 
time-base unit, and is present at contact A20 of J603 when 
a multi-trace display isrequiredandthetime-base Display 
switch is set to Chop.) The chop actuate level also disables 
Q630, locking oul alternate-drive pulses. The Clock 
Generator has two outputs; one is sent to the Countdown 
circuit as a timing signal, and the other is sent to the crt 
circuit to blank the chop-switching transients 

Countdown Circuit 

The Countdown circuit produces the display switching 
signal for both the Alternate and Chopped switching 
modes. This circuit is composed of U640 and its discrete 
passive components, which are connected as a pair of RS 
flip-flops Each flip-flop is a divide-by-two counter, and 
the first one drives the second. The Countdown circuit is 
activated by a negative-going transition, which can come 
from either the Clock Generator or from the time-base 
plug-in unit via grounded-base amplifier Q630, The Clock 
Generator input results in chopped-mode vertical 
switching. The input from the time-base unit coincides 
with the end ot each sweep, and results in alternate-rnode 
vertical switching. The output from the divide-by-two 
portion of the Countdown circuit (U640A-U640B) is sent 
via contacts B21 of J601 and J602 to the channel- 
switching circuits incorporated within dual-trace vertical 
plug-in units. The outputs from the divide-by-four portion 
of the Countdown circuit (U640C-U640D) are used for 
plug-in switching; one output is sent to contact A15 of 
J604 to produce plug-in switching on the singie-beam- 
display auxiliary board, and the other output is sent via 
contact B21 of J603 to produce dual-sweep switching in 
dual time-base units The vertical mode switching se- 
quence and some of the display combination possibilities 
are fully discussed under General Operating Information 
in the Operating instructions section of this manual. 



Circuit Description-5110 



Veriicai Amplifier 

The Verticai Amplifier circuit provides approximately 
1 0X arnplification of the vertical signal before passing it to 
the vertical deflection amplifier in the display unit. The 
Vertical Amplifier consists of Q650, OB58, Q6G0, Q668, 
and their associated passive components, connected in a 
differential configuration. The output signal is in phase 
with the output of the vertical plug-in. 



Horizontal Amplifier 

The Horizontal Amplifier consists of Q670, Q67S, Q680, 
Q688, and their associated passive components. The 
circuit rs nearly identical to the Vertical Amplifier just 
described. It receives a push-pull input directly from the 
horizontal plug-in compartment via contacts A7, At 3, B7, 
and B13 of J603 The two halves of this amptifier are 
balanced in the quiescent condition by adjustment of 
R675, Hor. Cent. The output of the Horizontal Amplifier is 
sent to the horizontal deflection amplifier 



AUXILIARY BOARD 

An auxiliary board plugs into J604 on the Interface 
circuit board, and becomes part of the Interface circuit. 
The single-beam auxiliary board accepts the push-pull 
signal outputs from both vertical plug-ins. Emitter 
followers Q701, Q703, Q711, and Q713 provide a high- 
impedance input to two pairs of grounded-gate FET 
amplifiers, Q702-Q704 and Q712-Q714. The switching 
circuit consists of Q721 and Q722, connected as a 
comparator Plug-in "on" logic levels are applied to the 
switching circuit in addition to the switching signal from 
the Countdown circuit. The switching circuit permits only 
one pair of amplifiers to be on at a time, thus permitting 
only one of the two vertical plug-in signals to pass to the 
Vertical Amplifier. In the chopped switching mode, the 
switching between pairs of amplifiers occurs at a 50- 
hilohertz rate {switching occurs on both the negative-and 
positive-going transition), and in the alternate mode, 
switching occurs at the end of every second sweep. If no 
"on" logic level is applied to the switching circuit from 
either vertical plug-in, Q702 and Q704 will remain on, 
passing any signal from the left vertical plug-in. 



VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL 
DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS 

Verticai Deflection Amplifier 

The Vertical Deflection Amplifier provides the final 
amplification of signals applied to the vertical plug-in 
units. It produces a push-pull output aufficienttodrivethe 
crt vertical deflection piates The amplifier consists of 
Q104, Q10B, Q114, and Q116, connected in a differential 
configuration. 



The input signal arrives via P612 from the Interface 
circuit. The output signal is developed across the 
collector-load resistors, R104 and H114, and is about 50 
times the magnitude of the input signal. Resistor R1 16 Vert 
Gain, provides Q106-Q116 emitter degeneration to set the 
gain of the stage to provide a calibrated vertical display. 



Horizontal Deflection Amplifier 

The Horizontal Deflection Amplifier consists of Q124, 
Q126, Q134, and Q136, and is basically the same as the 
Vertical Deflection Amplifier just described. It provides 
final amplification of signals from the horizontal piug-in 
unit, which arrive via P6I1. The gain of the stage is set by 
Hor. Gain R1 36 to provide a calibrated horizontal display. 



Beam Finder 

if a high-amplitude signal ora misadjusted control has 
deflected the trace or display off screen, it can be located 
by pressing the front-panel BEAM FIHDER pushbutton. 
This opens 3125, allowing current through R125 into the 
emitter circuits of both deflection amplifiers. R125 limits 
the current available to the transistor, and hence, to the 
collector-load resistors. Thus, the dynamic range of the 
deflection piates is limited to an or-screen level, and the 
display is compressed within the viewing area. 



Also, when the BEAM FINDER switch is pressed, the Z 
Axis Amplifier in the crt circuit senses the slight increase 
in voltage leveIat1heR108-R1 18-R128-R138junction.The 
Z Axis Amplifier produces a slight increase in crt beam 
intensity, allowing tbs trace to be displayed even though 
the INTENSITY control may be fully counterclockwise. 



X-Y Phasing 

Variable capacitor C116, Phase, is connected across 
the input emitters of the Vertical Deflection Amplifier. This 
capacitor is adjusted to eliminate the inherent phase 
difference between the verticai and horizontal deflection 
syslems when operating In the X-Y made. 



CRT CIRCUIT 

The crt circuit produces the high-voltage potential and 
provides the control circuits necessary for operation of the 
cathode-ray tube (crt). This circuit also includes the 2- 
Axis Ampiifierstage to set the intensity of the crt display. 



@ 



5-2 



Circuit Description-5110 



Z-Axis AmpMlier 

TheZ-Axis Amplifier is a current driven shunt-feedback 
operational amplifier with a voltage output, and consists of 
Q222, Q226, and Q234, The feedback path is from the 
collectors of Q22G and Q234 through R227-C227 to the 
base of Q222. Q226 and Q234 are connected as a 
collector-coupled complementary amplifier to provide a 
fast, linear output signal while consuming minimum 
quiescent power. The output voltage provides the drive 
signal to control the crt intensity level through the 
Control-Grid Supply. 



The output level of the Z-Axis Amplifier is established 
by the voltage drop across R227 in reference to virtual 
ground at the base of Q222 (the operational amplifier 
summing point). The current through R227 is determined 
by the input current from any combination of several 
sources, such as from the front-pane I INTENSITY control, 
plug-in interface (blanking intensification, etc.) , and from 
Q214. Q214 is an operational amplifier with two inputs; 
one from the front-panel EXT INTENSITY INPUT connec- 
tor and the other from the front-pane! BEAM FINDER 
switch. It sets those input signals to a level suitable for 
proper response by the Z-Axis Amplifier. 



High-Voltage Regulator 

High-Voltage Primary. A repetitive, non-sinusoidal 
signal is produced by a phase-modulated switching circuit 
in the primary of T240 and induced into the secondaries. 
Current drive for theprimary winding is furnished by Q252 
in its conduction state. Q252 is turned on by positive- 
going feedback applied through C259 and L259 from the 
feedback winding, and then turned off by Switching action 
from Q262. Asample of the output dc voltage is modulated 
by the ac voltage from another feedback winding af fhe 
gate of Q278 to establish the conduction time of Q252 and 
thus maintain the proper output levei. Q252 delivers 
energy to T240 only once each cycle. 



Assuming Q262 and Q264areo1f initally, R262 provides 
base drive for Q252, causing it to deliver current to T240 
primary, As Q252 conducts, the increasing current 
through the primary winding induces a voltage into the 
secondaries, The gate of Q278 is driven negative by the 
voltage from the feedback winding, switching Q264 and 
Q262 on. With conduction of Q262, base drive for Q2S2 is 
removed. 



With Q252 off, the transformer field collapses, rever- 
sing the polarity of the voltage induced into the secon- 
daries. When the gate of Q278 is driven sufficiently 
positive to switch Q264 and Q262 off, Q252 is switched on 
again. Q252 again delivers energy to the primary winding 
and the action is repeated 



High-Voltage Regulation. Regulation is accomplished 
as follows: Feedback from the 3400-volt cathode supply 
is summed with low-voltage levels through the voltage 
divider consisting of resistors R272B-E, R275. and R276to 
establish the dc level at the gate of Q278 The ac 
component, which is the switching signal, is derived from 
the transformer as described previously. If the output level 
of the cathode supply drops below the nominal --3400 
volts (becomes more positive), the level at the gate of Q27S 
rises. 



A new poinf is selected on the varying ac component to 
cause switching of Q262-Q264 later and hence increase 
conduction time of Q252, This allows more energy to be' 
delivered to the primary winding of T240, resulting in an 
increase of voltage in the secondaries. Conversely, if the 
output level increases. 0252 is allowed to conduct for a 
shorter length of time The dc level at the gate of Q278 is 
adjusted by High Volts Adjust R275 to set the output at 
exactly 3400 volts 



High Voltage Outputs 

Transformer T240 has two high-voltage output win- 
dings which provide the potentials required for the crt 
cathode and control grid supplies. The — 3400-voit 
accelerating potential for the cathode is supplied by half- 
wave rectifier CR247 . The cathode heater is elevated to the 
cathode potential through R273. 

Half-wave rectifier CR241 provides about —3450 volts 
to establish bias voltage on the crt control grid. This 
voltage (and hence the crt beam current) is dynamically 
controlled by the Z-Axis Amplifier, which contains the 
INTENSITY control, blanking inputs, and intensification 
inputs. Intensity Range R245 provides a fine adjustment of 
the quiescent grid voltage to bias the crt just below cutoff 
when the Z-Axis Amplifier output is at its minimum 
quiescent level (INTENSITY control counterclockwise 
and no intensifying or blanking inputs). 



Neon buibs DS271, DS272, and DS273 provide protec- 
tion to the crt if the voltage difference between the pontroi 
grid and the cathode exceeds about 180 volts. 



Crt Control Circuits 

In addition to the INTENSITY control discussed 
previously, tront-panel FOCUS and internal Astigmatism 
controls have been incorporated for arriving at an op- 
timum crt display. FOCUS control R295 provides the 
correct voltage for the second anode in the crt. Proper 
voltage for the third anode is obtained by adjusting Astig 
control R286, In order to obtain optimum spot size and 
shape, both the FOCUS and Astig conlrolsareadjustedto 
provide the proper electrostatic lens configuration in the 
crt. 



Circuit Cescriptlon-5110 



The Geometry adjustment R285 yariesthe positive level 
on the horizontal deflection plate shields to control the 
overall geometry of the display. The TRACE ROTATION 
control R291, permits adjustment of the dc current 
through beam-rotation coil L291 to align the display with 
the horiiontal graticule lines 



LOW-VOLTAGE POWER 
SUPPLY AND CALIBRATOR 

The Low-Voltage Power Supply circuit provides the 
low-voltage operating potwer for the oscilloscope system 
from three regulated supplies and three unregulated 
supplies. Electronic regulation is used to provide stable, 
low-rippie output voltages. The circuit also includes the 
Calibrator circuit to produce an accurate-amplitude 
square-wave output. 



Power Input 

Power is applied to the primary of transformer T801 
through fuse F201, thermal cutout S200, and Powerswitch 
S201. and the line-selector block, P801. The line-selector 
block allows changing the prirriary-winding taps of T801 
to fit different line requirements. 



Low-Voltage RectHiers and Unregulated Outputs 

The full-wave bridge rectifiers and associated filter 
components in the secondaries of T801 provide filtered dc 
voltages for operation of the oscilloscope system or for 
regulation by the Low-Voltage Regulators. The un- 
regulated outputs are I 200 volts, I 38 volts, and —38 volts. 
The -l-200-voit and I 38-volt outputs to the instrument are 
fuse-protected by F810 and FS35 respectively 



Low-Voltage Regulators 

-30-Volt Supply. The -30-Volt Supply, besides 
providing power to circuitry throughout the instrument, 
provides a reference-voltage source to establish operating 
levels for the feedback regulators in the -30-Volt and f 5- 
Voit supplies. The regulator for the —30-Volt Supply is a 
feedback amplifier system which operates between 
ground and the unregulated 38 volts. Current to the toad 
is delivered by the series-pass transistor, Q860 and the 
supply voltage is established by the drop across R877, 
R878, and R879 The feedback path is through R875, Q875, 
and Q865 to the base of Q860. Any variation in output 



voltage due to ripple, charge of current through the load, 
etc, is immediately transmitted to the base of Q06O and 
nullified by a change in Q860 conduction, thus main- 
taining a steady output. The output of the supply is set to 
exactly —30 volts by adjustment of R878, 30 V Act], This 

control sets the conduction of Q870, which controls the 
bias levels of Q865 and 0860 CB86S and Q865 provide 
short-circuit protection by limiting the current through 
Q860. 



-l-30-Volt Supply. The regulatorforthe I 30-Volt Supply 
consists of series-pass transistor Q840 and erroramplifier 
Q850. This is a feedback amplifier system similar to that 
just described for the -30-Volt Supply. R856, -i-30 V Adj, 
provides an adjustment to set the output of the supply at 
exactly +30 volts. Q845 protects the supply in the event 
the output is shorted by limiting the current demanded 
from the series-pass transistor under excessive load. 
During normal operation, Q845 is biased off 



+-5-Volt Supply. The regulator for the ^5-Volt Supply 
consists of series-pass transistor Q815 and error amplifier 
QS20, Operation of this feedback amplifier system is 
similar to that described for the --30-Volt Supply The 
short-protection transistor, Q825, functions as described 
for Q845 in the i 30-Volt Supply. 



Line Trigger 

A line-frequency signal is obtained from thesecondary 
of T801 and attenuated by R830, R832, and RB34 to 
provide a line-trigger source for the time-base plug-in 
unit. 



Calibrator 

The Calibrator circuit composed of 0885, QB90, and 
their associated passive components produces a square- 
wave output with accurate amplitude and at a rate of twice 
the power-tine frequency This Output is available at the 
probe test loop on the display unit front panel as a 4- 
milliampere (peak to peak) square-wave current, or as a 
400-miliivolt (ground to peak) square-wave voltage 



The resistive-capacitive network at the base of Q885 
receives a pulsating dc voltage from full-wave rectifier 
CR835-CR836 and produces a nearly symmetrical 
switching signal for Q885 and Q890. As Q890 is alternately 
switched on and Off at twite the line frequency, Current 
through R89D is alternately switched through the tran- 
sistor or through CR890, the probe test loop, and R891, 
producing the required test signal. 



5-4 



Section 6-5110 



REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS 



PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION 

Replacement parts are available from or through your 
local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative. 

When ordering parts, include the following information in 
your order: part number, instrument type or number, 
serial number, and modification number It applicable. 

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new 
or improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or 
representative will contact you concerning any change 
in part number. 

Change information, if any, is iooated at the rear of this 
manual. 

USX OF ASSEMBLIES 



The circuit component's number appears on the 
diagrams and circuit board illustrations. Each diagram 
and circuit board illustration is clearly marked with the 
assembly number. Assembly numbers are also marked 
on the mechanical exploded views located in the 
mechanical parts list. The component number is 
obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the 
circuit number. 

The elecrtricai parts list is divided and arranged by 
assemblies in numerical sequence (e.g,, assembiy At 
with its subassemblies and parts, precedes assembly 
A2 with its subassemblies and parts). 

Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number 
prefix and are located at the end of the electrical parts 
list. 



A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the 
electrical parts list The assambties are listed in 
numerical order. When the complete component number 
of a part Is known, this list wtil identify the assembly in 
which the part is located. 



TEKTRONIX PART NO. (column two of 
the parts list) 

Indicates part number to be used when ordering 
replacement part from Tektronix, 



CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO 
MANUFACTURER 

The Mfg. Code Number to Manufacturer Cross Index for 
the electrical parts list is located immediately after this 
page. The cross index provides codes, names, and 
addresses of manufacturers of components listed in the 
electrical parts list. 

ABBREVIATIONS 

Abbreviations conform to American National Standard 
Y1.1. 

COMPONENT NUMBER (column one of 
the parts list) 



SERIAL NO. (columns three and four of 
the parts list) 

Cotumn1hree(3) indicatesthe serial number at which the 
part was first used. Column four (4) indicates the serial 
number at which the part was removed. No serial number 
entered indicates part is good tor ail seriat numbers. 

NAME & DESCRIPTION (column five of 
the parts list) 

In the parts list, an item name is separated from the 
description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, 
an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete. 
For further item name identification, the U.S. Federal 
Catalog handbook H6-1 can be utilized where possible, 



Example a. 



component ntnnber 
A23 R1234 



A23R1234 

Assembly number.,.''''^ '''"'..^Circuit nuTnl>er 

Read: Resistor 1234 ot Assembly 23 



Example b. 



component number 



A23A2R1234 A23 A2 R1234 Circuit 

Assembly number--^ /Subassembly number ' '' dumber 
Read: Resistor 1234 ol Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23 



MFR, CODE (column six of 
the parts list) 

Indicates the code number ot the actual manufacturer of 
the part. (Code to name and address cross reference 
can be found immediately after this page.) 

MFR. PART NO. (column seven of 
the parts list) 

indicates actual manufacturer's part number. 



REV MAY 1990 



8-1 



Replaceable Electrical Parts-5110 



CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 



Mtr. 

Code 


Manufacturer 


Addre^^ 


City, State, Zip Cods 


KB996 


MULIARD LIMITED 


MULLARD HOUSE 
TORRINGTON PLACE 


LONDON WC1E7Hn ENGLAND 


301B7 


FUJITSU un 


2-3-13TORANOMON 

MINATO-KU 


TOm) JAPAN 


TK0509 


H VC INC 


600 S MILWAUKEE STREET 


FREDONIAWI 53021 


TK0891 


M1CONICS 


1 FAlFtCHILOAVE 


PLAIHVIEW NY 11603 


TKH24 


MARCQNAHEFIICACDRP 


3 PEARL CT 


ALLENDALE NJ 07401 


TKiees 


HARRISON ELECTRIC CO LTD 


2-1 ASAHIMACHI S-CHOME IMABAHl 


EHIME JAPAN 


TK1725 


GREENPAR CONNECTORS LTD 


PO BOX 15 
HARI.OW 


ESSEX CM20 ZER ENGLAND 


TK1/27 


PKILIPS NEDERLAND BV 
AED ELONCO 


POSTBUS S005Q 


5600 PB EINDHOVEN THE NETHERLANDS 


TK1743 


UNITROME (UK) LTD 


6CRES3WELLPAHK 

BLACKBEATH 


LONDON SE 3 SRD ENGLAND 


TK1854 


INTEHFEl DORP 


322 GOLD ST 


GARLAND TX 75042 


TK2096 


KELVIN ASSOCIATES 


147E4 VENTUFW Elivn 
SUITE 1003 


SHERMAN OAKS CA 9(403-3501 


OOR03 


2MAN AND ASSOCIATES 


7633S160U1 


KENT WA 96032 


0JB04 


TOSHIBA AMERICA INC 
ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS DIV 
BUSINESS SECTOR 


2602 DOW AVE 


TUSTIN CA 92660 


U0213 


imRONICS COMPONENTS GROUP INC 
SUBSIDIARY OF NYTRONICS INC 


ORANGE ST 


DARLINGTON SC 29532 


Q«a53 


EANGAMO WESION IHC 
COMPONENTS DIV 


SANGAMO HD 
PO BOX12B 


PICKENS SC 29671-9710 


01 [21 


ALLEN-BRAOLEYCO 


1201 S 2ND ST 


MILWAUKEE Wl 53204-2410 


01295 


TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC 
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP 


13500 N CENTRAL EXPY 
PO BOX 65501 2 


DALULS TX 7626b 


Q1963 


CHERRY ELECTRiCAL PRODUCTS CORP 


3600 SUNSET AVE 


WAUKEGAN !L 600S7-3214 


02114 


PHI1.IPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PRODUCTS 
DIV FERRITE FACILITY 


M83 KINGS HWV 


SAUGERTIES NY 12477 


03500 


GENERAL ElECTRIC CO 
SEMI-CONDUCTOR PRODUCTS DEPT 


W GENESEE ST 


AUBURN NY 13021 


04222 


AVX CERAMICS 
DIVOFAVXCORP 


19THAVE SOITTH 
PO BOX 367 


myrtle BEACH SC Z9S77 


04713 


MOTOROLA INC 

SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR 


5005 E. MCDOWELL RD 


PHOENIX A7 35003-4229 


05574 


VIKING CONNECTORS INC 
SUBOfCRITON CORP 


21001 NORDHOFFST 


CHATEWOFTHCA 91 311-5311 


05028 


GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP 
GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS DIV 


60UWJOHN ST 


HtOKSVILLE NY 11 002 


07263 


FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 

NORTH AMERICAN SALES 

SUB OF SCHLIIMBERGER LTD MS 1 13 


10400 filDGEVIEWCT 


CUPEHTJNOCA 95014 


C9353 


C AND K COMPONENTS INC 


15RIVERDALEAVE 


NEWTON MA 02168-1957 


11502 


INTERNATIONAL RESISTIVE CO INC 


GREENWAY RD 
PO BOX 1 360 


BOONE NC 2S6D7-1660 



6-2 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts-5110 



CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 



Ufr, 



Coda 


Manufacturer 


Address 


Clly, State, Zip Code 


12697 


CUROSWT MFC CO INC 


LOWER WASHINGTON ST 


DOVER NH 03620 


1295^ 


MICRQ3EMI CGRP-SCOnSDALE 


0700 E THOMAS RD 
PO BOX 1390 


SCOTTSDALE AZ 85252 


12969 


UNITRODECORP 


5 FORBES RD 


LEXINGTON MA 021 73-7305 


13606 


SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO 


70 PEMBROKE RD 


CONCORD NH 03301-5755 


14552 


MICROS EMI CORP 


203OSfAlRVIEWST 


SANTA ANA CA 92704-5946 


14752 


ELECTRO CUBE INC 


1710SDEL MARAVE 


SAN GABRIEL CA 91 776-3025 


14936 


GENERAL INSmiMENT COF1P 
DISCRETE SEMI CONDUCTOR DIV 


SDDWJOHNST 


HICKSVILLE NY 11302 


107% 


MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICAN INC 
STATE COLLEGE OPERATIONS 


1 900 V7 COLLEGE AVE 


STATE COLLEGE PA 16301-2723 


19396 


ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC 
PAKTRON DIV 


1205 MCCONVILLERD 
PO BOX 4539 


LYNCHBURG VA 24502-453S 


19701 


PHILIPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PRODUCTS 
DIV RESISTIVE PRODUCTS FACILITY 
AIRPORT ROAO 


PO BOX 760 


MINERAL WELLS TX 76067-0760 


2D532 


SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO 
SEMSCONQUCTOR DIVISION 


70PEMBF1OKE ROAD 


CONCORD NH 03301 


23360 


STANFORD APPLIED ENGINEERING INC 


340 MARTIN AVE 


SANTA CLARA CA 95050-31 1 2 


24S46 


CORNING GUSS WORKS 


550 HIGH ST 


BFLADFORD PA 16701-3737 


24931 


SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC 


2100 EARLYWOOD DR 
PO BOX 547 


FRANKLIN IN 46131 


25403 


PHILIPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PfiODUCTS 
QIV DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP 


GEOFtGE WASHINGTON HWY 


SMITHFIELDRI 02917 


26769 


PHILIPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PRODUCTS 
OlV CHIP TANTALUM fAClLITY 


5900 AUSTRALIAN AVE 


WEST PALM BEACH FL 33407-2330 


27014 


NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOF1 CORP 


2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR 


SANTA CLARA CA 95051-0606 


31761 


EOAC INC 


10 RAILSIDE HD 


DON MILLS GNT CAN H3A 1A4 


32997 


BOURNS INC 
TRIMPOTOIV 


1200 COLUMBIA AVE 


RIVERSIDE CA 92507-2114 


SM34 


HEWLETT-PACKARD CO 
OPTOELECTRONICS DIV 


370 W TRIMBLE RD 


SAN JOSECA 95131 


52763 


STETCOINC 


3344 SCHIEnilOHN 


FRANKLIN PARK IL 60131 


52769 


SPRAGUE-GOODMAN ELECTRONICS INC 


134 FULTON AVE 


GARDEN CITY PARK NY 11040-5352 


54503 


TDK ELECTRONICS CORP 


ilHARBORPARKDR 


PORT WASHINGTON NY 11550 


56209 


SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO 
WORLD HEADQUAFTTEfiS 


92 HAYDEN AVE 


LEXINGTON MA 02173-7929 


57666 


ROHM CORP 


8WHATNEV 
PO BOX 19515 


IRVINE CA 92713 


56366 


FW CAPACITORS INC 


HWY 301 S 98 TOLEDO RD 
PO BOX 12636 


FLORENCE SC 29504 


56756 


GTS CORP 
ELKHART OlV 


1 1 42 W BEARDSLEY AVE 


ELKHART IN 46514-2224 


59600 


TUSONIX INC 


7745 N BUSINESS PARK DR 
PO BOX 37144 


TUCSON AZ 35740-7144 


60211 


VOLTAGE MULTiPLIEBS INC 


371 1 W HOQ3EVELT 


VISALIA CA 93291-9456 



REV MAY 1990 



6-3 



Fleplaceabte Electrical Parts-5110 



CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 



Mfr. 

Code 


Manufacturer 


Address 


City, State, Zip Coda 


61657 


SAH- O INDUSTRIAL CORP 


85 ORVILLE DR 
PO B0X511 


BOHEMIA LONG ISLAND NV 1171 B-2501 


71400 


SUSSMANN 

OlV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC 


114 OLD STATE RD 
PO BOX 14460 


ST LOUIS MO SOI 78 


71450 


CTS CORP 


a05MW£ST BLVD 


ELKHART IN 4651 4-1 STS 


731 3B 


SEC^AN INDUSTRIAL CORP 
aECKMAN ELECTRONIC TECHNOLOGIES 
SUaOF EMERSON ELECTRIC 


4141 PALM ST 


FULLERTON CA 92635 


75042 


IRC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 
PHILADELPHIA DtV 
TRW FIXED RESISTORS 


401 N BROAD ST 


PHILADELPHIA PA 19108-1001 


7549S 


MULTICOMP INC 


3005SW154TH TERRACE #3 


BEAVERTON OR 97005 


75015 


LITTELFUSE INC 
SU8 TRACOR INC 


aOOE NORTHWEST HV7Y 


DES PUINESIL60016-304S 


SOQOO 


TEKTRONKINC 


14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR 
PO 30X 500 


BEAVERTON OR 07077-0001 


83701 


ELECTRONIC DEVICES INC 


21 GREY OAKS AVE 


YONKERS HV 10710-3205 



6-4 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Hleclrical Parts-51 tO 



Component Tektronix Serial No. Mfr. 



Number 


Part No. 


Effective 


D scant 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 




- - 






??: 


S(K)09 




A1 


570-1433-00 


BC10100 


B029999 


CIRCUIT 00 ASSriHIGH VOLTAGE-OEFLECTION 


80009 


670143300 


A1 


670-1433-01 


B030000 


B049999 


CIRCUIT BD ASSr:mGH VOLTAGE-DEFLECTION 


60009 


670143301 


A1 


670-1433-02 


BQ5000Q 


8119999 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYlNIGH VOLTAGE-DEFiECTION 


80009 


670143302 


A1 


670-1433-03 


B120000 


B1 25351 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYrHIGH VOLTAGE DEFLECTION 


B0009 


670143303 


A1 


670-1433-04 


B1 25352 


B126331 


CIRCUIT BD ASSVlHlGH VOLTAGE 


80009 


670143304 


A1 


670-1433-05 


B1 26332 


0126509 


CIRCUIT BD ABSYlHIGH VOLTAGE 


80009 


670143305 


A1 


670-1433-07 


B1 26510 


B14095B 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY:HIGH VOLTAGE 


30009 


670143307 


A1 


67(M621-14 


B14D959 




CIRCUIT BD ASSVHV DEFLECTIOM 


30009 


670182114 


A2 


670-1454-00 


B010100 


B124444 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYlSINGLE BEAM AUX 


ewo9 


670145400 


A2 


670-1454-01 


B1 24445 


B1 40958 


CIRCUIT BD ASSV;SINGLE SEAM AUX 


80009 


670145401 


A3 


670-1340-00 


B0101QO 


B1 24444 


CIRCUIT BDASSVUMTERfACE 


60009 


670134000 


A3 


870-1340-01 


B1 24445 


B126108 


CIRCUIT BO ASSVUNTERFACE 


60009 


670134001 


A3 


67CH 340-03 


B126109 


B1 28769 


CIRCUIT BDASSYilNTERfACE 


80009 


670134003 


A3 


670-1340-04 


B1 26770 


B14095B 


CIRCUIT BDASSVUNTfC 


80009 


670134004 


A3 


670-7478-01 


B1 40059 




CIRCUIT BOASSY;INTfC 


90009 


670747801 


A4 


670-1339-4)0 


B010100 


0123049 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYlLV F'OWER SUPPLY 


80009 


670133900 


A4 


670-1339-02 


B1 23850 


B1 25356 


CIRCUIT ED ASSY: LV POWER SUPPLY 


30009 


670133902 


A4 


670-1339-03 


B1 25357 


B1 30459 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY:LV POWER SUPPLY 


S0Q09 


570133903 


A4 


6/0-1 339-06 


ai 30460 


B141QS4 


CIRCUIT BO ASSYlLV PWR SPLY 


80009 


670133906 


A4 


67(M333-0e 


B14I0G5 




CIRCUIT 80 ASSY: LV PWR SPLY 


80009 


870133908 


A5 


670-5757-00 


B1 0931 0 




CIRCUIT BDASSYSIQNAL OUT 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


80009 


670575700 


A1 


67(H 433-00 


B010100 


B029999 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYiHIGB VOLTAGE-DEFLECTION 


80003 


670143300 



REV MAY 1930 



6-5 



Replaceable Electrical Parts-51 1 0 



Cdniponent 


Tektronix 


Serial Mo. 




Mfr. 




Number 


Pan No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 




Mfr. Part Me. 


Ai 


670-1433-01 


B030000 


B049999 


0IRCU1T BD ASSYHIGH VOLTAGE-DEFLECTION 


60009 


670143301 


A1 


670-1433-02 


B050000 


8119999 


CIRCUIT RD ASSYlHlGH VOLTAGE- DEFLECTION 


80009 


67D143302 


AI 


670-1433-03 


B1?0000 


0125351 


CilTCUtT BO ASGYHIGK VOLTAGE DEFLECTION 


30009 


6701 43303 


A1 


670-1433-04 


B12535? 


B126331 


ClRCUrr BDASSV:H(GH VOLTAGE 


60009 


570143304 


AI 


670-1433-05 


B1?6333 


8128509 


ClRCUrr BD ASSViHlGK VOLTAGE 


60009 


570143305 


AI 


670-14334)7 


B198S10 


8140958 


CIRCUIT BO AS8V:HIGH VOLTAGE 


80009 


570143307 


A1 


670-1621-14 


6140959 




CIRCUIT 8D ASSViHV DEFl.ECTION 


89009 


570162114 


A2 


670-1454-00 


B0101QO 


8124444 


CIRCUIT BD ASSVlSlNGLE BEAM AUX 


80009 


670145400 


A? 


670-1454-431 


B1 24445 


B1409S8 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYlSlNGLF BEAM AUX 


80009 


S70145401 


A3 


070-1340-00 


B010100 


B1 24444 


CIRCUIT BDASSYlINTERFACE 


80009 


670134000 


A3 


670-1340-01 


B1 24445 


B126198 


CIRCUIT BDASSVONTERFACE 


B00D9 


670134001 


A3 


670-1340-03 


B126109 


8128769 


CIRCUIT BDASSYlINTERFACE 


30009 


570134003 


A3 


670-1340-04 


B1 28770 


E140958 


CIRCUIT BDASSYlINTFC 


80000 


67U1340Q4 


A3 


670-7473-01 


B1 40959 




CIRCUIT BO ASSVlINTFC 


80009 


670747801 


A4 


670-1339-00 


B010100 


B1 23849 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYlLV POWER SUPPLY 


80009 


870133900 


A4 


670-1339-0? 


B123B50 


B 1 25356 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYIV POWER SUPPLY 


aooos 


670133902 


M 


570-1339-03 


8125357 


8130459 


CIRCUIT BD ASSVIV POWER SUPPLY 


80009 


670133903 


A4 


670-1339-06 


B1 30460 


8141084 


CIRCUIT BD ASSV:LV FWR SPLY 


80009 


570133906 


A4 


670-1339-08 


B141085 




CIRCUIT BD ASSYLV PWH SPLY 


60009 


670133908 


'A5 


670-5757-00 


ai 09310 




CIRCUIT BDASSY:EIGNAL OUT 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


80009 


670575700 










??: 


30009 





6-6 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parte-51 10 



Component Tektronix Serial No. Mfr. 



Number 


Part No, 


Ettectlve 


Decent 


Name & Deacriptlon 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


C104 


281-08)1-00 


B140959 




CAP.FXD.CEfl Dt;1 0PF.1 0)9, 1 0OV 


04222 


SA101A100KAA 


C105 


283-0654-00 


E010100 


B049999 


CApFXD.MlCA DI:620PF,20%,300V 


TK0S91 


RDM1SFC621G03 


C105 


283-0506-00 


BOSOOOO 


81 24539 


CAPFXD, MICA DI:528PF,1%, 300V 


TK0691 


RDM15FC5280F03 


C105 


283-0692-00 


B1 24590 


8140958 


CARFXD.MICA DI:670Pf,1%,300V 


TK0891 


RDM15FCB71F03 


C106 


283-0690-00 


B1 40959 




CARFXD.MICA QI:5B0PF,1 *,300V 


TK0691 


RDM15FC561F03 


C115 


281-0027-00 


B010100 


B049999 


CAi;VAR,PLASTSC:0.7-3PF,350V 


52769 


EFl-535-017 


C116 


283-0598-00 


B01010Q 


6049999 


CA2FXD.MICA DI;253PF,5%,500V 


TK0891 


RDM15FD253DJ03 


C116 


281-018(W10 


BOSOOOO 


B140958 


CARVARMtCA Dl : 1 8-1 15PF, 175V 


58368 


T50413-5 


C116 


281-0256-00 


B1 40959 




CARVARPLASnCH 0-1 BOPF.IOOV 


52769 


Gzmaioo 


C124 


231-081 1-00 


3140959 




CAPFXD.CER DI:19PF,10*,100V 


04222 


SA101A106KAA 


C125 


283-0596-00 


B010100 


B124589 


CAPFXE.MICA OI:528PF,1%.30(KV 


TK0891 


RDM15FC52a0F03 


C125 


283-0774-00 


8124590 


B140958 


CAPFXDpMICA Ql:639 PF,1%,300V 


TK0591 


RDM15FC6390FC3 


C12S 


233-0669-00 


B140959 




CARFXD.M1CA D!:366PF,1%,500V 


TK0S91 


RDM15FD361F03 


C135 


283-0672-00 


B010100 


B140958 


CARFXC.MICA Ol:200PF1%,500V 


TK0891 


RDM15E0201F03 


C135 


283-0625-00 


B1 40959 




CARFXD.MICA OI:220PFJ%,56DV 


TK0891 


RDM10F0221F03 


C222 


281-0775-00 


B1 40959 




CARF)(D,CER DI:0.UJF2056,5(IV 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


C223 


281-0775-00 


8140959 




CARFXD.CER DI:0.HJF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


C224 


263-0085-00 


8010100 


B1 19999 


CARFXD.CER 01:0.001 t1F,5%.50V 


59660 


0835-591-Y5EO-1 


C224 


283-005 1-M 


B1 20000 




CARFXDpCER 01:0.0033UF,5%,1 60V 


04222 


SR301A332JAA 


C227 


281-0537-00 


8010100 


8119999 


CARFXOpCER OI:0.68PF,20%,60GV 


54683 


MA12COG2HFI63H 


C236 


285-0526-00 


8010100 


8140958 


CARF)!D,PLAST1C:0.1 UF,20%,400V 


56269 


430R104X04M23 


C236 


283-0167-00 


8140959 




CARFXD.CER Dt:0.1UF,10%.l0OV 


04222 


SR211C1D4KAA 


C240 


283-0008-00 


8140959 




CARFXD.CER Of:0.1 UF,2ra.500V 


04222 


SR507C104MAA 


C241 


283-0270-00 


8010100 


8119999 


CARFXD.CER D1;6800PF.+80-20%,4000V 


18796 


DHR34Y55682Z4KV 


C24I 


283-0071-00 


81 20000 


8140958 


CARFXD.CER Ot:O.OOS8UF, + 80-20)6. 5KV 


18796 


DRA 34Y5S682Z5X 


C241 


265-1154-00 


8140959 




CA R FXD, PLAST1C;0. 001 Uf D, 1 0%,6000V 


56289 


430P102960 


C242 


283-0261-00 


8010100 


8119999 


CARFXD.CER 01:0.01 UF,20«,40D0V 


TK0509 


HV043 


C242 


283-0071-00 


8120000 


3140958 


CAR FXO.CER 01:0.0066UF, + 80-20)6,5KV 


18796 


ORA 34V5S602Z5I< 


C242 


285-0507-01 


8140959 




CARFXD.RPR Dl :0. 0047 UF, 20*. 6000V 


56289 


430PS71 


C245 


263-0139-90 


8140959 




CARFXD.CER Dt:0.1 Uf.2086,400V 


04222 


SR508C104MIAA 


C246 


283-0077-00 


814D9S9 




CARFXD.CER DI:330PF5%.500V 


59660 


831-500 0331J 


C248 


283-0270-06 


8010100 


81 19993 


CARFXD.CER OkeeOflPF, +80-20%, 4000V 


18796 


DHR34V55682Z4i(V 


C243 


283-0071-00 


Q1 20000 


8140958 


CARFXD.CER DI:0.0068UF + 80-20%, 5KV 


18796 


DHA34Y5S8B2Z5K 


C24a 


285-0509-01 


3140959 




CAREXD.PPR DI;0.006eUF.20%,5060V 


14752 


C-2541 


C249 


283-0270410 


aoioloo 


B1 19999 


CARFXD.CER DI:6800PF,+80-20%,4000V 


1879B 


0HR34Y55682Z4KV 


C249 


283-0071-00 


8120000 


B140956 


CARFXD.CER DI:0.0068UF +a6-20%.5KV 


18796 


OHA34YSS682Z5K 


C249 

C251 


285-0509-01 

290-0194-00 


8140959 




CARFXO,PPH DI:0.0068UF.20%,50D0V 
CARFXD.ELCTLT: 10UF, + 50-10%, 1 0OV 


14752 

00853 


C-2541 

S56DC100T1 DOB 


C252 


283-0617-00 


B010100 


B123729 


CARFXD.MICA DI:4700PF,10%.300V 


TK0691 


RDM19FD472KD3 


C252 


283-0083-00 


B1 23730 


B140958 


CARFXD.CER DI;O.0O47UF,20%,500V 


59660 


811-566C471J 


C252 


283-0203-00 


B1 40959 




CARFXD.CER DI:0.47UF,20%.50V 


04222 


SR305SC474MAA 


C253 


233-0003-00 


B010100 


B140958 


CARFXD.CER 01:0.01 UF, +80-20%, 150V 


59660 


805-61 9-Z5UCM0 


C254 


283-0059-00 


BD1D1D0 


B140958 


CARFXD.CER Dl:1 JF, + eO-20%,SOV 


04222 


SR305C10SMAA 


C258 


283-0059-00 


8010100 


B140956 


CARFXD.CER Dl: 111 F,+ 80-20%, 50V 


04222 


SR305C10SMAA 


C2S9 


233-0198-00 


B010100 


B120979 


CARFXD.CER DI:0.22Uf,2D%,50V 


04222 


SE1305C224MAA 


C259 


283-0164-00 


B1209SD 


3140958 


CARFXD.CER D!:2.2UF,20%,25V 


04222 


SR402E225MAA 


C262 


281-0815-00 


B1 40959 




CARFXD.CER D;:0.027Uf,20%,Sm/ 


04222 


SA205C273MAA 


C272 


233-0021-00 


B010100 


B1 40958 


CARFXD.CER 01:0.001 UF.20%.5Q00V 


18796 


DE1310Y5P102M6K 


C273 


283-0208-00 


8610100 


B1 40958 


CARFXD.CER DI:0.22UF, 10%, 2O0V 


04222 


SR502C224KAA 


C273 


283-0194-00 


8140959 




CARFXD.CER DI:4.7UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SR505E475HAA 


C274 


283-0104-00 


8610100 


8039999 


CARFXD.CER DI:ZOO0PR5%,50OV 


59660 


811 565YSEO 20 


C274 


283-0142-00 


8040000 


8119999 


CARFXD.CER D!:D.QD27UF,5%,2(}0V 


54533 


CK45YE2D272J-A 


C276 


29CM1145-00 


B1 40959 




CARFXD,ELCTLT:1 OUE + 75-1 0%.50V 


K8936 


D39-.381 09 


C277 


281-07754)0 


D 140959 




CAFFXD.CER DI:0.1Uf,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


C279 


283-0065-00 


B010100 


15399 


CARFXD.CER DEO.OOl UF,5%,50V 


59660 


0035-591 -Y5E0-1 



REV MAY 1990 



6-7 



Replaceable Electrical Parta-SHO 



Component Tektronix Serial No. Mtr. 



Number 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mtr. Part No. 


C281 


283-0003-00 


B010100 


B1 40958 


aRRD,CEFl Dl:0.01UF, +80-20%, 150V 


59560 


805-61 9-Z5U0-10 


C2S1 


283-0068-00 


B1 40959 




CAF|F)(D,CER D i: 0.0 1UF. + 100-0%, 500V 


59860 


371-S33E103P 


CJDO 


281-0812-00 


6140959 




CAf;FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,100V 


04222 


SA101C102KAA 


C411 


281-0797-00 


B1 40959 




CARFXD.CER Dt:15PF,10%,100V 


04222 


SA106A150KAA 


C503 


281-0775-00 


B1 40959 




CAP.FXD.CER Dl:0.1 UF,2C%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


C510 


281-0797-00 


B1 40959 




CAP,E)!D,CERDl:15PF,10%,100IV 


04222 


SA106A150KAA 


C530 


281-0775-00 


B1 40959 




CAP.FXD.CER 01:0.1 LF.20%, 50V 


04222 


3A105E104MAA 


C520 


281-0775-00 


B1 40959 




CAP.FXD.CER 0i:O.1UF,20%,5QV 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


C522 


283-0032-00 


B010100 


B14095B 


CApFXaCER 0l:47DPF,5%,500V 


59660 


831-000-75E0471 


C828 


283-0060-00 


B010100 


B1 40958 


CApfXD,CER OI:100PF,5%,200V 


59660 


855-536L2J101J 


C632 


283-0002-00 


B010100 


B140958 


CAPFXD.CEB 01:0.01 UF, + 80-20%.500V 


59660 


911-590-Z5UD-10 


ce34 


283-0060-00 


B010100 


B1 40958 


CARFXD.CER DI:100PF,5%,20QV 


59660 


85O-535U2J101J 


C636 


283-006CM)0 


8010100 


B1 40958 


CARF)ffl,C£B Dl: 100PP5%.20QV 


59660 


855-^350241013 


C640 


281 -0519-00 


8010100 


B1 40958 


CARF)ffi,C£ft DI:47PF.+M.7PR506V 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 47POK 


C642 


281-0519-00 


801 01 00 


B1 40958 


CARFXD,CER DI:47PR+/-4.TPF.500V 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 47P0K 


C659 


283-0000-00 


8G101Q0 


B140958 


CAPFXD,CER 01:0.091 tip + 1 00-0%.500V 


18796 


DD07512Y5P102P5 


C671 


281-0593-00 


B010100 


B029999 


CARF)®,C£R DI:3.9PF, +/-0.25PF.500V 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 3P9QC 


C671 


281-0811-00 


81 28770 


B140958 


CARFXD,CEFt DI:10PF,1 0%,1 OOV 


04222 


SA101A100KAA 


C679 


283-0000-00 


8010100 


8140958 


CARF)S],CER DI:fl.D0U)F. + 1 00-0%, 500V 


18796 


DD07S12Y5P102P5 


C712 


283-0000-00 


R010100 


B1 40958 


0APFX0.CEH 01:0.001 OF, + 1 00-0%, 500V 


18796 


0D07S12Y5P102P5 


C714 


281-0628-00 


8010100 


B1 40958 


CApFXD,C£R DI:15PF,5%.50trv 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 i5POJ 


C716 


281-0628-00 


8010100 


8140950 


CAPFXD,CER DI:15PF,5%,S00V 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 15POJ 


C721 


281-0628-00 


B010100 


B1 40958 


CApn®,C£RDI:15PF,5%,S00V 


52763 


2RDPZZ097 15POJ 


C721 


281-0812-00 


B140959 




CARFX0.CEH Dl: 1 0OOPF.1 0%,100V 


04222 


SA101C102KAA 


C740 


290-0748-00 


B140959 




CAPFX0.ELCTLT:1 OUF, +50-20%,25WVDC 


TX1424 


CEUST1E100 


C800 


281-0775-00 


8140969 




CAPFXD.CER DI:0,1UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


C801 


281-0814-00 


8140959 




CARFXDpCER 01:100 PF. 10%, 100V 


TX1743 


CGBIOIXEB 


C810 


290-0511-00 






CAPFXD,ELCTLT:250UF, + 75-1 0%,250V 


56289 


68D10464 


C810 


281-0823-00 


8140959 




CARFXD.CER OI:470PF,10%,SOV 


04222 


SA101A471KAA 


C614 


281-0773-00 


8140959 




CAprXDpCER 01:0.01 UF,10%.100V 


TK1743 


CGB103KEX 


C815 


290-0510-00 






CARFXD,ELCTLT:6000UF, + 1 00-1 0%,1 5V 


56289 


63D10473 


C820 


290-0134-00 






CAPF!{D,ELCTLT:22Uf,20%, 1 5V 


26769 


40SS226B015M1C 


CB22 


281-0512-00 






CARFXD.CER Dt:27PF,+/-2.7PF,50(W 


52753 


2RDPZZ007 27POK 


0830 


285-0629-00 






CARFXD,PLAETIC:0.047UF,20%, 1 0QV 


19396 


473M01PT605 


C837 


290-0509-00 






CAP.FXD,ELCTLT:3OO0UF, + 1 0D-1 0%,50V 


55289 


68010454 


0889 


290-0509-00 






CARFXD,ELCTl.T:3000LF, + 1 00-1 0%,50V 


562SS 


68D1D454 


0842 


290-0175-00 






CAPFXD,ELCTLT:10UF,20%.35V 


12954 


D10C35M1 


0852 


281-0550-00 






CAPFXD.CER DI:120PF,10%,500V 


52763 


2RDPZZ007120PP4 




263-0003-00 






CAPFXD.CER OI:O.O1UF,+0O-2O%,15OV 


59660 


805-81 9-Z5U0-10 


0860 


290-0175-00 






CAP.FXD,ELCTLT:10I1F.20%,35V 


12954 


D10C3SM1 


0865 


281-0550-00 


B010100 


8039999 


CApfXaCER OI:120PF.10%,500V 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 120PH 


0865 


281-0543-00 


B040000 




CApFXOpCEfl DI:270PP1()%,500V 


52763 


2RDPLZ007 27POM 


0870 


290-01 34-00 






CAPFXD,ELCTLT:22UF.20%,1SV 


26709 


40SE22BB015M1C 


0872 


281-0572-00 


B010100 


B141084 


CAPFXD.CER D::6.8PF,0.5%,500V 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 6P80D 


0872 


281-0797-00 


B141085 




CAPFXD.CER 01:1 5PF. 10%, 100V 


04222 


SA1 06A150KAA 


0875 


281-0773-00 


B010100 


B141084 


CAPFXD.CER 01:0.01 UF,10%,100V 


TK1743 


CGB1D3KEX 


0875 


281-0865-00 


B141D85 




CARFXD,C£fl DI:1000PF,5%,100V 


04222 


SA201A102JAA 


0381 


290-0267-00 






CAPFXO,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 


26769 


40SS105A035M1C 


0883 


290 0267-00 






CAPFX0,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 


26769 


40381 05A03SM1C 


0890 


281-0549-00 






CAPFXD.CER DI:63PF,10%,500V 


52763 


2BDPZZ007 63POK 



6-3 



REV MAY 1 990 



Replaceable Electrical Paits~S110 



Component Tektronix SerJef No, M^r. 



Number 


Pert No. 


Etfective 


D&cont 


Name 4 Descrlptlnn 


Coda 


Mff. Part No. 


C^OO 


290-0748-90 


B1 40959 




CABFXD.ELCTLT: tOUF, + 50-20%,25WVDC 


TK1424 


CEUST1E100 


C^02 


281-0766-00 


01 40953 




CABFXD,CER DI:150PF,10%,100V 


04222 


SA101A151KAA 


C33(l 


283-0002-00 


B1 03310 




CA6FX0.CER DEO.DHJF, +-60-20%, 500V 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


59660 


811-59O-Z5JO-10 


C930 


281-0775-00 


B1 40959 




CAF;FX[I,CER DI;0,1UF,20%.50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


C331 


281-0504-00 


B1D9310 




CAPFXD.CER Dl: 1 0PE. +/-1 PF.5D0V 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 10PO 


C960 


283-0002-00 


B1D9310 




CABFXD.CER DE0.01 UF. + 80-20%, 500V 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


59660 


811-59O-Z5UO-10 


CJS1 


281-0504-00 


B1 09310 




CARFXD.CER Dl:1 OFF. +/-1 PF.SOOV 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


52763 


2RDPZZ007 lOPO 


cgao 


283-0002-00 


B1 09310 




OAP.FXD.CER 01:0,01 UF. + 81>-20%, 500V 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


59660 


811-5SO-Z5UCMO 


cgei 

CR2.09 

CR211 

Cfl214 

crais 


281-0504-00 

152-0061-010 

152-0061-00 

152-0141-02 

152-0061-00 


B1 09310 




CAP.FXD.CER 01:1 OFF, +/-1 PF,500V 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 1 75V0.1A, 00-35 

SENtlC0ND0VC,DI:EV7,Sl, 175V, 0.1A, 00-35 

SEMICONODVC,DI:EW,SI,30V,150MA,30V,DC+35 

SEMICONDDVC,DI:SW,EI,l75V.0.1A,DO-35 


52763 

12969 

12969 

12969 

12969 


2HDPH0071OP0 

PV122 

PV122 

NDP/263/TR 

PV122 


CJ1222 

CR224 


152-0141-02 

152-0061-00 


61 20000 




SEMIC0NODVC,DI:SW,SI,30V,l5OMA,30V,DO-35 
SEMICOND DVC,CH:SW.SI,1 7SV,0.1 A,DO-35 


12969 

12969 


NDP7263/TR 

PV122 


CR226 


152-0061-00 


B1 20000 




SEMICONO OVC,Df:SW,SU 75V.0.1 A,DO-35 


12969 


PV122 


CR234 


152-OQ61-00 


6120000 




SEMICOND CWC,Dl:3W,SI,175V.0.1A.[K)-35 


12969 


PV122 


CR238 


152-0061-00 


B1 20000 


8140958 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI.17SV,0.1A, DO-35 


123S9 


PV122 


CR239 


152-0061-00 


B010100 


3119999 


SEMICOND DVC,D1:SW,SU 7SV,0.1A,DO-35 


12969 


PV122 


CR240 


152-0242-00 


B1 20000 




SEMICOND DVC.DI:SIG,SI,225V.D.2A, 00-7 


12969 


NDP341 


CR241 


152-0409-00 


B9101D0 


8149058 


DIODE,R£CT:,FASTFOVRy;12KV,1OMA,250NS 


80009 


152040900 


CR241 


152-0242-00 


B1 40959 




SEMICOND DVC.DI;SIG,SI,225V,0 2A, 00-7 


12969 


NDP341 


CR242 


1 52-0242-00 


B1 40959 




SEMICOND OVC,DI;SIG,SI, 225V, 0.2A, 00-7 


12969 


NDP341 


CR243 


152-0242-00 


B140959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,Sl,225V,0,2A.D&-7 


12969 


NDP341 


CR244 


152-0242-00 


B140959 




SEMICOND DVC.DI:SIG,S1.225V,0,2A.DO-7 


12969 


NDP341 


CR245 


152-0242-00 


B140959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI;SIG,SI.225V,0,2A.DO-7 


12969 


NDP341 


CR247 


152-0409-00 


B5iaiD0 


B14095B 


DIODE, RECT;, FAST RCVRV;1 2KV, 1 0MA.250NS 


30099 


152040960 


CR247 


1 52-0408-00 


B 145959 




DIODE, RECT;,FAST RCVRY;1 OKV.1 0MA.250NS 


33701 


ED 2188 


CR2S2 

CR253 


152-0400-00 

152-0414-00 


B145959 




DIODE, RECT:,FASTRCVRY;400V,1A,200NS 
DIODE, RECT:,:2OOV,1,0A,75ONS 


14552 

S0009 


MB2501 

152041400 


CR255 


152-0141-02 


B610100 


6140968 


SEMICOND DV0,DI:SW,SI,30V,1 50MA,30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 


CR255 


152-0061-50 


B0151D0 


B1 40958 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,S;,1 75V, 0.1 A. DO-3S 


12969 


PV122 


CR262 

CR2H 


152-0141-02 

152-0141-02 


B010100 


B1 40958 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,30V, 1 5DMA,30V, DO-35 
SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,S1,30V,1 50MA,30V.DE3-35 


12969 

12969 


NDP/2637TR 

NDP/263/TR 


CR259 


152-0061-50 


B010100 


B1 19999 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SU75V.0.1 A, DO-3S 


12969 


PV122 


CR269 


152-0586-00 


B 120000 


B1 40958 


SEMICOND DVC,DI;RECT,S!,600V,0.5A 


25403 


BYV96D on 0W95 


CR289 


152-0141-02 


B140959 




SEMICOND 0VC,DI:SW,S1,30V,1 SOMA, 30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 


CR270 


1 52-0586-00 


B120000 


B1 40958 


SEMICOND DVC.DI:RECT,SI,600V,0.5A 


254D3 


BYV96D on BW95 


CR270 


152-0141-02 


B 140959 




SEMICOND DVC, DI;SW,SI,3CV,1 50MA,30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 


CR272 


1 52-0246-00 


B1 40959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,S1.40V,200MA, DO-7 


27014 


FDH5227.03 


CR273 


152-0246-00 


B14095S 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,Sl,40V,200MA,DO-7 


27014 


FDH5227.03 


CR27S 


152-0141-02 


B140959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,S1,30V, 1 50MA,3ffV, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 


CR298 


152-0331-00 


B 140959 




DIODE, RECT:, FAST RCVRY;1,50QV,30MA,3(KNS 


60211 


RM113 


CR400 


152-0141-02 


B140959 




SEMICONO DVC,DI:SW,S!,30V, 1 50MA,30V, 00-35 


12969 


NDP/26a7TR 


CR420 


152-0141-02 


B140959 




SEMICOND DVC, DI:EW,SI, 30V, 1 50MA,30V,DO-35 


12969 


NDP/26a7TR 


CR421 


152-0141-02 


6140959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI.3aV,1 5DMA,3BV,DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263ZTR 


CR423 


152-0141-02 


6140959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,30V,1 5OMA,30V,DO-35 


12969 


NOP/263ZTR 


CR432 


152-0141-02 


B 140959 




SEMICOND DVC, 0l:EW,SI.30V,150MA,3(lV,DO-35 


12969 


NDP,'2G3/TR 


CR433 


152-0141-02 


B 140959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:S'A(.SI.3DV,150MA,3QV, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/2S3/TR 


CR501 


152-0141-02 


B1409S9 




SEMICOND DVC,E)l:SW,SI,3nV,150MA,3(N,DC^35 


12969 


NDP/203/TR 



RB/ MAY 1990 



6-9 



Replaceable Electrical Parts-51 10 



Component 

Number 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial No. 
Effective Dscont 


Name & DeacripBon 


Mfr. 

Cixie 


Mfr. Part Me. 


CR52t) 


152-01414)2 


B14095S 




SEM1COND DVC,DI;SW, SI, 30V, 150MA.30V, 00- 35 


12989 


NDP72637TR 


CR620 


152-0141-02 


B010100 


B1 40958 


SM[CONDE)VC,DI:SW,SI,3aV,150HA, 30V. GO-35 


129 6 9 


NDP/263/TH 


CH658 


152-0141-4)2 


aOIOIDO 


B1 40958 


SEMJOOND DVC,DI:SW, Si, 30V, 156MA, 30V, DO-35 


12909 


NDP/2637TR 


Cfl668 


152-0141-02 


B010100 


B1 40958 


SEMJC0NDDVC,DI:SW.SI.30V,150MA,3QV, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/2637TR 


CR678 


152-0141-02 


B010100 


B1 40958 


SEMICOND DVC,Dt:SW, SI, 30V.1 SOMA, 30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/2637TR 


CR658 


152-0141-4)2 


BOIOtOO 


0140958 


SEMICONO CIVC,Dt:SW,SI,30V,150MA30V,DO-35 


1296S 


HDP/263I7TR 


CR7D2 


1524)141-4)2 


BOIOIDO 


0140958 


SElHCONDDVC,DI:SW,St,3W,150MA30V, DO-35 


12969 


HDP7263I7TR 


CR7M 


1524)141-02 


B010100 


3148958 


SEMICONO DVC,Oi:SW,Sf,30V,150MA30V, DO-35 


12969 


NOP/2637TR 


CR712 


152-0141-02 


3010100 


3140953 


SEMiCONDDVC,DI:SW,SI,30V,150MA.30(V, DO-35 


12969 


N0P/263/TR 


CR7M 


152-0141-02 


3010100 


3140953 


SEMtCONDDVC,DI:SW,SI,30V,150MA, 30V, 00-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 


CR721 


152-0141-02 


8010100 


B1 40953 


3EMlC0NDDVC,DI:SW.SI.30V.150MA,30V,DO-3S 


12969 


HDP/263/TR 


CR722 


152-01414)2 


8010100 


0140953 


SEMICOND DVD, DI:SW,SI,30V.15CtMA,30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/253/TR 


CR800 


152-0141-02 


B1 40059 




SEMICOHDDVC,D[:SW,SI,30V,150MA30V.DO-35 


12969 


HDP/263/TR 


CR810 


152-0107-00 






SEMICONO OVC,Dl:R£CT,SI,400 V,400MA,A1 


12963 


'■G727- 


CR811 


152-0107-00 






SEMICOND DVC,Di:RECT,SI,400 V400MAA1 


12969 


“G72T" 


CR812 


1524)1074)0 






SEMICONO DVC,OI:RECT,St,400 V,400MA,A1 


12969 


"G727" 


CRS13 


152-0107-00 






SEMICOND DVC,0l:RECTS!,400 V,400MA,A1 


12969 


"G727" 


CRS15 


152-0484-00 






DIODE, RECT:,;BRIDG£.200V,1 ,5A 


14936 


2KBP02M-8 


nB820 


152-0066-00 






SEMICOND DVC.DI;RECT,Si,490V.1A.DO-41 


D5828 


GP10G-020 










(USED ON 670-1339-05ONLV) 






CRS20 


152-0141-02 


3146959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW.SI.30V,150HA, 30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 










(USED ON 676-7478-01 ONLY) 






CR824 


152-0141-02 






SEMICOND OVC,DI:SW,SI, 30V, 150 MA,30V,DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 


CR830 


152-0141-02 


8140959 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI.30V,1 50 MA,3flV, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 




152-0107-00 






SEMICOND 0VC.Dl:RECT,SI.400 V,400MAA1 


12969 


“G727" 


CR636 


1524)107-00 






SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT.SI.400 V,400MA,A1 


12969 


“G727" 


CR837 


152-0488-00 






D10DE,RECT:,;BRIDGE,200V.1,5A 


14936 


2XBP02M-8 


CR841 


152-0066-00 






SEMICONO DVC,DS:RECT,SI.400V.1A.DCM1 


05828 


GP10G-020 


CR842 


152-0066-00 






SEMICONO DVC,D1:RECT,SI,400V,1A,DD-41 


95828 


GP10G-020 


uRBSO 


152-0141-OZ 






SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,3l.30V,1 SOMA, 30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/2637TR 




152-4)141-02 






SEMICONO DVC,0(:SW,SI.30V,1 50MA, 30V, 00-35 


12969 


NOP/2637TR 


CR860 


152-0066-00 


3010100 


31 25356 


SEMICOND OVC,DI:RECT,SI,40aV,1ADO-41 


05828 


GP10G-020 


CR86S 


152-0141412 






SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 30V,1 50MA,30V,DO-35 


12969 


NDP/26a7TR 


CR870 


152-0141-02 






SEMICOND DVC.DI:SW,SI,3CV,1 50MA,3QV,DO-35 


12969 


N0P/2637TR 


LrHH/b 


152-0141-02 






SEMICOND DVC.DI:SW, SI, 30V,1 5QMA, 30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 


CR885 


152-0141-02 






SEMICOND DVC.DI:SW,SI.30V,1 50MA,30V.DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/TR 


CRB90 


152-0141-02 






SEMICOND QVC,D!:SW,SI,3[1V. 1 SO MA,30V, DO-35 


12969 


NDP/263/Tfl 


CR930 


152-0141-02 


B1 00310 




SEMICOND DVC, DI;SW,SI,30V,1 60MA30V,DO-35 


LEADSTK1 


NDP/263/TR 










(OPTION 07 ONm 


668 




CR960 


152-0141-02 


3109310 




SEMICOND DVC,0l:SW,SI,30V,150MA 30V DO-35 




NDP/2637TR 










{OPTION 07 ONLY) 






CR980 


152-0141-02 


B109310 




SEMICOND DVC.DI;SW,SI,3aV,15t]MA30V, 00-35 




M0P/2637TR 










[OPTION 07 ONLY) 






CR99B 


152-0322-00 


6109310 




SEMICOND DVC, DLSCHOTTKYSI, 1 5V, 1 ,2PF DO-35 




5082-2672 










(OPTION 07 ONLY) 






OS271 


150-0030-00 






LAMPGL0W:6O-90V MA)L0.6MA,A2S-rwlRE LEADSTK156S 




NE-2B(AC/DC)R-T 


DS272 


150-00304)0 






LAMF|GLGW:60-9[)V MAX.0.6MA,A2B-T,WIRE LEADS 


TK1S68 


NE-2B(AC70C)R-T 


D3273 


150-0030-00 






LAM2GL0W:60-90V MAX0.6MA,A26-T,WID£ LEADS 


TX1668 


NE-2B(AC/DC)R-T 


DS274 


156-0030-00 


B1200D0 




LAM('GLOW:60-90V MAA0.6MAA28-TWIRE LEADS 


TK1668 


NE-2B{AC/DC)R-T 


bbl[J 


276-0532-00 


B140959 




SHLD8EAD,ELEK:F£RRITE 


02114 


56-590-6S/4AS 


E514 


276-0532-00 


3140959 




SHLD BEAD,ELEK:FERR1TE 


02114 


56-S90-6574A6 



6-10 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts-5110 



Component 

Number 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial No. 
ENectlve Dscont 


Name & OleaerlpHen 


Mfr. 

Cede 


Mfr. Part No, 


F201 


159-0003-00 






FtlSF.CARTRIDGE:3AG,1 SA,250V.253EC 


71400 


MDX1 S/10 










(DOMESTIC n?0V N0MIUALUNE5 






F201 


159-001 9-00 






FUSE.CARrRlDGE:3AG.1A,25CW,SL0W BLOW 


71400 


MDL1 










(EXPORT (240V NOMINAL LINE) 






F27t 


150-0124-00 


B1 25352 




F0SE.WIPE LEAD:3A,125V,0.05S£C 


75915 


272003 


F309 


159-0029-00 


B1 25357 




FUS£,CAFTmiDGE;3AG,0.3A,25aV.20SEC 


71400 


MDL3/10 


F310 


159-0028-00 






FUSE,CARTR1DGE;0,25A,25GV,FAST BLOW 


61857 


SS2-fl.25 


F815 


159-0015-00 


B1 25357 




flJSE,CARrRtDGE:3AG,3A.250V,0.65SEC 


75915 


312 003 


FB3J 


1 Si-001 S-00 


B1 25357 




FUS£,CAF1TF«DGE:3AG.3A.250V.0.65SEC 


75916 


312 003 


F83S 


159-0025-00 






FU3£,CAFTrFliDGE:3AG,0,5A,250V,0.25SEC 


75915 


312.500 


F336 


159-0015-00 


B1 25357 




FU3E,CARTRiDGE:3AG,3A.25QV,0.65SEC 


75915 


312 003 


F850 


159-0015-00 


B1 25357 




FUSE.CARTRIDGE:3AG,3A.25OV,0 6SSEC 


75915 


312 003 


FL2Q1 


119-1313-00 


B010100 


B140058 


FiLT£R,RFI:1OA,115-25OV,5CMO0HZ 


56289 


10JX5441A 


H.201 


119-1535-00 


B140959 




FI LTER, RFL3A, 25QVAC.S(tf60HZ 


545^ 


ZUB2203-00 


J210 


131-0955-00 






CONN, HCPT,£LEC:BNC, FEMALE 


TK1725 


G3S152BN 


J601 


131-1075-00 


B010100 


B099999 


CONH,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD.28/56 CONTACT 


31781 


303-056-520-301 


J601 


131-1078-01 


BltMOOO 


B106746 


CONN,FKPTELEC:CKT B0,28/56 CONTACT 


233BO 


SAM28FV2-D: 


J601 


131-1078-00 


B1 06747 




CONN,RCPT,£LEC:CKT BD, 28/56 CONTACT 


31781 


303-056-520-301 


JG02 


131-1078-00 


B010100 


B099999 


CONH,RCPT£LEC:CKT BD, 28756 CONTACT 


31781 


303-055-520-301 


J6D2 


131-1078-01 


B1 00000 


B1Q6746 


C0NH,RCP1;ELEC:CKT BD, 28/56 CONTACT 


23680 


SAM 280/2-10! 


J602 


131-1078-00 


B1 06747 




CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT SO, 28/56 CONTACT 


31781 


303-056-520-301 


J6D3 


131-1078-00 


BOtOIOD 


B105BS6 


CONN,RCPT,£LEC:CKT BD,28/S6 CONTACT 


31781 


303-056-520-301 


J603 


131-1078-01 


B1 05857 


B099999 


CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD.28/56 CONTACT 


23880 


SAM28C/2-T)! 


J603 


131-1076-00 


B1 00000 




CONN,RCPIELEC:CKT BD, 28/56 CONTACT 


31781 


303-056-520-301 


J604 


131-1043-00 


B010100 


B140958 


CONN,RCPT,ELEC:EDG£CAEID.18/3e CONT.0.1 56 SP 


05574 


000201-5437 


J91E 


131-0126-00 


B1 09310 




CONN, RCPT,ELEC:BNC, FEMALE 


24931 


28JR205-2 


L259 


105-0564-00 


B0101G0 


B140958 


COIL,RF:FtXED,74UH 


0JR03 


108-0564-00 


L291 


105-0644-00 






COIL, TUBE DEFLJFIACE ROTATION 


75498 


108-0644-00 


Q104 


151-0279-00 


B010100 


B079999 


TRANSISTOR:NPN,Sl,TO-39 


04713 


2N5058 


Q1(M 


151-0150-00 


B0800QO 


B1 19999 


TflANSISTOB:HPN,S1.TO-39 


04713 


2N3440 


Q104 


151-0515-00 


B1 20000 




TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-202 


25403 


BF859A 


Q106 


151-0190-02 


B010100 


B069999 


TRANSISnfCR:MPN,SI,TO-32 


04713 


2N3904 


aios 


151-0190-00 


B070000 




TRAHSIST0fl:NPN,SI.T0-92 


07263 


2N3904 


Q114 


151-0279-00 


BO1O1O0 


B079999 


TRANSISOQR:NPN,SI,TO-39 


04713 


2N5058 


0114 


151-0150-00 


BOBOCOO 


B119!]93 


TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI.TO-39 


04713 


2N3440 


0114 


151-0615-00 


B1 20000 




TRANSIST0F:NPN,SI,TO-202 


25403 


BF859A 


Q116 


151-0190-02 


B010100 


B069999 


TRANSISTOfi:NPN,SI,TO-92 


04713 


2N39D4 


Q115 


151-0190-00 


B070000 




TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


Q124 


151-0279-00 


B010100 


B079999 


TRANSISTOR:HPN,SI,TO-39 


04713 


2N5058 


Q124 


151-01 50-00 


B080000 


B1 19999 


TRANS[STOR:NPN.SIJO-39 


04713 


2N 3440 


0124 


151-0615-00 


ai 20000 




TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TC^292 


25403 


BF659A 


Q126 


151-0190-02 


B0101Q0 


Q069999 


TRANSI3TOR:NPN,Sf,TO-92 


04713 


2N3904 


Q126 


151-0190-00 


B079D00 




TRANSIST0R;NPN,SI,T0-92 


07263 


2N3904 


QI34 


151-0279-00 


B010100 


B079999 


TRANSISTOR:NPN,Sl,TO-39 


04713 


2N5G53 


0134 


151-0150-00 


B080000 


B1 19999 


TRANSI3TQR;NPN,SI,TO-39 


04713 


2N3440 


0134 


151-0615-00 


B1200CH3 




TRANSISTOfl;NPN,SI,TO-202 


25403 


BF859A 


01 3S 


151-0190-02 


B010100 


B069999 


TRANSISTOR;NPN.SI,TO-92 


04713 


2N3904 


0136 


151-0190-00 


BC700UO 




TRANEISTOR;NPN,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0138 


151-0341-00 


6050000 


B1 19999 


TRANS1STOR;NPN.SI,TO-106 


04713 


SPS6019 


0214 


151-0341-00 






TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-106 


04713 


SPS6919 


0222 


151-0190-00 






TRANEISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


Q22S 


151-0179-00 


BOIOIOO 


6069999 


TRANSlST0R:NPN,Sl,T0-98 


03503 


XI 6X2069 



REV MAY 1990 



6-11 



Replaceable Electrical Parts-5110 



Component Tektronix Serial No. Mtr. 



Number 


Part No. 


Erraetiva 


Daeent 


Nama S Oescrlptlan 


Cods 


Mtr. Part No. 


Q226 


151-0347-00 


B070O00 


B1 19999 


™NSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


0JR04 


2N5551 


Q226 


151-0407-00 


S1 20000 




TR4NSlSTOR:NPN,SI.TO-39 


04713 


SS245G 


Q23il 


151-022&-00 


B010100 


B069999 


TRANS1STOR:PNRSI.TO-10S 


27014 


S21862 




151-0350-00 


0070000 


E0729B7 


TfWNSlSTOR:PtjP,Si,TO-92 


0JF104 


TO BE ASSIGNED 


a?2A 


151 0406-00 


0072988 




TRANSISTOB:PNP,Sl,TO-39 


04713 


2N3637 


Q252 


151-0256-00 


0010109 


0140956 


TFWMS;STOR,3IG:NPH.SiJO~3 


04713 


MJ411 


Q252 


151-0701-00 


B140959 




TRAN£ISTOR:NPN,SI.TO-220 


S0167 


2SC2527Q 


Q262 


151-0207-00 


B010109 


B140958 


TR6NSISTOR:r(PN,SI,TO-92 


13806 


PTTNB171TP 


Q264 


151-0342-00 


B0101DO 


B140958 


TRflNSISTOR:PNPSI,TO-92 


04713 


MPS4249 


Q264 


151-0436-00 


B140959 




TRANSISTOR;nARL!NGTON,PHpSI.T[>92 


04713 


3PS8335 


Q278 


151-1005-00 


B0101D0 


B1 19999 


TR4NSISTOR,31G:JFET,N-CHArJN£L; 


TK1864 


SNJ1640 


Q2/8 


151-0341-00 


B1 40959 




TFWNSISTOR:NPN,3I,TO-106 


04713 


SPS6913 


Q400 


151-0188-00 


B140959 




TRANSISTOR. Pt1pSI.TO-92 


04713 


2N3906 


Q401 


151-0192-00 


8140959 




TRANBISTOR:NPN,SI.TO- 92 


04713 


SPS8801 


Q413 


151-0341-00 


B140959 




TRANSIST0R;NPN.SI,TO-106 


04713 


SPS6919 


0420 


151-1005-00 


B1 40959 




TRANSISTOR, S]G;jfET, [7-0 HAHNEL; 


TK1854 


SNJ1640 


0421 


151-1005-00 


B1 40959 




TRANSISTOR, S!G:JFET,N-CHAIJNEL; 


TK1864 


SNJ1640 


0430 


151 -0341-00 


B1 40959 




TRANSISTOR:flPK,SI,TCMO0 


04713 


SPS6919 


0431 


151-0341-00 


B1 40959 




TRANSISTOR: NPN,SIJCM 06 


04713 


SPS6919 


0510 


151-0341-00 


B1 40959 




TRANSIST0R:NPN,3IJO-106 


04713 


SPSS919 


0820 


151-1005-00 


B1 40959 




TRANSI3T0R.SiG:JFET,K-CHANNEL; 


TK1884 


ENJ1640 


0521 


151-1005-00 


B1 40959 




TRANSISTOR,SIG:JrET,N-CHANN£L; 


TK1864 


SNJ1640 


0600 


151-0188-00 


B1 40959 




TRANSIST0R:PNpSI,TO-92 


04713 


2N3905 


0601 


151-Q1 92-00 


5140950 




TRANSISTOR:ftPN,3l,TO-92 


04713 


SPSSB01 


0620 


151-0190-00 


B010100 


B149953 


TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0626 


151-0190-00 


B010100 


B140958 


TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


Q630 


155-0341-00 


0010100 


B140956 


TRANSISTOR:WPN,SI,TO-106 


04713 


SPS6919 


0630 


151-0341-00 


0140959 




TRAN3IST0R:NPN,St.TO-106 


04713 


SPS6919 


Q631 


151-0341-00 


0140959 




TRANS1STOR:NPN,SI,TO-106 


04713 


SPS6919 


0650 


151-0192-00 


0010100 


B1 40958 


THANSISTOR:NPN,S1,TO-S2 


04713 


SPSB801 


0658 


151-0220-00 


6010100 


01 40958 


TRANSISTOR;PNRSI,TO-92 


2D532 


PTBTC105BK 


0660 


151-0192-00 


B010100 


0140953 


TRANSISTOR:NPN,Sl.T(>-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


0668 


151-0220-00 


B010100 


01 40953 


TRANSI3TOR:PMRSI,TO-92 


20532 


PTarCIOSBK 


0670 


151-0192-00 


B010100 


0140958 


TRANSIST0R;NPN,3l,T(}-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


0678 


151-Q220-00 


B010100 


0140958 


TRANSISTOR:PfipSI,TO-92 


20532 


PTBTC105BK 


Qsao 


151-0192-00 


aoioloo 


B140958 


TRAMSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


0663 


151-0220-00 


0010100 


B140958 


TRA(1S1STOR:PNRSI,TO-92 


2 0532 


PTBTC10SBK 


0700 


151-0190-00 


0140959 




TRANSlSTOR:NPf|,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0701 


151-0341-00 


0010100 


B 140958 


TBANSIST0R:NPN,SI,TO-10S 


04713 


SPS6919 


0701 


151-0190-00 


8140959 




niANSISTQR:NPN,SI.TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0702 


151-1005-00 


B01010G 


0149058 


TRANSISTOR, SIG:JFET,N-CHAI«1EL; 


TK1864 


SNJ1640 


0703 


151-0341-00 


B010100 


B1 40958 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-1 06 


04713 


SPS6919 


0704 


151-1005-00 


BD10100 


0140958 


TRANSISTOR,S!G:JFET,N-CHANN£L, 


TK1664 


SNJ1640 


0710 


151-0190-00 


B1 40959 




TRAHSlSTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0711 


151-0341-00 


B010100 


B140958 


TRAMSlSrOR:NPN,Si,TO-106 


04713 


SPS891 9 


0712 


151-1005-00 


0010100 


6140958 


TRANSISTOR, SIG:JFET.M-C1HANNEL; 


TK1864 


SNJ164D 


Q713 


151-0341-00 


B010100 


B 140958 


TRANS!STOR:NPN,S[,TO-106 


04713 


SPS691S 


0714 


151-1005-00 


0010100 


B1 40958 


TRANSISTOR, SIG:JFET,M-CHANNEL; 


TK1B64 


SNJ1G40 


0721 


151-0192-00 


0910100 


01 40958 


TfiANSiSTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


0722 


151-0192-00 


B010100 


B1 40958 


TRAHS(ST0R:NPK,3IJ0-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


QS18 


151-0331-00 


B010100 


0070028 


TRANSISTOHNPN.SJ 


03508 


X40Cni15 


Q815 

□820 


151-0496-00 

151-0341-00 


B070029 




TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI 

TRANSISTOR:NPN,Si.TO-106 


03508 

04713 


X49KR374 

SPS6919 


Q82D 


151-0186-00 


B1 40959 




rRANSlSTOR:PNRS[,Trk92 


04713 


2W3906 


0821 


151-0192-00 


0149959 




TRANSISrOR:NPN.SI,TO-92 


04713 


SPS8801 



6-12 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts~51 1 0 



Component 

Number 


Tektronix 
Part Mo. 


Serial 

Effective Decent 


Name & Description 


Mtr. 

Code 


Ufr. Part Mo. 


0825 

0640 


151-0341-00 

151-0331-00 


B01D10Q 


B0T0028 


TRtNSlSTOR:HPN,Sf,TO-106 

TRAHSfSTOR:HPN.Sl 


04713 

03508 


SPS6919 

X4QCR115 


0640 


151-0496-00 


B070029 




TRANS1ST0R:NPN,S1 


03506 


X40KR374 


0645 

0650 

0660 


151-0341-00 

151-0190-00 

151-0331-00 


8010106 


B070D26 


TRANSISTOR:HPN,SI,TO-106 

TRANStSTOR:NPN,Sl,T&-92 

tRANEiSTOR:NPN,Si 


04713 

07263 

03508 


SPS6919 

2N3904 

X40CR115 


0660 


151-0496-00 


B070029 




TRAHSISTOR:HPtl,Si 


03503 


X40KH374 


0865 

0870 

0875 

0885 

0890 

0910 


151-0341-00 

151-0220-00 

151-0301-00 

151-0341-00 

151-0341-00 

151-0190-00 


B10931D 




TRANS1STOR:NPN.SI,TO-106 

TRANSlSTOR:PNRSI,TQ-92 

TRANSIST0R:PNf;SI,T0-18 

TRANSIST0R:NPN,S1,T0-1D6 

TRANSISTOR:NPN,S1,TO-106 

TRANSISTOR:NPfl.Si,TO-92 


04713 

2D532 

27014 

04713 

04713 

07263 


SPS6919 

PTBTCIOSBK 

S043948 

SPS6919 

SPSS919 

2N3904 


0910 


151-0341-00 


B140959 




(OPTION 07 ONLV) 
TRANSIST0R:NPN, 81,70-106 


04713 


SPS6919 


0915 


151-0190-00 


B1 09310 




TRAKSIST0n:NPK,Sf,T0-a2 


07263 


2N3904 


0920 


151-0190-00 


B109310 




(OPTION 07 ONLV) 
TRAMStSTOR:NP6,St.TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0925 


151-0190-00 


B1 09310 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANSiSTOR:NPN,SI,TO"92 


07263 


2N39Q4 


0930 


151-0188-00 


B1O9310 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANStSTOR:PNP,SI,TO-92 


04713 


2N3906 


0930 


151-0138-00 


B14D959 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANStSTOR:PNFSI,TO-92 


04713 


2N3906 


0931 


151-0192-00 


B1409S9 




TPWNSlSTOR;NPN.Si.TO-92 


04713 


SPS3801 


0940 


151-0190-00 


8109310 




TRftNSISTOR;NPN,SI.TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0945 


151-0190-00 


81 09310 




{OPTION 07 ONLV) 
TFWNSIST0R:NPN,SI,T0-92 


67263 


2N3904 


0650 


151-0190-00 


SI 09310 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANSI3T0P;NPN,SI,T(>-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0955 


151-0190-00 


B1 09310 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0960 


151-0188-00 


B1 09310 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRA.NEtSTOR:PNRSl,TO-92 


04713 


2M3906 


0967 


151-0190-00 


B10931D 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANSlSTOR:NPN,SIJO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0970 


151-0100-00 


8109310 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANSISTaR:NPN,EIJO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0972 


151-019(^00 


B109310 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANEISTOR:NPN,SI,TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


0975 


151-0190-00 


6109310 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TRANSISTORiKPN, SI, 10-92 


072S3 


2N3904 


0980 


151-0188-00 


B10931Q 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 
TFWNSISTOR:PNRSI,TO-02 


04713 


2N30O6 


0990 


151-0190-00 


B1 09310 




(OPTION 07 ONLV) 
TFWNSISTORiNPN,SI.TO-92 


07263 


2N3904 


R191 

R102 


315- 0101-00 

316- 0470-00 


B010100 


B029999 


(OPTION 07 ONLY) 

RES,FXD,flLM:100 0HM,5*,0.2SW 
RES,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM.10%,0.25W 


TK1727 

01121 


SFR25 2322-1 31- 
CB4701 


R102 


316-0221-00 


B030D00 


B1 19999 


RES.F)(D,CMPSN;220 OHM,10%,0.25W 


01121 


CB2211 


R102 


315-0221-00 


B1 20000 




RES,FJ(D,FILNI:220 0HM,5%,0.25W 


TK1727 


SFR25 2322-1 31- 


R1Q3 


316-0390-00 


8030000 


B1 19909 


RES,FYD,CMPSN:39CRM,1t!'S,0 25W 


80009 


316039000 


R103 


315-0390-00 


B1 20000 




RES,FJ!D.FILM:39 OHM,5%,0.25W 


TK1727 


SPR25 2322-131- 


RID4 

R106 

R107 


306-0668-00 

321-0128-00 

315-0101-00 


6140359 




R£S,f>:D,WW:G.2K 0HM,3'i.7A' 
RES,F>;D.FILM:21 0 OHM, 1 *.Q.1 25W.TC =T0 
RES,R(D,FILM:100 0HM,5%,0.25W 


00213 

TK1727 

TK1727 


1600S-0200-3 
MR25 2322-151-2 
SPR25 2322-1 81 - 



REV MAY 1990 



6-13 



Section 7—51 10 



DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS 

Symbols and Referenca Designators 

Eiettrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units uniass noi.ed otherwise: 

Capacitors ■■ Values one or greater are in picofarads (pFK 
Values less than one are in microJarads UtF). 
ftRsistors^ Ohms (iSi). 



Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Yd'd.2-1975. 

Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32. 14-1 973 m terms of positis-c logic. Logic symbols depict the logic 
function performed and may differ from the manulaUurer's data. 



Abbreviations are based on ANSI Yl, 1-1972. 

Other ANSI standartis l.bal are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are: 



Y 14 . 15 , 196 S 
Y 14 . 2 , 1973 
Yin, 5 , 1968 



Orafting PiacLices, 

Line Conventions and Lettering. 

Letter Symbols tor Quantities Used in F.leotrical Science and 
Electrical Engineering. 



The following prefix letters are used as reference designators to identify components or assemblies on the diagrams. 



A 

A. 

Q 

H I 

{■J 

CH 

OR 

□ L. 

OS 

R 

h 

Fl 

The 



7\5sernbly. ^o-oarasle or rhffJiiiratlc 


II 


HF?y? clissipfning device i.bfiat i^inK. 


S 


or contactor 


(Girc.jit board, •etc) 




.neat radiator, elc;;- 


T 


1 ran atom 5 r 


Atleriuator futofl or varipbl« 


HR 


i-f«ktior 


TG 


Thei''m[>cDjple 


M-otor 


HY 


hlvo'’ia cirofiii 


TP 


ro&t point 


Battery 


j 


CoNrifii-etO’’, stationary portion 


U 


Assemhly, iiise-perablc ur oorh-rFafairable 


Ccipafitor. iixcd or •■'sriftbiti 


K 


Relay 




(inifjiijrated ciroiiit, etc ) 


Circuit oreaTt-Hf 


L 


IruJueiOi, fixed or Ynnititjic 


V 


Electron tube 


Diode, signfif or l eclifier 


M 


Meier 


VH 


Volta;js regulator (/cner diedtt, etc.) 


Delay line 


P 


Qomiccior. movHbl« po-'tion 


W 


Wirestr.^p oi cable 


IndicEitinij: rJwv'ce damp) 


O 


T^angisirjr or fiiliCGr-Ponirallwd 


Y 


Crystal 


Spa'K Gap. FyrriCa bca<3 

Fuse 

Filter 


'H 

RT 


riiclifior- 

ReP’Sfor, tixHd er var-ab:e 
Tr-ermisto? 


Z 


Phyi;e nfiiTter 

Plug to E.C. Board 



following special symbols m^y appecir on the diagi'nms: 

/ iBo>t I lcJenlifl&& Panel 

Controls. Connectors and 




LErr VERTICAL PUJli' 




BLOCK DIAGRAM 



2iS4-!S 

REV FEB 1982 



Silo 





VOLTAGE AND WAVEFORM CONDITIGMS 

Dangeroiis poteiitials axist at several points throughoijt this instrument. When 
the instrument is operated with the covers removed, do not touch exposed 
connections or components. Some transistors have voltages present on their 
cases. Disconnect the power source before replacing parts. 



RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 


Item 


Specifications 


Recommended Type 


Test Hiscilloscope system 


Deflection factor, 1 mVto50V/div; input 
impedance, 1 megohm: IrQpuoncy 
response, ac to 2 . klHz. Probe; 10X 
attenuation probe compatibie with 
vertical input. 


Tektronix 5110, 5A13N, 5A18N. 

SB ION oscilloscope systeni or equiv.Use 
a Tektronix P61O0 or P6062B Probe. 


Voltmeter (Non-loeding 
digital multimeter) 


Range, 0 tc 250 V; tnput in^pedance, 
10 megohms. 


Tektronix DM 501 Digital 
Multimeter with power tjiodule. 



VOLTAGE CONDITIONS 

Voitags measurements on this diagram were made under the following conditions: 

An amplifier unit is Installed in both vertical compartments. A time- base unit is installed in the horizontal compartment 
(set for external vo!ls/div). INTENSITY control is set fully ccw. 

Voltmeter common is connected to chassis ground. 

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 

OSCILLOSCOPE UI^ULfl TEST. Install an amplifier unit in both vertical compartments and a tirne-base unit in the 
horiz:ontal compartment. Connect the CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplifier units (set vertical input coupling 
fo do and volts/divfor a 2-division di splay) . Set the time-base un it for internal auto-trigger. 2 ms.^'division sweep rate. 

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the test psciiloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the i niernal source 
and set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to ihs vertical input. Position the display as necessary. 

NOTE 

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and 
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the 
probe tip. Voltages and waveforms on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between insfruments because 
of component tolerances, internal calibration, or fror.l-psnei settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than- 
nonnai type. 











,v 

^C98< 






-^v ' 






J»J^ . 1 



R96^ 



(.R9&0m 



- _“ *■«> ►' 



->-* } Ifif 






\num 



p-920 . 



Ao-Signals Out circuh board 



s'RGV'. _ 
lk'TeKFA.C& 



<5> 



CKT 


ORID ! 


ck'r 


ORID : 


; CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 






MO 


LOC ' 


NO 


LOG ; 


; NO 


LOC 


MO 


LOG 






C930 


4D 1 


0972 


ID 


R&50 


SB 


R991 








C931 


5E 


1 QS75 


2D 


RS51 


6B 










C96C 


4C 


0300 


?.D 


R952 


5B 


P31 4 


ID 






C361 


bB 


Q990 


13 


R9SG 


SB 










C980 


3E 






H956 


KB 










C981 


2C 


R910 


3E 


R960 


3C 














RS1 1 


4£ 


R9S1 


KB 










CR93a 


30 ' 


R91:S 


4F 


R9S2 


SB 










CRSSO 


4C 


H91 5 


4E 


RS63 


4C 










GfiSeO 


2E 


R916 


4E 


R96? 


7.B 










CR990 


2B 


R92C 


6E 


R953 


u; 














R921 


K& 


R969 


2C 










Q910 


3E . 


RS22 


GF 


R970 


3B 










QBir» 


4E 


ft925 


4E 


R371 


2C. 










QS20 


SO 


R326 


5E 


R972 


?c 










Q325 


EF 


F)93Q 


3D 


R973 


2£ 










0930 


40 


Rasi 


4D 


RS74 


2C 










QB40 


3B 


R932 


4D 


R97& 


2E 










0945 


48 


RS33 


4D 


R97S 


2C 






■■riSL 




Q950 

0955 


6C 

5A 


H940 

R541 


4A 

4A 


R980 

RS81 


IE 

3C 








VOLTAfiG & WAVGFQIRM 


0950 
OS 67 


4C 
1 E 


R942 

R945 


44 


R9S2 


3C 

3i;: 






CpNDITIONS 


44 i 


j ROBS 










0970 


2B 


R946 


F?A I 


I R990 


1B 















[MOT 

'■■■I 



O <!, 



J is -03 
'^ 6 



-f'PIN''' :JA AhCj ',^B AKE FOP, 

.^l::,^Al_ -'^HsOuTmOS O-CL'f t 
KO l-E' GP.O'u-Mi^O ■^-E P'l\r> F.= t 

;:^oursi;E.i3 -/ia the ^NTeikfAct; 
AIHE) I V ■A'3WtH SuPPlY C PO-ji’’’ 

BOAp.C iRCJNO 'P-_A.N^^S V'''-'li’-H-_ 
ARE CCAAE: 'EA ■A 0..xC5,'-v 
rPRO^ND. 

PIN 'pA f-TAOViDEL: A Ai-.TUPAi 
=-'.jR A_i_ GRCUP-lpS? Ei'.'SCiiPT 

^?k:kAl A,,-:;:jUN,Pi , ML- h-'^i 

lA PlP.AC.r^A SP001MOED TO 
TtE CHa-?i5'iA Of ■^'nE BliO 



■MOTPli JCs.f 5 l,.JfcO^, e 0 t ?05 
TEnMlNAE CONAiAC.tlONB 
AT5t AAVlt:\W£D FROrVl 
FV 5 ,C 3 HT ‘irHCjrRUMc.KT. 



! 



\ 



1 T'vr RT Out put 









l-~-/Vs — i 



J.' I ‘ 



jut-qoc 







T^V 


20 I bi. 


J ^ r. H ^.w s 1 :a 




1 1 ■ 


. CH.JP'.rS^IHC, 


■To 


i M -TbA 










CH * 


u--f 




+ ‘ 5 -- L 

-ARj 



•f R«u b- 5 FFAS.A-' 









\^7 



c 



r i- 



ih 2 - OUTPUT 



vr^T OUTPUT 






'sllk^ 



' • ' ^ s=ft 



* Jf 



I ^ 



c I 






G i^' 



•■4 ■ 

k 






A- I 




-iR< 1 ..^-^;.. : 

s, 4 V 

SyjglEP , 

TF^XaC’E iNTeMaiPIg-AT'OTj. 



Jkr 



I ? 









VF PT L ! -rk 5 > 7 r 4 -i'V 






> > — MOT USED 

“J-T 0 P 9 l 2 .-!^ 

/<PPI IfJf 
'v OKjlV 



I h'aSv fuN tf.LTiR") 



■ JSv lUMiJiLTOy 



L_^ 

TO 

P^ll 



l•l-TlOu^OMf’'^UTD■| 

t 

1 


L 1 

CiCHT 
VLR T '.C. A _ 


; ..y- ^ A . 1 


■ lc-P.ri.ONnAL. 





5110 



<$> ^ 

OPT I O^J 7 OP'LY 



'"iA 



FWOM D'A' 
(.H 4 s:i V 

'^'.uvotv ,•?&+ 



IWTERKACA <!> 






- VEST 

--- 'M ii4E.<J> 



-R3M C'i.b6,<:^. 



f :'3=.|-i. ; l^N iV.. 

FP-O.^A 




-- vat"!?.*.'.- -6 '.:^KAu 



10 I.CWSP- "EfU^CTiOrJ 
FIM h ,VIFI 4= 



FVATt 



+ V5.11TICAL ‘^'■51-lA'^ 

T7 UF’P'EP rEri_Ri.--SSI PLATE 
r=lK :t . vt=| ', ^ 



TO P'-iSHT SA'^D PGHLEcTIOn! FV-ftTE 
PIN T , V'i-FI ^ 



T£> -cF-T HA-vL PF.Fi-tC.TISM PL'V;5 



VEHTICAl t WORiZONTAL DE^LFETIOM AWPLIF'(EP.S 



tll.V^f-13-i- 'T 

RE\' .',F.P !96S 



VOLTAGE AND WAVEFORM CONDiTlO^SS 




Dangerous potentials exist at several points throL;ghou+ this instrument. When the 
instrument is operated with the covers removgti. do not touch exposed connections or 
components Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect the 
power source before replacing parts. 



HeCOMMEMPED TEST EQOlPftSEMT 


IteiYi 


Speciftcstlons 


Recoinmanded Type 


Tost oscilloscope system 


Deheqtion factor, 1 mV to 50 V/div; input 
impedance. 1 megohm; frequency 
response, dc to 2 MHi. Probe: 10X 
attenuation probe compatible with 
vertical input, 


Tektronix 51 tO, 5A13N, 5B10N 
oscilloscope system or equiv. Use a 
Tektronix P6108 or PGl)62ti Probe. 


Voltmeter (Non-loading 
digital multinrctgr) 


Range, 0 to 25G V; input impedance. 
10 megohms, 


Tektronix DM -501 Digital 
Multimeter with power module. 



VOLTAGE CONOmOMS 



Voltags maasursments on tliis diagram were made under the following co.nditions: 

.An amplifier unit is installed in the !ett vertical compartmienl (for power supply loading). INTENSITY control is set fully ccw. 
Voltmeter comnnon is connected to chassis oround. 

WAVEFORM COflOITIONS 

QSCtLLOSCQPE UNDER TEST. Install an amplifier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-base unit m the 
bori 7 ontai compartment. Connect the CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplitier unit {set vertical input coupling to dc 
and volts/div for a 2-division display). Set the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, 2 rns/division sweep rate. 

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the test oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal sourcsand 
set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input. Position the display as necessary. 

NOTE 

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taksn with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and 
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip. 
Voltages and wavefornns on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between instrumertts because of component 
tolerances, infernal calibration, o'" front-panel settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-normal type. 




VOLTASE AND WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 



WARNING I 



Dangerous potentials exist at several points tnroughout ihis instrument. When the 
instrument is operated with the covers removed, do not touch exposed connections or 
components. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect the 
power source before replacing parts. 

RECONMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 



Item 


Specif fcatlons 


Recommended Type 


Test oscilloscope system 


Deflection factor, 1 mV to 50 V/div; input 
impedance, 1 megohm; frequency 
response, dc to 2 MHz. Probe: lOX 
attenuation probe compatible with 
vertical input. 


Tektronix 5110, 5A13N, 5B10N 
oscilloscope system or equiv. Use a 
Teklronix PSIOS or POOfi'ZB Probe. 


Voltmeter [Non-loading 
digital multimater) 


Range, 0 to 250 V; input impedance, 
10 megohms. 


Tfjktronix DM 501A Option 02 Digital 
Multimeter with power module. 


VOLTAGE CONDITIONS 



VoUage measurements on this diagram iwere made under the following conditions: 

An amplifier unit is installed in the ieft vertical compartment (for power supply loading}, INTENSITY control is set fully ccw. 
Voltmeter common is connected to chassis ground. 

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 

OSCILLOSCOPE UNDER TEST. Install an amplifier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-base unit in the 
horizontal compartment. Connect tha CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplifier unit (set vertical input coupling to dc 
and volts/div for a 2-division display}. Set the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, 2 ms/division sweep rale, 

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE, Set the test oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal source and 
set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input Position the display as necessary. 

NOTE 

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix OsciJIoscope Camera System and 
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip. 
Voltages and waveforms on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between instruments because of component 
tolerances, internal calibration, or front-panel settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-normal type. 







5 50 V 


T” so ITS 1 








iV ■ li l■1■-■| 


1 'i \ i i 


I ‘ - 


i 4 >-| uj 






i I I i I 



0 



10 V ! 


r j sof's 1 








n ■■ 


r 


tn- ■: ■ 






i ■PiW 1 


i tf ri i 




5lt0 



Voltags;— Dsfisciior'i circuit board (SN S1?000C & above] . 




CRT 

NO 


LOG 


CKT GRSD 
NO LOC 


CKT GRSO 
NO LOC 


CKT 

NO 


GHIO 

LOC 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 


CKT 

WO 


Gfi!£> 

LOC 


CKT 

NO 


GRIO 

LOC 


CKl 

NO 


GRiE> 

LOC 


CKT 

NO 


GRIO 

LOC 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 


CKT 

WO 


GRtD 

LOC 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 






C3 




m 


CR226 


05 


DS271 


G2 


0134 


E3 


Rt01 


D4 


R124t 


02 


R2Q3 


C4 


R222 


D5 


R248 


02 


R272 


G3 


T240 


13 




C116 


C3 


C25S 


H5 


CH234 


F4 


DS272 


G2 


0136 


E4 


RIO? 


B3 


fl125 


B4 


R£06 


C4 


R223 


D5 


R249 


F4 


R273 


F2 














J4 


CR23S 


DS 


DS273 


G2 


Ql3&r 


B4 


R103 


C4 


R12S 


F3 


R2D7 


C4 


R226 


E5 


R251 


G5 


R274 


F5 


VR237 


E5 








C272 


F3 


CR240 


F4 


0S274 


T2 


Q214 


C5 


RI04t 




R128 


D3 


R206 


C4 


R227 


D5 


R252 


H5 


R275 


11 


VR239 


F4 








C273 


fS 


CR241 


12 






Q222 


C5 


RIOS 


C3 


R132 


E3 


R209 


C4 


R231 


E4 


R254 


H5 


R276 


F4 


VR25B 


:4 










F.4 


CR24? 


i2 


L259t 




Q22S 


F5 


Rloa 


C3 


R133 


04 


R211 


B5 


R232 




R257t 


» J2 


R278 


F5 


VR2S1 


F3 












CR2S3 


H5 






0234 


E5 


R11? 


C3 


R134t 


E2 


H213 


B5 


R234 


D4 


R262 


Ob 


H262 


F3 


VR2S2 


F3 










D4 


CH255 


■j4 


0104 


B2 


Q2S2 


15 


R113 


04 


R135 


E3 


R21S 


06 


RS36 






05 


R285 


E3 














C5 


CF5.255 


H5 


0106 


B3 


Q262 


05 


R314 f 


C2 


R136 


E3 


R216 


C5 


R24Q 


F4 


R266 


Gb 


fl286 


£2 






PdsLSi L^dl 








C5 


cftaes 


G5 


Q114 


C2 


02S4 


05 


R116 


C2 


R133 


E3 


R217 


G4 


R242t 




R267 


Gb 


R287 


£4 










G5 


Cn215 


D4 


CR264 


G5 


0116 


C3 


Q27B 


05 


R11fi 


C3 




B4 


R219 


C4 


R243 


H2 


R267 


F5 












C252 


H5 


OR222 


D4 


CR269 


F5 


Q124 


D2 






R123. 


L3 


R202 


C5 


R219 


C5 








F5 












C253 


HS 


CR22A 


OS 


CR2T0 


F5 


0126 


03 






R123 


04 





























REV a JUi. 1f>30 






GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


am 

toe 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 


CKT' 

HO 


GRID j 
LOG 


5-2 


ft13£ 


E-3 


R219 


C 5 


R254 


H-S 


R279 




3-3 


R136 


E-2 


R222 


E-5 


R23?t 


J-2 


R282 




C 'S 


n-i38 


E-3 


R223 


e-5 


R262 


0-5 


R2S5 


E-4 


C-A 


RiaO 


C-4 


R226 


F-4 


R263 


G-F 


R2S6 




C'2 


R202 


G-3 


R227 


E-5 


R266 


G-5 


R287 


E-3 


B-? 


R203 


D-5 


R231 


F-4 


R267 








C-3 


R2C6 


C-5 


R232 


F-5 


R28B 


G-4 


T240 




D-3 


R20? 


C'5 


R234 


F 5 


R269 


G-4 






D-4 


R20a 


G-E 


R23C 


F-4 


R2?0 


G-2 


VR237 




U-2 


R209 


D-5 


R239 


F-4 


1 H271 


G 4 


VR258 


I-4 


R-4 


R211 


C-3 


R242 


G-1 


1 R272 


H-3 




P-3 


t-2 


R213 


D-tt 


R243 


Ca-2 


R273 


vn-7- 


Vn282 




D'3 


R215 


D-5 


R245 


M-2 


1 R2T4 


G-4 






E’3 


R216 


0-5 


R248 


H-2 


R27S 


J-1 






E-4 


R217 


D-5 


R25i 


G-5 


1 R276 


H-4 








R21S 


□-& 


F2E2 


M-5 


. R278 


G-b 







i’ back af bOSid. 










Ai — Hi^h Voltage — Dotlection circi^it boafd |SN B049996 4 below). 



CKT 

NO 


1 

GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 






C259 


J-d 


CR255 


j-4 


0124 


D-2 


R104f 


B-2 


R133 


D-4 


R213 


C-6 


R257t 


J-2 


R285 


E-4 






C272 


G-3 


CR256 


H-5 


Q126 


D-3 


R106 


C-2 


R134T 


E-2 


R222 


E-5 


R262 


G-5 


R296 


E-2 






C273 


G-4 


CR262 


G-5 


0134 


E 2 


R108 


B-3 


R135 


E-3 


R223 


E-5 


R263 


G-5 


R287 


E-3 






C274 


G-3 


CFI264 


G-5 


0136 


E-3 


R112 


C-3 


R136 


E-2 


R227 


E-5 


R266 


G-5 










C279 


H-4 


CR269 


F-4 


Q214 


D-5 


R113 


C-4 


ni38 


E-3 


R231 


F-4 


R267 


G-5 


T240 


J-3 






C281 


F-3 






0222 


E-5 


R114t 


C 2 


R202 


D-5 


R232 


F-5 


R268 


G-4 














DS271 


G-2 


0226 


F-5 


R115 


C-3 


R203 


D-5 


R234 


F-5 


R269 


G-4 


VR237 


E-5 






CR209 


£•5 


□S272 


G-2 


0234 


F-4 


R116 


B 1 


R206 


C-5 


R236 


F-4 


R271 


G-4 


VR258 


1-5 






CR211 


C-5 


DS273 


G-2 


0252 


J-5 


P11B 


C-3 


R207 


0-S 


R23& 


F-4 


R272 


H-3 


VR281 


F-3 






CR214 


D-5 






Q262 


G-5 


R122 


D-3 


R20S 


C-5 


R242 


F-4 


R273 


Q-2 


VR282 


r-'i 






CR224 


F-5 


L25S 


F4 


0254 


G-5 


R123 


D-4 


R211 


D-5 


R243 


G-2 


R274 


F-4 










CR239 


F-4 






0278 


G 4 


Rl24t 


D-2 


R213 


0-5 


R245 


H-2 


R275 


J-1 








H-5 


CR241 


I-2 


Q104 


B-2 






R125 


B-4 


R215 


D-5 


R248 


H-2 


R276 


H-4 










CR247 


\-2 


Q106 


B-3 


R101 


D.4 


R126 


E-2 


R216 


D-5 


R251 


G-5 


R278 


F-5 










CR252 


H-5 


0114 


C-2 


f!l02 


S-3 


R128 


D-3 


R217 


D-5 


R252 


H-5 


R279 


G-4 






C258 


U5 


CR253 


H-5 


0116 


C-3 


R103 


C-4 


R132 


£-3 


R21& 


D-5 


R254 


H-5 


R282 


F-3 







JUL 19&5 



VOLTAGE A^SD WAVEFORM COWDiTlONS 



Dangerous potentials exist at several points throughout this instrument. When the 
instrument is operated with tna covers removed, do not touch exposed conriections or 
ccmponents. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect the 
power source before repiacing parts. 

RECOMMENDED TEST EQUtPMEMT 



Item 


Specifics iicns 


Recommefided Type 


Test oscilloscope systom 


Deflection factor, 1 mV to 513 V/tiiv; input 
impedance, 1 megohm: frequency 
response, cic to 2 MHz. Probe: lOX 
attenuation probe compatible with 
vertical input. 


Tektronix 5f10, 5A13N, SBION 
oscilloscope system or equiv. Use a 
Tektronix FSf03 or FG062B Probe. 


Voltmeter (Non-loading 


Range. 0 to 250 V; input ij-npedance. 


Tektronix DM 501 A Digital 


i;]igitai multimeter) 


10 megohms. 


Multimeter with power moduie. 



VOLTAGE CONDITIONS 



Voltage measurements on this diagram were inade under the following conditions; 

An amplifier unit is installed in the left vertica! compartment (ior powe*- supply loading). INTENSITY oo.ntroi i$ set fully ccvi. 
Voltmeter common is connected to chassis ground. 

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 

OSCILLOSCOPE UNDER TEST. Install an amplifier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-bass unit in the 
horizo'nta! compartment. Connect the CALISRATOH outpuf signal to the amplifier unit (set vertica! input coupling to dc 
and voits/div for a 2-division display). Sel the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, Z ma/dlvision sweep rate. 



TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the isst oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal source and 
set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to ths vertical input. Position the dispiay as necessary. 

NOTE 



The waveforms shown ars actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and 
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip. 
Voltages and waveforms on the diagranns are not absolute and may vary between instruments because of component 
tclerarices. internal calibration, or front-pansi settings. Readouts are simuiated in larger-than-normal type. 











'sWrnV 111 2'iTts . 


- 


! 


! r 1 












„ 








. .L. . 












r- 1 ^ 


i . . 



j i'v 


I L.' ■‘'’"'A: 




• '-i • 







; j : 


|i 




j 


|. T .| . 





V ! 






-™i . 






HKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 


CKT GRID 
NO LOC 


C622 


J-2 


R670 


H-B 


C620 


1-3 


R671 


J6 


C632t 


K-3 


R672 


H-6 


C634 


H 3 


RB7S 


H-6 


C63Q 


H-3 


RB76 


j-6 


C640 


H-4 


R677 


l-S 


C642 


H-4 


R679 


H-5 


C359 


E-7 


R680 


H-5 


CS71 * 


J-6 


RB81 


J-7 


C679 


H-5 


R.682 


l-G 






R685 


16 






RG8G 


1-6 


CRG^O 


H-2 


RG87 


1-5 


CRbSS 




R69Q*t 


C-5 


CR668 


0-5 


R6»1*t 


D-5 


CR678 


H-5 


R692*t 


G 5 


CR603 


H-5 


R693*t 










1-3 


J601 


C-1 






J6Q2 


G-t 






J603 


K^1 






J604t 


f 3 






Q62Q 


J-3 






Qt)26 


J-2 






0630 


I -2 






Q65C 


F-G 






oesa 


DG 






Q660 


F-5 






06fiB 


D-5 






Q670 


1-6 






Q678 


J-5 






QG30 


1-6 






.06 88 


J-6 






R620 


1-2 






RB2:t 


12 






R622 


1-2 






H626 


H-3 






R628 


i-3 






R630 


H-2 






RS31 


H-2 






B632 


1-2 






R634 


H-3 






Re35 


H 3 






R636 


H-3 






RG37 


H-4 






R6<10 


J-4 






R641 


J-4 






BG42 


J-3 






RG43 


J-4 






RGSO 


E 6 






R651 


F-5 






R652 


E-6 






R656 


E-fi 






R657 


E-6 






R659 


D 6 






R660 


D 5 






R66t« 


F-5 






R6S2 


F-5 






R605 


E-S 






R659 


5-5 






R6R7 


E-5 






R6&9 


E-7 







VOLTAQE AND WAVEFORM CONDiTSONS 



WARNfMG 



Dangerous potentials e>rist at several points throughout this instrument. When the 
instrument is operated with the covers removed, do not touch exposed connections or 
components. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect the 
power source before repiacing parts. 

RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 



Item 


Sped ficBt ions 


R scorn mendeii Type 


Test oscilloscope system 


Deflection factor, l mV to 50 V/div; input 


Tektronix 5110, 5A13N, 5B10N 


impedance, 1 megohm; frequency 


oscilloscope systam or equiv. Use a 




response, dc to 2 MHz Probe: 10X 
attenuation probe compatible with 
vertical input. 


Tektronix P510fl or P6062A Probe, 


Voltmeter (Non-loading 


Range, 0 to 250 V; input impedance. 


Tektronix DM 501 Digital 


digital multimeter) 


to megohms. 


Multimeter with power module. 



VOLTAGE CONDITIONS 



Voltage rreasurements on this diagram were made under the foilowing conditions: 

An amptitier unit is installed in the (eft vertical compartment (for power supply loading;. INTENSITY control is set fully cow. 
Voltmeter common is connacted to chassis ground. 

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 

OSCILLOSCOPE UNDER TEST, install an amplifier unit in the left vertical compartment and a lime-base unit in the 
horizontal compartment. Connect the CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplifier unit (set vertical input coupling to dc 
and volts/div for a 2-division display). Set the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, Z ms/division sweep rate. 

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the test oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal source and 
set vertical input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input Position the display as necessary 

NOTE 

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and 
Projected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip. 
Voltages and waveforms on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between instruments because of component 
tolerances, internal calibration, or front-panel settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-normai type. 




5110 




CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOG 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 
LDC 1 


C310 


G4 


F809 


E3 


3847 


C1 


C815 


B4 


F810 


E3 


R850 


D1 


C820 


B3 


F815 


C3 


R851 


D1 


C822 


B2 


F834 


D3 


RB52 


01 


C&30 


G3 


F835 


E3 


R853 


D2 


CB37 


B6 


F836 


D3 


R856 


C2 


C839 


G6 


FS50 


F3 


R857 


C2 


C842 


E2 


F880 


C5 


R858 


B1 


C8S2 


01 






R859 


C2 


C857 


C2 


P850 


E2 


R860 


G1 


ceeo 


E1 


P890 


El 


RS61 


H2 


C865 


F2 






R863 


F2 


C870 


F3 


0815 


A3 


R865 


F2 


C872 


G2 


Q820 


B2 


R867 


FI 


C875 


G2 


Q825 


82 


R86S 


G2 


C881 


C5 


Q$40 


A1 


ReS9 


G2 


C883 


C5 


Q845 


B2 


R870 


F3 


C890 


C3 


Q&50 


D1 


R872 


G2 






Q860 


HI 


3873 


F2 


CR810 


G4 


0870 


G2 


3875 


Q2 


CRS11 


F5 


Q875 


F2 


R877 


G3 


CR812 


F5 


0685 


C5 


R378 


F3 


CR813 


F5 


0890 


C4 


RB79 


G4 


CR815 


C4 






3880 


C5 


CR82CI 


B3 


R810 


G4 


R881 


C5 


CR824 


C2 


R812 


E5 


R883 


S5 


CR835 


G4 


R815 


B3 


Reas 


C3 


CRB36 




R616 


B2 


RS90 


C3 


CR&37 


G4 


nei8 


C3 


R891 


C3 


CB841 


Cl 


RS20 


B2 










R822 


02 


VR850 


D1 


CR842 


D1 


R824 


C2 


VR865 


G2 


CR850 


D2 


R826 


B3 


VR870 


F2 


CRB51 


D2 


R827 


33 






CR860 


G2 


R830 


G3 






CR865 


F2 


R832 


G3 






CR870 


F3 


R834 


G3 






CR875 


G2 


R841 


A2 






CR885 


35 


R&42 


C1 






CR890 


C3 


R046 


C1 







REV AL'G 1 983 



:pisi.1g; 



5110 




VPSGO 

iUjgJ i iHi ^ ■■•!-•■•*; A ^e: 

?^%S^- C 85 2 ,^.^R850 

SW?is*5- ' ■ ^■■•V.':i.''''’2S^J^^^^'^W 



ilSt>l 



%!>a; >' 






/■:< .'-I’:; 

■’ ’’^'* '4? 



OHBftO 



ftr-if; fthp ijTMER pAwakJtsJiJS 
#Oh tfs9S aOSKB :■: 






\m?A 






SsS^s 



QSiao. 



GRepwp 



■•'GRST3..*^'' 

4^310^ 



Igegj: 

R9«?| 



R312 



IX ft.fr 



JNf. StjX<'*vJ'-‘ 

m'>i.h 



213J2.'?A t 



CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LQC 


CKT 

NO 


GRID 

LOC 


C8101' 


!-5 


QS75 


H-2 


C816t 


C-7 


0885 


E-4 


CS20 


F 2 


0890 


F-4 


C822 


C-4 






C330 


F-6 






CS37t 


C-5 






GS30t 


H-7 


RSfO 


H-6 


C842 


E 2 


R812 


H-6 


C852 


C-2 


RB15 


B 4 


C357 


•C-2 


RS16 


□ -4 


CS60 


F-2 


R818 


D-4 


C865« 


H-2 


BS30 


C 4 


C870 


G 3 


H822- 


C-4 


C872 


G 3 


R824^ 


D-4 


CS75 


H 3 


R82S 


B4 


C881 


E-5 


RS27 


B4 


CSB3 


E-6 


B330 


F R 


CS90 


F-4 


R332 


E-6 






R834 


D-2 






R841t 


0-3 






RB42 


C-1 


CFSaiO 


G-6 


R34B- 


B-2 


CR811 


G-6 


RB47 


C-2 


nR812 


G5 


R850* 


B-2 


CR813 


G-6 


RS51 


D 2 


CR815 


Da 


RS52 


B-2 


CR820 


E-2 


R853 


C-3 


CR824 


C-4 


R856^ 


C-3 


CR835 


F-5 


R357 


C 2 


CR83G 


F-5 


RS58 


B-3 


CRS37 


C 5 


R859 


C-3 


CR841 


B-2 


RSHO 


11 


CR842 


C 2 


RS61t 


H-5 


CR85G 


C 2 


R8S3* 


12 


CRB51 


D-2 


R865* 


1-2 


CRS60 


1 3 


RSB7 


H 2 


CRSC5 


12 


R8BS 


1-2 


CR870 


H-2 


R8&9 


H-3 


CR875 


H-2 


R870 


H-3 


CR&83 


E-4 


RS72’ 


G-2 


CR890 


G-2 


R873* 


H-2 






R875 


H 3 






RS77 


H-3 






R87B 


1-3 


VRy&G 


0 2 


RE79 


12 


VPSG5 


i-2 


R8S0« 


F 5 


VR370 


G 3 


R8G1 


E-6 






R853« 


D-6 






HS&6« 


E 3 






R890 


F-4 


F8101 


1-4 


B89'i 


G2 


F3351 


F-4 






oa [5-* 


A-4 






Q820 


D 4 






□025 


B-4 






□840 


A-2 






Q&45 


S-2 






Q&50 


0 2 






QB60» 


J-2 






QSGa 


HI 






QS70 


G 3 







y-s'1-LV l^ovAJi Supylv niicu'l Li.-<a-’i:; (SN •?. •nelov/i. 



tLocaied on btrck of beard. 



^See Parts List for 
serial r.timbar rangas. 



PiEV MKi 1983 




OCT 'S9fe 



E CALi&RATOE <|'^ 



51 10 



LV POWF.R SUPOLY 



VOLTAGE AND WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 



WAHNING 



Dangerous potentials exist at several points throughout this instrument. When the 
instrument is operated with the covers removed, do not touch exposed connections or 
components. Some transistors have voitages present on their cases. Disconnect the 
power source before replacing parts. 

RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 



Item 


Specifications 


Recommertded Type 


Test oscilloscope system 


Deflection factor, 1 mV to 50 V/div; input 
impedance, 1 megohm; frequency 
response, dc to 2 MHz. Prpbe; tOX 
attenuatiorr probe compatible with 
vertical input. 


Tektronix 5110, 5A13N, 5B10N 
oscilloscope system or equiv. Use a 
Tektronix PS108 or P60B2G Probe. 


Voltmeter (Non-loading 


Range. 0 to 250 V; input impedance, 


Tektronix DM 501 Digital 


digital multimeter) 


to megohms. 


h4ultimeter with power module. 



VOLTAGE CONDITIONS 



Voltages rneasuremerts on this diagram were made under the toJIowing conditions: 

An arnplitier unit is installed in the left vertical compartment (for power supply loading). INTENSITY control is set fully ccw. 
Voltrneter common is connected to chassis ground 

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 

OSCILLOSCOPE UNDER TEST. Install an amplitier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-base unit in the 
hori£ontal compartment, Connect the CALIBRATOR output signal to the amplifier unit (set vertical input coupling to dc 
and vDits/div for a2-division display). Set the time-base unit lor internal auto-trigger, 2 ms/division sweep rate. 

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. Set the test oscilloscope triggering for auto mode with ac coupling from the internal source and 
set vertical input coupling toac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input. Position the display as necessary. 

NOTE 

The waveforms shown are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektronix Oscilloscope Camera System and 
Projected Graticule Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is the actual deflection factor from the probe tip. 
Voltages and waveforms on the diagrams are not absolute and may vary between instruments because of component 
tolerances, internal calibration, or front-panel settings. Readouts are simulated in larger-than-normal type. 




VOLTAGE & WAVEFORM 
CONDITIONS 




CKT 


GRID 


CKT 


GRID 




NO 


LOC 


NO 


LOC 




C712 


C-1 


Q721 


B-2 




C714t 


C-3 


0722 


C-2 




C716 


B-2 








C721 


C-2 


R7D1 


B-3 








R702 


B-3 




CB702 


C3 


R703 


B-3 




CR704 


C 3 


R704 


B4 




CR?^2 


e-3 


R705' 


B3 




CR714 


B-3 


R706 


B-3 




CR721 


C2 


R707 


B-3 




CR722 


G-2 


R708^ 


B-3 








R709 


B-4 




VR720 


C2 


R710 


B-3 








R712 


Cl 




Q701 


B-3 


R713 


C-1 




Q702 


C 3 


R715 


□ -1 




Q703 


B-3 


R71fi 


S-2 




0704 


C-1 


R717 


B-2 




07^1 


B-3 


R71S 


B-4 




Q712 


C-3 


R720 


3-7 




0713 


B4 


R721 


C-2 


*Sae Parts Lisl for 
serial number ranges. 


Q714 


C 3 


R722 


B-2 






R723 


B 2 


tLoCcilod on back o1 board 






R724 


B-2 





A.2: -"Single Beam ALixitiory ci'CLit board. 



J<bO. 




(I 

R-tV MAV I 'S®! 



AUXILIARY BOARD <|> 



CD I 

O 
> . 
31 
Q 



< 3 > 



Section 8-5110 



REPLACEABLE 
MECHANICAL PARTS 



Repiacement parts are available from or through your 
local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative. 

When ordering parts, include the following information in 
your order: part number, instrument type or number, 
serial number, and modification number if applicable. 

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new 
or improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or 
representative will contact you concerning any change 
in part number. 

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this 
manual. 



ITEM NAME 

In the parts list, art item name is separated from the 
description by a colon(:). Because of space limitations, 
an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete. 
For further Item name identification, the U.S. Federal 
Cataloging Handbook H6-1 can be utilized where 
possible. 



FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS 

Items in this section are referenced by figure and index 
numbers to the illustrations. 



INDENTATION SYSTEM 

This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item 
relationships. Following is an example of the 
indentations system used In the description column. 

1 2 3 4 5 Name 5 Description 

Assembly and/or component 

AKacbing parts for assembly and/or component 

END ATTACHING PARTS 

Detail part of assembly and/or component 
Attaching parts for detail part 

END ATTACH/NG PARTS 

Parts of detail part 

Attaching parts for parts or detail part 
END ATTACHING PARTS 

Attaching parts always appear in the same indentation 
as the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented 
to the right, indented items are part of, and included with, 
the next higher indentation. 

Attaching parts must be purchased separately, 
unless otherwise specified. 

ABBREVIATIONS 

Abbreviations conform to American National 
Standard Yl,l. 



REV MAY 1390 



3-1 



Replaeeabre Mechanicai Parts~5110 



CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 

Mfr. 



Code 


Manufacturer 


Address 


City, Slate, Zip Coda 




3CHURTERAQH 

C/0 PA.NEL COMPONENTS CORP 


2015 SECOND STREET 


BERKELEY CA 94170 


TK03&3 


FABTEKINC 


17 SUGAR HOLLOW RD 


DANBURY CT 06810 


TKD39Z 


NORTHWEST FASTENER SALES INC 


7923 SW CIRRUS DRIVE 


BEAVEFFTON OR 97005-544 5 


TKMJ5 


LEWIS SCREW CO 


4300 S RACINE AVE 


CHICAGO IL 60609-3326 


TKOSttS 


AIMSCO INC 


600SW10TH 


BEAVERTON OR 97005 


TK05J8 


NORTHWEST SPRING AND MfG CO 


5858 WILLOW LANE 


UKE OSWEGO GR 97034-5343 


TK0588 


UNIVERSAL PRECISION PRODUCTS 


1775 NW 216TH 


HILLSBORO OR 97123 


TK0853 


STAUFFER SUPPLV CD (D1ST) 


81(3 SE SHERMAN 


PORTUNDOR 97214 


TX08&0 


LABEL fifiAPNlCS 


6700SWBRADBURVCT 


PORTLAND OR 97224 


TK0892 


GEROMECORP 


OLIVER RD 
PO BOX 1089 


UNIONTCWN PA 15041 


TK0938 


P-H FASTENERS 


3351 59TH ST 


LONG BEACH CA 90805 


TK0977 


ELECTRICAL INSULATION SUPPLIERS, INC 
-(DIST) 


3549NWVEON 


PORTLAND OR 97210 


1X1153 


POWELAND ASSOCIATES 


111 SFINDUYST 


SEATTLE WA 98108-2427 


TK1181 


SEA-IAC INDUSTRIES INC 


1217 FOURTH AVE N 


KENT WA 98031 


TK1319 


MORELLISQ&D PLASTICS 


1812 16-TH AVE 


FOREST GROVE OR 97116 


TK137S 


ESAM 


PO BOX 376 


GRANTS PASS DR 97526 


TK1582 


WESTERN PAPER CO 


SOOONORTH CUTTER CIRCLE 


PORTUNDOR 97217 


TK1572 


RAN-ROD INC 


S31 85THAVE 


OAKUND CA 94621-1254 


TK1591 


EASTMAN RUSTICS INC 


4665 SW 180TH 


ALOHA OR 97007 


TK1641 


GAGE INDUSTRIES INC 


PO BOX 1318 


LAKE OSWEGO OR 97034 


TKiea^ 


TECHNICAL IMAGES INC 


2206 MOUNTAIN VIEW DR 


NEWBUHG OR 97132-9265 


TX1725 


GREENPAR CONNECTDFtS LTD 


poaoxis 

HARLOW 


ESSEXCM20 2ER ENGLAND 


TK1741 


COLMAN FASTENERS CO LTD 


HATTONS ROAD 

OFF WEETINGHOUSE RD TRAFFORD PARK 


MANCHESTER M17 1DF ENGLAND 


TK1B53 


GR1ESDVNACASTCORP 


1035SL.1NWOODAVE 


SANTA ANA CA 92705 


TK1967 


SVNDETEK 


391 5 E MAIN 


SPOKANE WA 99202 


TK2080 


AEPETSCUE CO INC 


1 7527 NE67THCT 


HEDHOND WA 96052 


(WR05 


TRIQUEST CORP 


3000 LEWIS AND CLARK H'WY 


VANCOUVER WA 98661-2399 


8J250 


COMTEK MANUFACTURING OF OREGON 
(METALS! 


PO BOX 4200 


BEAVERTON OR 97076-4200 


00779 


AMP [NC 


2800 FULLING MILL 
PO BOX 3603 


HARRISBURG PA 17105 


05459 


BEARINGS INC 


3634 EUCLID 
P 0 BOX 6925 


CLEVEUND OH 44101 


05820 


EG AND G WAKEFIELD ENGINEERING 


60 AUDUBON RD 


WAKEFIELD MA 01880-1203 


06666 


GENERAL DEVICES CO INC 


1410SP(TST RD 
PO BOX 39100 


INDIANAPOLIS IN 46239-9632 


074 1G 


NELSON NAME PLATE CO 


3191 CASITAS 


LOS ANGELES CA 90030-241 0 


032S1 


SPECTRA-STRIP 
AN ELTHA CO 


7100 I.AMPS0N AVE 


GARDEN GROVE CA 92642 


D1)[)?2 


BURHDY OURP 


RICHARDS AVE 


NORWALK CT 06352 



8-2 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 

Mrr. 



Cade 


Manufacturer 


Address 


City, State, Zip Code 


12136 


P H C INDUSTRIES INC 


1543 HADDONAVE 
PO BOX 1448 


CAMDEN NJ 08103-3109 


12327 


FREEWAY CORF 


9301 ALLEN DR 


CLEVELAND OH 44125-4632 


12697 


CLAROSTAT MFC CO INC 


LOWER WASHINGTON ST 


DOVER NH 03820 


1M28 


COOPER BELOEN ELECTRONIC WIRE AND CABLE 
SUB OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC 


NWNST 


RICHMOND IN 47374 


22526 


DU PONT E ! DE NEMOURS AND CO INC 
DU PONT CONNECTOR SYSTEMS 
DIY MILITARY PRODUCTS GROUP 


S15FISFI1NGCREEKRO 


NEW CUMBERLAND PA 1 7070-3007 


23830 


STANFORD APPLIED ENGINEERING INC 


340 MARTIN AVE 


SANTA CLARA CA 95050-3112 


24546 


CORNING GLASS WORKS 


550 HIGH ST 


BRADFORD PA 16701-3737 


24031 


SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC 


2100EARLYWOODDR 
PO BOX 547 


FRANKLIN IN 481 31 


28520 


HEYCO MOLDED PRODUCTS 


750 BOULEVARD 
POBOX160 


KENILWORTH NJ 67033-1721 


45391 


PACIFIC METAL CO 


3400 SW BOND 


PORTLAND UR 97201 


70313 


ALLMETAL SCREW PROE1UCTS CO INC 


821 STEWART AVE 


GARDENCrTYNY11530-4810 


71785 


CINCH CONNECTORS 


1501 MORSE AVE 


ELK GROVE VILLAGE IL 60007-5723 


72228 


AMCA INTERNATIONAL CORP 
CONTINENTAL SCREW CO DIV 


459 MT PLEASANT 


NEW BEDFORD MA 02742 


73743 


FISCHER SPECIAL MEG CO 


111 INDUSTRIAL RD 


COLD SPRING KY4107S-9749 


7591 5 


LITTEIFUSE INC 
SUBTRACORINC 


800 E NOHIHWESFKWV 


□ES PLAINES IL 60016-3049 


78189 


ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC 
SHAKEPROOF DIV 


ST CHARLES ROAO 


■ ELGIN IL 601 20 


30009 


TEKTRONIX INC 


14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR 
PO BOX 500 


BEAVERTON on 97077-0001 


83486 


EICO INDUSTRIES INC 


1101 SAMUELSON RD 


ROCKFORD IL 61 101 


33553 


ASSOCIATED SPRING BARNES GROUP INC 


15001 S BROADWAY 
PO BOX 231 


GARDENA CA 90248-1819 


85471 


BOYD CORP 


13835 RAMOMAAVE 


CHINO CA 91710 


36928 


SEASTROM MFG CO INC 


701 SONORA AVE 


GLENDALE CA 91201-2431 


92830 


ASSOCIATED SPRING BARNES GROUP INC 


18 MAIN ST 


BRISTOL CT 060 UT-6527 


98270 


MALCOAMICRQOOTCO 


306 PASADENA AVE 


SOUTH PASADENA CA 91030-2905 



REV MAY 1990 



3^3 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



Fig. & 



Index 

Mo. 


Tektronix 
Port No. 


Serial No. 
Effective Dscont 


Qty 


1234B Name & Description 


MIf. 

Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


-1 








1 


CK1 BOARD ASSy:S1NGLE BEAM AUX{SEE A2 HEPL) 






-2 


200-1218-00 






1 


R™R,CRrSCALE:6.814 X 5.125, MYLQN 


QJR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(ATTACH IMG PARTS) 






-3 


211-0183-00 






? 


SCREW, MACHINE'4-40 X0.6,PNH,SST 


TK043S 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-4 


3S4-0233-DO 


BO101Q0 


B072526 


2 


RING, RETAINING: TYPE E,EXT,U/0 0.14 DtA SR 


05469 


)5-5133-14 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-5 


337-1440-00 


BOIOlOO 


B1O4S08 


1 


3HLD.1MPL03IQN: 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(OPTION 76 ONLY) 








337-1440-01 


B1 04539 




1 


SHLD,iMPLOSION:GREEN 


0JR05 


337144001 












{OPTION 76 ONLY) 






-5 


388-1946-00 






1 


SUPP0RT.CRT:FRat1T 


0JRD5 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-7 . 


348-0279-00 






2 


PAD.CLSHI0NING 3.5X 0.67X0,188, RUBBER 


80009 


348027900 


-s 


348-0070-01 






3 


PAD,aJSHIONING:2.03 X 0.69 X 0.18 SI RBR 


85471 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-3 


348-0145-00 






2 


GROMMET PLASTIG:GHAYU SHAPE.0.4fl ID 


0JF»5 


ORDER EfY DESCRI 


-10 


334-137S-0C 






1 


MARKER,1DENT;MK0 HI VACUUM 


07416 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-11 


337-1419-00 


BOIOlOO 


B069999 


1 


SHIELD.CRT: 


80009 


337141900 




337-1419-05 


B070000 




1 


SHIELD SECT, CRT: 


80009 


337141905 


-12 


337-1420-00 






1 


SHIELD SECT.CRT; 


80009 


337142DDD 


-13 


354-0409-00 






1 


RCLRCRT SHLD:L70 2.375 OD SHIELD 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(ATTACKING PARTS) 






-14 


211-0632-00 






1 


SCREW,MACHINE:6-32X2.25,FllH,STL 


TK0392 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-15 


343-0123-01 






2 


CLRELCTRNTHBE:.AL,CDPl 


TK1B53 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-16 


220-0444-00 






1 


NUT,PLAIN.SQ:6-32 X 0 25 SQ.SST 


70318 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-17 


211-0507-00 






2 


SCREW,MACHIN£:5-32 X0.312.PNH.STL 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-13 


407-0022-00 






1 


BRACKET, CRT CLP:ALUMINUM 


OJ250 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-13 


384-1054-00 






1 


KNOB: 1 4 42 L X 0. 1 25 00,5-40 ONE END 


TK1591 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-20 


119-0238-00 


E01Q100 


B090724 


1 


COIL, CAE: 


OJ250 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




119-41373-flO 


B09(I725 




1 


COIL, CAL 


00250 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 








210-0442-00 






2 


NUTPLAIH,HEX:3^8 X 0,1 S3.0RS CD PL 


73743 


3014-402 




210-0004-00 






2 


WASHER, LOCK: #4 1NTL.0.01 5 THK.STL 


781 89 


1204-00-00-9541 




210-0994-00 






2 


WASHER, FLAT0.1 25 ID X0.25 00 X 0,022, STL 


12327 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




210-0035-00 






2 


WASHER,SHLDR:0.141 10X0 375 00X0.078 THK, FSR 


TK0858 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-21 


351-005M1 






1 


INSULAT0fl,PLATE:1.093 X 0.343 X 0.1 25,DELR1N 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-22 


210-0503-00 






2 


NLT,FINISHING:3-48X0,25 HEXBRS NP 


80009 


21 0059390 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-23 


358-0216-00 






1 


SROMMET,PLA3TIC:GRAXROUND 0.257 ID 


80009 


358021600 


-24 


355 0494-00 


BOIOlOO 


B1 08289 


1 


KNOBiGRAYWITH SEfSCREW 


0JH05 


366-0494-(l[) 




3S5-1 059-00 


B1 06290 




1 


PUSH BUTTON:GRAX0.227 00 X 0.3 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




306-1077-00 


B1 06290 




1 


KNCB:GRAVW/SETSCREW 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




213-0153-00 






1 


,SETSCREW:5-40 X 0,1 25.STL 


TK0392 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-25 


365-0494-00 






1 


KN0B:GRAY WITH SETSCREW 


0JR05 


366-0494-00 




215 0153-00 






1 


.SETSCREW;5-I0 X 9,1 2S.STL 


TKD392 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-2G 


131-0955-00 






1 


CONN,RCPT,ELEC:BNC,FEMALE 


TK1725 


G35152EN 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 


TK1572 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-27 


21 0-0265-00 






1 


TERMINAL,LLG:0.391 1 0, LOG KING, BRS CD PL 
















(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-23 










SWiTCH,PUSH:(SEES125 REPL) 






-29 










RESISTOR, VAR:(3EE R200 AND R295 REPL) 
















(ATTACHING PARTS) 




2X-2Q319-402 


30 


210-0583-4)0 






2 


NUT,PLAIN,HEX0,25-32 X 0.31 2.BRS CD PL 




ORDER BY DESCRI 


-31 


210-0940-00 






2 


WASHER,fLAT:0,25 ID X 0.375 OD X 0.02.STL 


73743 


1214-05-00-4)541 


-32 


21(W)046-0Q 






2 


WASHER,LWK:0.261 IO.INTL.0.01 fl THK,STL 


12327 














(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


78189 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-S3 


200-0605 00 






1 


SHIELD,RESISTOR:[).7Xl.OX0.75,PO!YPROPYLENE 


0JR06 


ORDER BY DESCR 












VAR 







8-4 



REV may 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix Serial No. 

No, Part No, Eftoctive Dsconi Qty 1234S Name a Description 



-34 


333-1409-00 


B010100 


B099999 


1 




333-1409-01 


B1 00000 


B1 08209 


1 




333-1409-03 


B1 08290 


B1 40958 


1 




333-1409-04 


B1 40959 




1 


-35 


337-1421-00 






1 


-36 


211-0504-00 






3 


-37 


348-0115-00 






3 


-38 


407-08S6-OO 






1 


-39 


211-0541-00 






1 


-40 








1 




4O7-4189S-O0 


B010100 


6091615 


1 




407-0695-01 


B091616 




1 


-41 


376-0127-00 






1 


^2 


— 






1 


^3 


356-0029-00 






1 


-44 


210-0978-00 






1 


-45 


210-0421-00 






1 


-46 


210-0012-00 






2 


-47 


210-0207-00 






t 


-46 


200-1204-01 






1 


^9 


210-0401-00 






2 




006-0531-00 


B1 08068 




1 


-50 


151-0033-12 






1 



-51 


358-0366-00 






1 




358-0365-00 






1 


-52 


200-1004-00 






1 


-53 


352-0076-00 


BO 101 00 


3105881 


1 




352-0362-00 


B1 05882 


B1 26307 


1 




204-0832-00 


0126306 




1 




200-2264-00 


B1 26308 




1 


-54 


210-0873-00 






1 


-56 


2KT-0201-UO 


E010100 


0106650 


1 




210-0202-00 


El 66651 




1 


-56 


210-0586-06 


B010100 


B106G50 


1 




210-0457-00 


B1 06651 




1 


-57 


333-1429-00 


0010100 


B099999 


1 




333-1429-01 


B100000 


61 09889 


1 




333-1429-02 


E1 03890 




1 




334-2154-01 


B1 22930 




1 


-56 


441-0991-00 


B010100 


B1 07632 


1 




441-0991-02 


B1 07633 


8119999 


1 




441-0991-03 


ai 20000 


6128481 


I 




441-0991-06 


B1 26482 




1 




407-2270-00 


0120000 


B146958 


1 




■107-2270-02 


3140359 




1 



PANEL, FRONT: 

PANEL, FRONT: 

PANEL, FRONT: 

PANEL.FRONT: 

SKIELD.ELEC: HIGH VOLTAGE 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

SCR£W,MACHINE:6-32 X 0,250, FNH,STL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 
GROMMET.PLASTIC:BUlCK,Lt-SHAPE,0.3e3ID 
BRACKET, CHASSISiALUMtNUM 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

SCROV.MACHINE:6-32X0,25,FLH,100DEG STL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 
SWITCH,PUEK-PUL:(SEE S201 REPL) 

BRACKET, ELEC SW:ALUMINUM 
EFtACKET.ELEC SVK;ALUMINUM 
CPLG,SHAFT,FLEX:0.05S 4 0.326 ID,DELRIN 
RESISTOR, VAR:(SEE R291 REPL) 

(AnACHING PARTS) 

BSHG.MAGH THD:0.375-32X(].5 HEXBRS NP 
WASH£R,FUT:0,375 ID X 0,5 00 X 0.024, STL 
Nirr.PUIN,H£X;0.375~32X0.5,AL 
WASHER,LOCK:0.3a4 ID,iNTL,D.022 THK,3TL 
TERMtNAL,LUG;0.3B5 DO.PLAIN, BRS CD PL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 

COVER,CRT:REAB ALUMINUM, PTO BLUE 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

NUT,PLAlN,CAP:6-32 X 0.312 HEKBRS CD PL 
(END ATTACHING PAFfTS) 
3TRAF:TiEDOWN,E;BLUE PUSTIC BEADED 
CABLE ASSXPWF,:3,19 AWG.1 25V,96,0 L 
(SEE BACK OF ACCESSORY PAGE FOR POWER 
CORO OPTIONS) 

8SHG,STRAIN RLF:U/W 0,29 DIA CABLE.STRAIGHT 
BSHG,STRAIN RLF:UW 0,29 DIA CABLE.STRAIGHT 
CABLE NIRELEC:0.253 ID X 1.5 L.BLACK 
FUHLREXTR POST: SAG, 20A, 250V, PNL MT 
FUHLR.EXTR POST:3AG.20A,3QOV 
BOOyf CSEK0L0ER:3AG & 5 X 20MM FUSES 
CARFUSEH0LDER:3AG FUSES 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

WASHEfl,FLAT:0.5 [D X 0.683 OD X 0,047 RBR 
(EMO ATTACHING PARTS) 

TERMINAL, LUG:C,1 2 ID, LOCKING.BRZ TIN PL 
TERMINAL.UJG:0.146 ID.LOCKING.BRZTIN PL 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 

NUT,PL,ASSCM WA:4^0 X 0,25, STL CD PL 
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6--32 X 0.31 2, STL CD PL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 

PANEL, REAR: 

PANEL, REAR: 

PANEL, REAR: 

MARKER, IDENTMKD CAUTION 
CHAS.DSPL UNITMAIN 
CHAS,DSP1, UN1T:MAIN 
CHAS.DSPL UNIT:MAIN 
CHA3,DSPLUNIT:MAIN 
BRACKET.CHASSIS:ALUMiNUM 
HFIACKET.CHASSIEALUMINUM 
{ATTACHING PARTS) 



MTr, 

Coda 



60009 

80009 

30009 

TK1664 

30009 

TK0435 

0JR05 

OJ260 

TK043S 



80009 

0)260 

OJR05 



DJ260 

12327 

30009 

78189 

12697 

80009 

80009 

TK1562 

1542S 



0UR05 

OJR05 

80009 

75915 

75915 

33629 

S3629 

TKO503 

TK1741 

TK1181 

TK0435 

TK0435 

60009 

30009 

TK1664 

TK0860 

30009 

30009 

80009 

0,1760 

(10260 

OJ260 



Mfr, Part No. 



333140900 
333140901 
333140903 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
337142100 

ORDER BY DESCRI 

ORDER BY DESCRi 
ORDER BY DESCRi 

ORDER BY DESCRI 



407089500 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 



ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
21 0042100 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
01136902 

200120401 

210040100 

ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 



ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
2O010(M00 
3420212-L 
345603 WITH 901 
031 1673 (FEU M 
FEK031 16S6 

ORDER BY DESCRI 

2004-4 PHOSPHOR 
ORDER BY DESCRI 

ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 

333142900 
333142901 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
441099100 
441099102 
441099103 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 



REV MAY 1990 



8-5 



Replaceable MechanicaJ Parts-51 1 0 



Fig. 4 
index 
No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial 

Effective Dscont 


Qty 


12346 Name & Description 


Cede 


Mfr. Part No. 


- 


211-6504-00 


B 120000 




3 


SCREW,MACBlNH:6-32 X 0.250, PtJH.STI. 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




210-0005-00 


B 120000 




1 


WASHER.L0CK:#6 EXT, 0.02 THK.STL 


781 SS 


1106-00 




210-0457-00 


8120000 




2 


NUT,PE,ASSEM WA:6-32X0.312,STLCD PI 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(END AnACHING PARTS) 






-59 


210-0659-01 






4 


EYELET, M£TALL1C:0.1 21 ODX0.156 L,BRS CD PL 


80009 


210065901 


-SO 


344-0131-00 






4 


.CLIRSPR TNSNXKT BOARD MT.ACETAL SUCK 


80009 


344013100 












(ATTACHING PARTS FOR CHASSIS) 






-61 


211-0504-00 






2 


SCREW, MACH1NE:6-32 X 0.250, PNH.STl 


TX0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-62 


21 1-0536-00 






2 


SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312,FLH,100 OEG.STL 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-63 


210-0457-00 






2 


NUT,PL.ASSEMWA;6-32X0,312,STLCDPL 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-54 


— 






1 


SW1TCH,THERM0STATIC:(SEE S2O0 REPE) 
















(ATTACHING PARTS) 






-65 


210-0586-00 






2 


NUT.PE,ASS£M WA:4-40 X 0,25, STl CD PL 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(END ATTACHING PAFfTS) 






-66 


344-0225-00 






2 


CE1RCABLE:4 CONDUCTOR RlBeDN,DELRIN 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-67 


346-0067-00 


BD10100 


B104185 


1 


GROMMET, PLASTICiGRAysOUNO, 0.252 ID 


OJR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




348-0516-00 


B104186 




1 


GR0MMET,PLAST1C: BLACK, ROUND, 0.1 33 ID 


28520 


SB312-3 


-68 


343-ooaa-oo 






3 


CLAMRCA8LE:0.062 DIAPLASTIC 


80009 


343098800 


-69 


— 








CKT BOARD A3SY:RVDEFL(SEEA1 REPL) 






-70 


131-0566-00 


801 01 00 


B030oaa 


4 


.BUS. CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES 0,094 CD X 0.225 1 


24546 


OMA07 




131-0566-00 


6050000 


B1 19999 


4 


BUS.CONOUCTORlDUMMV RES,0,O94 OD X 0 225 1 


24346 


OMA07 


-71 


131-0589-00 


8010100 


B1 40958 


2 


TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ PH BRZ GLD PL 


22526 


48283-029 




131-0589-00 


8140959 




41 


TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 LX 0.025 SQ PH BRZ GLQ PL 


22526 


48283-029 


-72 


136-0183-00 


0010100 


S049999 


5 


-SKT.PL-m ELEK:TRANSISTOR,3 CONTACT.PCB MT 


71785 


133-23-11-024 




136-0183-00 


B050000 


0119999 


1 


.SKTPL-IN ELEK:TRANSISTOR,3 CONTACT.PCB Ml 


71785 


133-23-11-024 




136-0183-00 


B1 20000 


B1 40958 


2 


.SKT.PL-IN ELEK:TRANSISTOR,3 CONTACT.PCB MT 


71785 


133-23-11-024 


-73 


136-0220-00 


B010100 


B04999S 


10 


■SKTPL-IN ELEK:TRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT PCa MT 


71785 


133-23-11-034 




136-0220-00 


B050000 


B1 19999 


11 


-SKTPL-lN ELEK:TRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT.PCB MT 


71785 


133-23-11-034 




136-0220-00 


B1 20000 


B121392 


10 


.SKTPL-IN ELEKiTRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT.PCB MT 


71785 


133-23-11-034 




136-0220-00 


B121393 


B1 40958 


5 


.SKTPL-IN ELEKiTRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT PCB MT 


71785 


133-23-11-034 




136-0254-00 


8010100 


B 120979 


2 


.SOCKETPiN TERM:U/W 0 031 TO 0.04 DIA PINS 


00779 


S0865-3 




136-0254-01 


B120OS0 


B1 40958 


2 


.SOCKET, PIN TERM:U/W 0.031 TO 0,04 DIA PINS 


00779 


1-331892-3 




136-0252-04 


BOSOOOO 


B070000 


12 


.SOCKETPIN TERH:U/W 0.016-0,(118 DIA PINS 


22526 


75060-007 


-75 


— 






1 


TRANSISTORKSEE 0252 REPL) 
















(ATTACHING PARTS) 






-76 


210-0407-00 


B010100 


8140958 


2 


.NUTPLAIN.HEX:6-32X0.2S.BRSCD PL 


73743 


3033-402 


-77 


2i 0-0055-00 


B010100 


B1 40956 


2 


.WASHER, LOCK: #6 SPLIT,0.031 THK STL 


8G92B 


ORDER BY DEECRi 


-78 


210-0801-00 


B010100 


B140958 


2 


.WASHER,ELAT:0.1 4 ID X 0.231 GO X 0 25 BRS 


39909 


210080100 


-79 


214-1610-00 


8010100 


B140958 


1 


-HEAT SINK,XSTR:TO-3.ALUMINA 


30009 


2141610(10 


-80 


210-1133-00 


8010100 


B 140958 


4 


WASHEaFLATO.142 ID X 0.25 OD X(1,058,FBR 


86928 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-31 


214-1536-00 


8010100 


B1 40958 


1 


■ HEAT SINK, DIODE:TO-3,Al 


80009 


214153600 




210-1017-00 


fli 23440 


8140958 


1 


.WASHER,FLAT:D.281 ID X 0.875 OD X 0 032 N¥l 


TK1319 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




214-1610-00 


601 6100 


0140958 


1 


.HEAT SINK,XSTR:TO-3.ALUMINA 


80009 


2141610Q0 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-a3 


211-0511-00 


B010100 


B140958 


2 


.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32X 0.5, PNH.STL 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-34 


214-1291-00 


8010100 


B1 19999 


4 


.HEAT SINK,XSTR:TO-5,SIL BRZ PTD BLACK 


05820 


207SS 




214-2811-00 


B 1 20000 




4 


HEAT SINK,XSTR:TCL2D2,ALUMINUM 


TK0303 


311-912 


-35 


337-1 1 79-00 






1 


.SHIELD,ELQC:DEFLECT10M AMP 


0J260 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




214-0570-00 


8140959 




3 


.TERM,TESTPOINT:BRSCDPL 


TK0853 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




344-0286-00 


6125352 


B1 40958 


1 


.CLtpELECTR[CAL;FUSE,SPR BRS 


75915 


102074 












(ATTACHiNG PARTS FOR CKT BOARD) 






-36 


211-051CM)0 






1 


3CnEW,MACHtNE:6-02X0.375,PNH.STL 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 



8^6 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



Fig, & 
Index 
No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial No. 
Effective Oecont 


Qty 


12345 Name & Deuription 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mir. Part No, 


-37 


210-0975-00 






1 


WASHER, SHLDR;D.14 IOX0.375OOX0 1 THK.DELRiU 


80009 


210097500 












(END ATTACHIWG PARTS) 








198-2752-00 


6010100 


B1 04832 


1 


WIRE SET.ELEC:S70-1433-02 


80009 


198275200 




198-2752-01 


6104833 


8128509 


1 


WIRE SET,ELEC:670-1438-03 


60009 


198275201 




175-5463-00 


B1 28510 




1 


CA ASsysRELEC:6,22 AWG.12.5 L.RIBBON 


TX1967 


ORDER BIY DESCRI 




175-5464-00 


B128510 




1 


CAASSySRELEC; 10.22 AWG. 10.5 L.RiBBON 


IK1967 


ORDER BIY DESCRI 




198-4B20-Q0 


B128510 




1 


WIRE SET,ELEC:6O2-1899-00 


80009 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




195-5008-00 


B128510 


B1 40958 


1 


LEAD,ELECTRICAL:24 AWG, 2.625 L.9-1 


30009 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-S3 


343-0254-00 


B010100 


B069999 


1 


CLRELCTRNTUBE;DELRIN 


OJR05 


343-0254-00 


-89 


367-0117-00 


B010100 


B069999 


1 


PULL, SOCKETCRT, PLASTIC 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-99 


200-0017-02 


B010100 


B069999 


1 


COVER.CFIT SKT:2.052 OD X 0.291 H.PUSTiC 


80009 


200091702 


-91 


136-0450-00 


B010100 


B069999 


1 


SKT.PL-IN ELEK:ELCTRNTIBE,14 C0NTW/LEAD3 


30003 


136045000 




136-0492-01 


B070000 


B1 19999 


1 


SKXPL-IN EL£K:ELCTRN TUBE, 14 CONT W7LEADS 


TK1967 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




136-0723-00 


B1 20000 


8140958 


1 


SKT.PL-IN ELEK:ELCTBNTUBE,14 CONTW7LEA0S 


80003 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




138-0865-00 


B1 40959 




1 


SKXPL-IM ELEK:CRT CABLE 


TK1967 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




198-4223-00 


0120000 




1 


.WIRE SET, ELEC: 


30003 


198422300 


-92 


136-0304-02 


8010100 


6069999 


1 


SKT,PL-IN ELEK;ELECTRON TUBE, 14 CONTACT 


80009 


136030402 












(51 10 ON LV) 








136-0301-01 


0070000 


B1 22289 


1 


.SKT,PL-IN ELEKiELECTROK TUBE, 14 CONTACT 


30009 


136030101 












(SIIOONiy) 








136-0202-04 


B 122290 




1 


SKT.PL-IN ELEK:ELECTRONTUBE,14 CONTACT 


0JR05 


138-0202-04 












(5110 ONLY) 








136-0304-02 


SOI 01 00 


B069999 


1 


.SKT,PL-IN ELEK:ELECTROM TUBE, 14 CONTACT 


80009 


136030402 












(RSIIOONLY) 








136-0301-01 


8070000 


B1 22304 


1 


SKTPL-INELEK:ELECTROHTUBE,14 contact 


80003 


136030101 












(RSIIOONLY) 








136-0202-04 


0122305 




1 


,SKTPL-INELEK:ELECTROMTUBE,14 CONTACT 


0JR05 


136-0202-04 












(RSIIOONLY) 








195-0086-00 


8070000 




1 


.LEAD SET,ELEC:CRT DEFLECTION 


80003 


195006600 




200-0616-01 


B070000 




1 


COVER, CRT SKT1.78 OlA X 0.2 D.WRiTE 


OJR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-93 


200-1075-00 






4 


COVER,TERMINAL:QUlCK DISCONNECT 


00773 


1-480435-0 


-94 


131-0361-00 






3 


TERM,QIK DlSC.;16-20 AWG.0.22 W X 0.02 THK 


00773 


61387-1 (SINGLE 


-95 


195-0086-00 


SOI 01 00 


8069999 


1 


LEAD SETEL£C;CRr DEFLECTION 


8OOO0 


195008600 


-96 


426-0740-00 


B010100 


B1 40958 


1 


FHAS3YDSPL UN: 


80009 


426074000 




426-0739-02 


81409S9 




1 


FRASSyOSPt UN; 


0J260 


ORDER 8¥ DESCRI 


-97 


175-0863-00 






AR 


CABLE,SPELEC:2,22 AWG.STRD.PVC JXT.RBN 


08261 


SS-0222-7(1061 


-98 


175-0862-00 






AR 


CABLE,SRELEC:3.22 AWG.STRD.PVC JFTT.RBM 


08261 


35-0322-19(1061 


-99 


175-0859-00 






AR 


CABLE, SpELEC:6,22 AWG.STRD.PVC JKT.RBN 


TK1375 


175-0859-00 


-100 


175-0855-00 






AR 


CABLESP ELEC: 1 0,22 AWG,STRO,FVC,RBN 


08261 


SS-1 022(1 061 )0C 


-101 


1 31-0621-00 






22 


CONNECTOR, TERM:22-26 AWG.BRS & CU BE GOLD PL 


22526 


46231-000 


-102 


352-0198-00 






3 


HLDaTERM CONN:2 WIRE, BLACK 


0JRD5 


352-0198-00 


-103 


352-0204-00 






1 


RLDR.TERM CONN:8 WIRE.BIACK 


0JH05 


352-0204-00 


-194 


352-0206-00 






1 


HLDR.TERM C0NN:10 WIRE.BUCK 


80009 


352020600 




175-1453-00 






1 


LEAD ASSYELEC:2,22 AWG.9.0 L 


30009 


175145300 




131-0881-00 






2 


TERM.QIK OISC.;16-20 AWG ,0 22 W X 0.02 THK 


00779 


61307-1 (SINGLE 




200-1075-00 






2 


.COVER,T€nMINAL:QUICK DISCONNECT 


00779 


1-400435-0 




131-0707-00 






2 


CONTACT,ELEC:22-26 AWG.BRS S CU BE GOLD PL 


22526 


47439-000 




352-0161-00 






1 


.HLDR,TERM CONM:3 WIRE.BLACK 


0JRO5 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




198-2028-00 


6010100 


El 08289 


1 


WIRE SET, ELEC: 


80009 


198202800 




193-3879-00 


6108290 


Eli 9999 


1 


WIRE SET ELEC: 


80009 


198387900 




198-3879-01 


6120000 


B1409S8 


1 


WIRE SET.ELEC: 


TX1967 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




131-0677-00 






2 


.CONNECTOR,TERM:20-24 AWG 


98278 


122-0192-010 




131-0621-00 






2 


.CONNECTOR,TERM:22-26 AWG.BRS S CU BE GOLD PL 


22528 


46231-000 




131-0707-4)0 


6010100 


B125351 


2 


.CONrACT£LEC:22-26 AWG.BRS & CU BE GOLD PL 


22526 


47439-000 




131-1810-00 


8125352 




2 


.CONTACT,ELEC:WIRE TO PIN.PN BRZ GOLD PL 


00779 


87124-1 



REV MAY 1990 



B-7 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts *9110 



Fig. A 
Index 
Mo. 



1 - 



Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial Na, 
Effecttvs Dscont 


QtV 


12345 Name A Descrlpllan 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


131-2065-00 




3 


.TERM,Q1KD1SC.;18-22AWG, BRASS TIN PLATED 


00779 


2-520181-2 


175M)326-00 




AR 


CABLE,3pELEC-5,26 AWG,STRD,PV'C JKT.RBN 


08261 


111-2699-955 


175-0S63-00 




AR 


CABLE, SP£L£C;2.22 AWG.STRR.PVC JKT.RBN 


08261 


SS-0222-7 (1061 


175-1020-00 




AR 


.CABLE, Rf;50 OHMCQAX.WHT POLYTHN JKT 


TK2000 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


352-0161-00 


3010100 B12S351 


1 


.HERR, TERM C0NN:3 WIRE, BLACK 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DE3CR1 


2CW-0736-00 


31 25352 


1 


.CONN B0DY,PLUG:4C0NTACTS,SGl ROW.LKG CUP 


00779 


1-37175-0 


352-01 98-M 




1 


HLDRTERM C0NN:2 WIRE.BUCK 


0JR05 


352-01984)0 


131-0621-00 




18 


CONNECTOR, TERM:22-2S AWG.BRS & CU BE GOLD PL 


22526 


462.31-090 


175-0855-00 




AR 


CABLE.SP£LEC;1D,22AWG,STflO,PVC,R8N 


08261 


SS-1O22(1061)0C 


175-0850-00 




AR 


CABLE,SpELEC;6,22 AWG.STRD.PVC JKT.RBN 


TX1375 


175-0859-4)0 


175-0863-00 




AR 


CABLE.SpELEC:2.22 AWG.STRD.PVC JKT.RBN 


08261 


SS-0222-7 (1061 


352-0198-00 




1 


.HEDRTERM CGNN;2 WIRE, BLACK 


0JR05 


352-0193-4)0 


352-0204-00 




1 


.HLDR.TERM C0NN:8 WIRE, BLACK 


0JRO5 


352-0204-00 


352-0206-00 




1 


.HLDR.TERM CONNllOWIRE, BLACK 


80009 


352020600 


175-9841-00 


B1409S3 


1 


CA ASSYSpELEC:5,22 AWG.14.0 L.RIBBON 


1X1967 


ORDER BY DESCRI 



3-8 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



Fig. & 



Index 


T^klronist 


Serial No. 






Mfr. 




No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Ddcorit 


Qty 


12345 Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


2 -1 








1 


CKT BOARD ASSY: INTERFACE (SEE A3 REEL) 






-2 


131-060&-00 


BO 1 01 00 


8140953 


12 


.T£RMINAl,PIN:0.36S L X 0.025 PH BR2 GOLD PL 


22526 


48283-036 




131-0589-00 


B140959 




20 


.TERMiNAL,PIN:0.46 LX 0.025 SQ PH BRZ GLO PL 


22526 


48283-029 


-3 


— 






1 

3 


CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE J604 REPL) 

CONN, RCPT;(SEEJ601,J602 AND JS03 HERE) 
















-5 


136-0269-00 


BG10100 


B 126778 


1 


.SKT,PL-tN ELEK:MlCR0ClflCUIT.14 OtpPCB MT 


71785 


133-51-02-073 




136-0728-00 


B1267BO 


8140958 


1 


.SKT,PL-iN ELEK:MiCFi0CKT,1 4 CONTACT 


09922 


DILB14P-1Q8 




21 593-92 


8019100 


8105856 


6 


.KEY,C0NN PLZN;CKT BOARD CONN 


0JR05 


ORDER E(Y DESCRI 




214-2627-00 


B105857 


6106746 


6 


■KEYCailN PLZNXIRCUIT BOARD CONNECTOR 


23880 


007900 




214-1693-02 


B 106747 


B 140958 


6 


.KEY, CONN PLZNiCKT BOARD CONN 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




214-1593-02 


B140959 




3 


.KEY, CONN PLZNXKT BOARD CONN 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




200-2601-00 


B140959 




3 


-COVER, elec conn:w/polarizimg key 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




175-2829-00 


8126109 




1 


CA ASSYSpELEC:2,26 AWG,5.5 L RIBBON 


80009 


1 75282900 


-7 


386-1938-00 






1 


R£INF,CKTBD:INT£BFACE 


0J26O 


ORDER BY DE.SCR1 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 






-8 


210-0777-00 






4 


.RIVET,BLIND:0.232 L X 0,125 ODAE 


45391 


ACM2-ABS 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 

(ATTACHING PARTS FOR CKT BD ASSY) 






-9 


213-0146-00 






4 


SCREW,TPG,TP;6-20 X 0.312, TYPE B.PNN.STl 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 

CKT BOARD AS3YSIGNAL OUT(SEE A5 REPl) 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




129-0259-00 


B109310 




3 


.SPACER, POST:D.39 L.4-40 THRO.BRS.ALBALOV PL 
„0.219 0D 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


TK0858 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




131-0608-00 


B 109310 




20 


,TERMINAL.PIN:9.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD PL 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


22526 


48283-036 




198-4025-00 


B109310 




1 


.WIRE SET,ELEC:670-S757-00 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


TK1967 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




131-0707-00 


B 109310 




12 


..CONTACT, ELEC;22-26 AWG.ERS 8 CD BE GOLD PL 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


22526 


47439-000 




1 7S-OB25-00 


B109310 




AR 


.CABLE.SPELEC:2,26 AWG.STRD.PVC JKl.RBN 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


80009 


1 75-0825-00 




175-0829-00 


B109310 




AR 


.CABLE,SPELEC:6,26 AWG.STRD.PVC JKT.RBN 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


08261 


111-2699-973 




352-0164-00 


8109310 




1 


-HLDHJEBM 00 NN:6 WIRE, BLACK 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


0JRD5 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




352-0169-02 


B1 09310 




1 


.HLDR,TERM C0NN:2 VYIRE.RED 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


0JPIO5 


352-0169-02 




352-0 1 69-03 


B109310 




1 


„HLDR,TEHM CONN:2 WIRE, ORANGE 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


80009 


352016903 




352-0169-09 


B1 09310 




1 


.HLDR.TERM CONN:2 WIRE, WHITE 
[OPTION 07 ONLY) 


80009 


352016909 




2 11-011 6-00 








(ATTACHING PARTS FOR CKT BD ASSY) 








B109310 


0122939 


3 


SCR.ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.31 2,PNH,BRS,NPP0Z 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




211-0292-00 


8122940 




3 


SCH.ASSEM WKHR:4-10 X Q.29,PNH,BRS Nl PI., 


I K0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




211-0116-00 


B109310 


0123040 


3 


3CR.ASSEM WSHR:4jI0 X 0 312.PNH,ERS,NRPOZ 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-10 

-11 


211-0292-00 


fl123041 




3 


SCRASSEM WSHH:4^0X0.29,PNH,BfiS Nl PL.POZ 
(OPTION 07 ONLY) 

(END ATTACHING PARTE) 

CKT BOARD ASSYLV POWER S JPPLY(SEE A4 REPL) 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 














131-0608-00 






14 


-TERMINAL, P1N:9.365 L X 0,025 PH BRZ GOLD PL 


22526 


48283-036 




131-0589-00 






14 


.T£RMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ PH BRZ OLD PL 


22526 


48283-029 


-12 


200-0293-00 






1 


-SHIELD, CAR:1.365 DIAX2.562 L.POLTHN 


80009 


200029300 


-13 


200-0294-00 


B010100 


B043669 


2 


.SHIELDCAP.: 1 .0 DIA X 3,562 L.POLTHN 


80009 


200029400 




20()-D294-00 


0043670 




1 


.3HIELD.CAR: 1 .0 DIA X 3.5S2 L.PGLTHN 


80009 


200029400 



REV MAY 1990 



8-9 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



Fig. & 
Index 
No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial No. 
EffecBvs Dscont 


Qty 


12345 Name & Deacriptlan 


Mftr 

Cade 


Mfr. Part No. 


2 -H 


214-Q575-<10 


8010100 


8125356 


4 


.TERM.TESTPOINTBRSCDPL 


TK98S8 


ORDER BY DEECRI 




214-0579-00 


8125357 




S 


.TERM, TEST POINTBRS CD PL 


TK03SS 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-15 


,144-0154-00 






6 


-CLIRELECTRICALlFUSE.CKT 8D MTCLI be CU-S14- 


30009 


344015400 












.ZN PL 








344-0326-00 


B1 25357 




14 


.CLIpEEECTRICALEUSE, BRASS 


75915 


102071 




365-0140-00 


8125357 




2 


.SPACER;POST:0 525 L W/4-40 THD EA END, NYl 


TK0568 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(AHACHING PARTS) 








211-0040-00 


B1 25357 




2 


.SCREW, MACKINE:4-40 X 0.25 BDGH.HYl 


TK1158 


0104408025 












(ENDAHACHiHG PARTS) 
















(AHACHING PARTS FOR CXT BO ASSY) 






-16 


211-0504-00 






6 


SCREW,MACH[N£:6-32 X 0.250.PNH.STI 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-17 


— 






1 


TRANSFORMER:(SEETS01 REPt) 






-18 


352-01 98-00 






1 


.HLDRJERM CONN:2 WIBE.BLACK 


0JR05 


352-0196-00 


-19 


1 31-0622-00 






2 


.CONTACT, ELEC:28-32AWG,BRS & CU 3E GOLD PL 


22526 


46241-000 












(ATTACHING PARTS FOR XFMR) 






-20 


212-0516-00 


B010100 


B049999 


4 


SCREW,MACH1NE:10-32X2.0,H£XHD,STL 


TK0436 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




212-0322-00 


B050000 




4 


SCREW,MACH1NE:10-32X2.5,HEX HD.STL 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




210-0812-00 


0052200 




4 


WASH£R,FLAT:0.138 ID X 0.375 OD X 0.31 


TK1 1 81 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-21 


166-0226-00 


0010100 


0049999 


4 


INSLL SLVG,ELEC:0.ia7 10 X 1 .125 L, MYLAR 


TK0977 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




166-0457-00 


B050000 




4 


INSDL SLVG,ELEC:0.19 ID X 1 .875 L, MYLAR 


80009 


166045700 


-22 


220-0410-00 






4 


NU1.PE,ASSEH WA:10-32 X 0.375 HEX.STL CD PE 


TKOBSe 


51 1-101 200-504) 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-Zi 


200-0772-02 






1 


COYER, ELEC XFL1R:3,125 X 3.r5X0.575,STEE[, 


0J26O 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












GRAY 








131-0126-00 


BHi9310 




4 


CONM,RCPT,ELEC:BNC,FEMALE 


24931 


28JR205-2 












(OPTION 07 ONLY) 






-24 


333- 1425-00 


801 01 00 


BD999S9 


1 


PANEL, REAR; 


30009 


333142500 




333-1425-06 


8100090 


E1211B9 


1 


PANEL,HEAR: 


80009 


333142500 




333-1425-08 


0121190 




1 


PANEL, REAR: 


80009 


333142508 




333-1425-07 


0109310 


8121139 


1 


PANEl,REAR; 


80009 


333142507 












(OPTION 07 ONLY) 








333-1 425-OB 


8121190 




1 


PANEL, REAR: 


80009 


333142509 












(OPTION 07 ONLY) 






-25 


343-0315-00 






2 


CLAMRXSTRrPHENOEtC 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 






-?6 


210-0407-00 






6 


NUT,PLA;N,HEX:6-32X0.25,BRSCD PL 


73743 


3038-402 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-27 


342-0062-00 






3 


INSULATOR, PLATE; TRANSISTOR,ALUMINA 


80009 


342008200 


-28 


351-0298-00 






3 


guide,pe-in uni:upper,blue acetal 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-29 


351-0286-00 


B010100 


B039998 


3 


GUIDE, PL-IN UNI:B0TT0M,BLK DELRIN 


30009 


351026600 




351-0236-01 


8040000 


806 2225 


3 


GUIDE,PL-IN UNI:B0TT0M,BLK delrin 


80009 


351023601 




351-0236-02 


B0S2226 


8065347 


3 


GUIDE, PL-IN UNLBOTTOM.BLK DELRIN 


80009 


351028602 




351-0236-04 


8065348 


8111019 


3 


GUIDE, PE-IN LNilOWER, BLACK NYLON 


80009 


351028604 




351-0236-07 


0111020 




3 


GUIDE, PL-IHUN1:LOWER,N¥LON 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(ATTACHING PAFTTS) 






-30 


211-0105-00 


001 01 00 


0111019 


3 


SCREW, MACHINE:4-4OXO.130,FLH, 100 DEG.STL 


TKD435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




213-0618-00 


0111020 




5 


SCREW, TPG,TF:4-20, 0.31 2UPLASTITE,FLH,STL 


72228 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




213-0814-00 


0111020 




3 


SCREW, TPG,TR:4-20,0.25L,PUSTIT£,FLH, STL 


TK0358 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-81 


426-0738-00 






1 


PRASSyPWR-AMP: 


0J26O 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




210-0617-00 


0030000 




3 


,EVELET,M£TALL1C:0.089 ODXO IPS L.BRASS 


TK0938 


SE-34 




131-1254-01 


B03OOOO 




3 


.CONTACT, ELEClGROUNDlNG, BE AL.HT TR 


80009 


131125401 


-32 


175-0826-00 






Afl 


CABLE.EPELEC:3,26 AWG.STRO.PVC JKT.RBN 


80009 


175-0826-00 


“33 


175-0829-00 






AR 


CA0LE,SPELEC:6,26 AWG.STRO.PVC JKT.RBN 


08261 


111-2699-973 




131-1396-00 






1 


EUS,CONDUCTOR:0.22 AWG.1 5 L 


80009 


1311S9600 


-2A 


131-0707-00 






2 


. CONTACT, ELEC:22-26 AWG.ERS 6 CU BE GOLD PL 


22526 


47439-000 



8-10 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



Fig. & 
Index 
No. 


Tektronix 
Part Md. 


Serial No» 
Effective Dscont 


Qty 


12345 Name & Descrip^on 


M1r. 

Cede 


Mtr. Part No. 


2 -35 


352-0166-02 




1 


.HLDaT£RMC0NN:aWIRE.R£0 


30009 


352015602 




131-1395-00 




1 


BUS,CONOUCTOR:a,22 AWG.1.5L 


TK1967 


ORDER BY DEScni 




131-0707-00 




2 


,CONrACT,ELEC:22-26 AWG.BfiS & CU BE GOLD PL 


22526 


47439-000 




352-0166-01 




1 


.BLQR,TERMC0tJN:3WIREflR0WN 


30009 


352016601 




198-402^-00 


B1 09310 


1 


WIRE SET, ELEC: 


TK1967 


ORDER BY DESCfil 










(OPTION 07 ONLY) 








131-0707-00 




a 


.CONTACT, ELEC:22-26 AWG.SRS A CO BE GOLD PL 


22526 


47439-000 




175-0357-00 




AR 


.CABLE,SFiELEC;3,22 AWG,STRD,PVC JKT.RBN 


TK137S 


175-0657-00 




352-0 1 66-04 




1 


.HLOaTERM C0NN:3 WIRE, YELLOW 


80009 


352016604 



REV MAY 1990 



S-1 1 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



Fig. 1 



Index 

No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial No. 
Effectiv& 


Qty 


1234S Name & Oeacriptlon 


Mfr. 

Code 


3 - 


200-1375-00 






t 


COVER, SCOPE;FBOHT 


TK1641 












(OPTION 02 ONLY) 




-1 


200-0728-01 


B010100 


B099999 


1 


COVER.HDL END: 


30009 




200-9728-06 


B1 00000 




1 


COYER.hDL END: 


0JRC5 


-2 


200-0728-00 






1 


COV£fi,H01. END:1.91 X0.91 XO 36 BLUE 


03RC5 


-3 


367-0116-00 






1 


HANDLE, CARR¥ING:16.54 l.,BLUE VINYL 


12136 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 




-4 


212-0597-00 






4 


SCREW, SHOULDER:! 0-32 X 0.55,0.5 RDH STL 


83486 


-5 


386-1624-00 






2 


PLATE.HDL RTNGiSTA INLESS STEEL 


0J260 


-6 


386-1263-00 






2 


PLATE, KOL MTG:FRONT 


0JR05 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 




-7 


390-0193-00 


B01010C 


B1 05297 


1 


CQVER.SCOPE: LEFT SIDE 


80009 




390-0469-00 


B10S298 




1 


CAB.S1DE,DSPL:SIDE 


0J26O 




390-0193-01 


B010100 


B1 04843 


1 


COVER,SCOPE:L£fTS!DE 


80(109 












(OPTION 02 ONLY) 






390-0471-00 


B104644 




1 


COVER, DISPLAY:L£FT SIDE 


0JR05 












(OPTION 02 ONLY) 






214-9612-00 






4 


,FASTENER,PAWL:U7W 0.08 THX PANEL 


80009 


-B 


386-1151-00 






4 


..CLAMRRIM CL£NC:SPG STL CD PL 


83553 


9 


386-0227-00 






4 


..STORCLRRiH CLACETAL 


0JR05 


-10 


214-0604-00 






4 


..WASHER, SPR TNSN:0.26 ID X 0.47 00 X 0.01 


92330 












.THX.3ST 




-11 


214-0603-01 






4 


,.PIN,3ECURING:0.45 DiA X 0 27.IAHtAK CD PI 


89009 


-12 


380-0192-00 


B0101D0 


B1 05297 


1 


COVER, SCOPE:RlGHT SIDE 


80009 




390-0459-00 


B1 05298 




1 


CAB.S1DE.DSPL:SIDE 


(1J2SO 




390-0192-01 


BOlOlOO 


B1 04843 


1 


COVER.SCOP£:RIGHTSIDE 


80009 












(OPTION 02 ONLY) 






390-0471-01 


B1 04844 




1 


COVER, DISPUY:RIGHT SIDE BENCH W/LATCH 


0JRO5 












(OPTION 02 ONLY) 






214-0812-00 






4 


.FASTEN£R,PAWL:1J/W 0.08 TKK PANEL 


30009 


-13 


386-1151-00 






4 


..CLAMRRIM CLENClSPG STL CD PL 


83553 


-14 


386-0227-00 






4 


..STOECLRRlMCL:ACETAL 


0JR05 


-IS 


214-0604-00 






4 


,.WASH£R.SPR TNSN:0,26 ID X 0.47 DD X 0 01 


92830 












.THK.SST 




-16 


214-0603-01 






4 


,.PIN,SECURIMG:0,45 DIA X 0.27,2AHAK CD PL 


80009 


-17 


390-411 90-00 


S010100 


B1 05297 


1 


COVER,3COPE:BOTTOM 


80009 




390-0470-00 


B1 05298 




1 


CAB B0TDISPLAY:B0TTQM 


0J260 




214-0812-00 






4 


FASTENEH.PAWL:U/W 0.03 THK PANEL 


30009 


-18 


366-1151-00 






A 


.CLAMRRIM CLENC:3PG STL CD PL 


33553 


-19 


366-0227-00 






A 


ST0PCLRRIMCL:AC£TAL 


0JR05 


-20 


214-0604-00 






A 


.WAEHER.SPR TNSN:0.26 ID X 0.47 OD X 0 01 


92830 












THK.S3T 




-21 


214-0603-01 






4 


..P1W,SECURING:0.45 D!A X 0.27,2A14AK CO PL 


80009 


-22 


343-0073-00 






2 


..HINGE BLOCK,STA:L FR, R REAR.BLACK ACETAL 


80009 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 






211-0532-00 






4 


.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X .750,FILH,STL 


TK0435 


-34 


21O-O457-00 






4 


..NUT.PUASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.31 2.STL CO PL 


TK0435 












(ENDAnACHING PARTS) 




-'25 


348-0206-00 






2 


.FOOT.CABINET:L FRONT.BLACK PU 


80009 


-26 


348-0074-00 






2 


HINGE BLOCK.STA:R FR,L REAR.BLACK ACETAL 


30009 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 




-27 


211-0532-00 






4 


SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X .750,FILH,STL 


TK0435 


-23 


210-0457-00 






4 


.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA;6-32 X 0,312 STL CD PL 


TK0435 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 





Mfr. Part No, 



ORDER BV DESOBI 

200072S01 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
200-072S-00 
ORDER BY DESCRI 

ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DISCRI 

390019300 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
390019301 

ORDER SY DESCRI 

214081200 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
386-0227-00 
ORDER BY DESCRI 

214060301 
390019200 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
390019201 

ORDER BY DESCRI 

214081200 
ORDER BY DESCRi 
3SB-D227-0O 
ORDER BY DESCRI 

214060301 
390019000 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
214061200 
ORDER BY DESCRi 
336-0227-00 
ORDER BY DESCRI 

214060301 

348007300 

ORDER BY DESCRi 
ORDER BY DESCRI 

343020300 

348007400 

ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 



8-12 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-5110 



Fig, a 
Inden 
No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


SdrLaJ Na. 

Effective Oficont Oty 


1 2345 Name & Description 


Ufr. 

Cede 


3 -29 


348-0207-00 


2 


FOOr.CABINETiR FRONT, BLACK.PU 


60009 


-30 


348-0275-00 


1 


FL1P-STANQ,CAB.:3.75 H.SST 


TK05D8 


-31 


212-0105-00 


2 


SCREW, EXT RLY5-32 X 0.31 2, HEX RD, STL 


0J260 


-32 


212-0006-00 


2 


SCRE‘Af,MACHlNE:8-32 X O.S.PNH.STL 


TK0435 


-33 


210-0005-00 


2 


WASHER, LOCK:#eiNTL.0.02 TMH.STL 


TK0858 


-34 


361-0368-00 


2 


SPAC£aPUTE:0.12SX6.S7X0.8.AL 


DJ260 


-35 


348-0256-00 


2 


RTNR BLK,SCOPE:PLA3TiC 


0JR05 


-36 


211-0531-00 


4 


(ATTACHING PAFTTS) 
SCREW.ti4ACHlNE:6-32 X ,375,FILH,STL 


TK0435 



(END ATTACHING PARTS) 



Mir Part No. 



348050700 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER one DESCRi 
MACHINE SCREW: 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 



RB/ MAY 1990 



8--t3 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts-51 1 0 



F!g. & 



Index 

rfo. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial No. 
Effective Decent 


Qty 


12345 Name i Descripf tail 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mtr. Part No. 


4 -1 


351-0195-00 


5010100 


B123319 


1 


SL[DE,DWR,EXT:23.0LX1.69 


80009 


351019500 












(RACKMOUNTONLY) 








351-0195-01 


B1 23320 




1 


SLIDE, DWR,EXT;W/CLOEED MOUNTING SLOTS 


06666 


C-719-G1 












(RACKMOUNTONLY) 






-2 


351-0104-00 






1 


SL SECT.DWR 6)57:12.625 X 2.25 


0866B 


C-720-2 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 






-3 


212-0004-00 






6 


SCREW, MACHIHE:8-32 X 0.31 2, PNH.S) 1 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




210-0858-00 






6 


WASHER, FLAT:0.1 72 ID X 0,5 OD X 0.062,BRS 


12327 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






~A 


407-0899-02 


B010100 


B099999 


1 


ERACKET.RACK MTRIGHTALUMiNUM 


00009 


407089902 




407-0899-00 


B1 OOOOO 




1 


BRACKET, RACK MTALUMINIM 


0J260 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 








212-0040-00 






2 


SCHEW.MACHINE:B-32X0 375,FLH.100 DEG, STL 


TK0435 


ORDER 0Y DESCRI 












(END ATTACHING PARIS) 






-6 


407-0899-00 






1 


BRACKET.RACK MTlALUMINUM 


0J260 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(ATTACHING PARTS) 






-7 


212-0040-00 






2 


SCREW, MACHIH£:6-32 X 0.375,FLH,1 00 DFG.STL 


TK0435 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(END ATTACHING PARTS) 






-8 


390-0191-00 


B0101D0 


B1 05297 


1 


COVER,SCOP£: RIGHT SIDE 


80009 


360019100 




390-0502-00 


B10529S 




1 


CAa.SIDE,DSPLRlGHT,fiACK 


0J26Q 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




390-0192-01 


BO 101 90 


B104843 


1 


COVER, SCOPElRIGHT SIDE 


B0009 


390019201 












(OPTION 02 ONLY) 








390-0471-01 


8104844 




1 


COVER, DlSPtAYRIGHT SIDE BENCH W7LATCH 


0.IR05 


OFIDEHEIY DESCRI 












(OPTION 02 ONLY) 








214-0812-00 






4 


.FASTEHEH,PAWL;U/W 0.06 THK PANEL 


80009 


214081200 


-9 


385-1151-00 






4 


..CLAMRRIM CLENC:SPG STL CD PL 


83553 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-^10 


386-0227-00 






4 


-STORCLRRIM CLACETAL 


OJR05 


3B6-0227-00 




214-0604-00 






A 


..WASHERSPR TNSM:0.26 10X0.47 OD X D.01 THK.SST 


92830 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


--12 


214-0603-01 






A 


,.PIN,SECURING:045 DtA X 0.27,7AN!AK CD PL 


80009 


214060301 


-13 


390-0194-00 


aoiQioo 


B1 05297 


1 


COVER, SCOPEiLEFT SIDE 


80009 


390013400 




390-0503-00 


0105298 




1 


CAB.SIDE,DSPL:LEFT,RACK 


03260 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




330-0193-01 


BD10100 


6104843 


1 


COVERSCOPE: LEFT SIDE 


80009 


390019301 












[OPTION 02 ONLY) 








39CK)471-00 


B1 04844 




1 


COVER, DISPLAViLEFT SIDE 


0JR05 


ORDER BY DESCRI 












(OPTION 02 ONLY) 








214-0812-00 






2 


-FASTENER,PAWL:l/W 0.08 THK PANEL 


80009 


214081200 


-14 


386-1151-4)0 






2 


..CLAMP RIM CLEKClSPG STL CD PL 


33553 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-15 


386-0227-00 






2 


. STORCLPRIM CL:ACETAL 


0JR05 


386-0227-00 


-16 


21-4-0604-00 






2 


..WASHER, 3PR TKSN:0.26 ID X 0.47 00 X 0.01 THK SST 


92830 


ORDER BY OESCHI 




214-0603-01 






2 


..PIH.SECUfllNG:0.45 OlA X 0.27.ZAMAK CU PL 


80009 


2M060301 


-1S 


390-0222-00 


B010100 


B1 05297 


2 


COVER, SCOPEiBOTTOM 


80009 


3900222tlQ 




390-0505-00 


6105298 




1 


CAB BOTSCOPE: 


0J260 


ORDER BY DESCRI 










4 


FASTENER,PAWL:U/W D.96 THK PANEL 


30009 


214081200 


-19 


38S-1151-00 






4 


..CLAMPRIM CLENCiSPG STL CD PL 


83553 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-20 


386-0227-00 






4 


.STOpCLPRiM CLACETAL 


(1JR05 


386-0227-00 


-21 


214-0604-00 






4 


.. WASHER, SPR TNSN:9.2S ID X 0.47 OD X 0,01 THK.SST 


92830 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-22 


214-0603-01 






4 


..PiN,3ECllRING:0.45 DIA X 0.27,ZAMAK CD PI 


00009 


214060301 


-23 


212-0103-00 






3 


SCBEW,MACHINF;S-32X 0.375, HEX HD.STL 


TK0358 


ORDER BY DESCRI 




212-0104-00 






3 


SCREW, MACH!NE:8-32 X 0.375, HEX HD.STL 


0J260 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


-24 


2 1 0— 






to 


WASHEfi,LGCK:#8 INTL,D.02 THK,STt 


TK0858 


ORDER BY DESCRI 


•25 


jb'P-u^ay-uu 






1 


SPACEF1,PUTE:0.1 25 AL,L-SHAPE 


0J2B0 


ORDER BY DESCRI 



S-14 



REV MAY 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts *51 10 



Fig. & 
Index 
No. 


Tektronix 
Pan No. 


Serial No. 
Effective Dscont 


1 234S Name & Description 

Qty 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mir. Part No. 


5 






STANDARD ACCESSORIES 






-1 

-2 

-3 


070-2134-01 

101-O0JW6 

101-0033-19 

161-0033-44 




t MANUAL.TECH:INSTHUCTIOH 

1 CASLE ASsy WR,:3,0.75MM SQ,220V,98.0 L 

1 CABLE ASSyPWR,:3,0.7SMM SQ,240V,9S 0 L 

1 CABLE. ASSyPWR,:3,0 7SHM SQ,240V.98,0 L 


30009 

80009 

30009 

60009 


070213401 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 
ORDER BY DESCRI 



REV MAY 1990 



8-15 




'7 '' 

■ 







■■ ■>; 143 7 I i 7,', 




1 V. 



\ i® 



ft! ? 



i I '■ 

® ® ® 4 ,y^' 



ATTACHbS TO ^NT&RFACE 
CKT BC:?AriD AS SHOWN ON 
rl(5 2 — MAINFF^AMS 



51 IQ OSCILLOSCOPE 



110 OSCILLOSCOPE 




5110 oscilloscope 







5110 oscilloscope 








5110 OSCILLOSCOPE 



ACCEl-iSORIES 



Fig, & 

index leklronix Serial/Model No. Mir 

No. Part No. £11 Osconi Ctty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description Code 

070-21 34-ni 1 MATJ07iL,'TZa': INSTRUCTION S0009 



Iv11r Part NumPer 

070 - 2134-01 



5110 OSCtLLOSCOPE 




North American 

240 volt/SO Hz 
Rated 1 5 ampere 
f12 amp max; NEC) 



Fig. & 
Iridox 
flo. 


Tektronix 
Part Mo. 


Serial/Model No. 
Efi Dscont 


Qty 


1 2 3 4 5 Name S Description 


Mfr 

Code 


Mfr Part Number 


- 1 






L 


CABLE ASSY,PWK:3.0,75KM 2 1 OV , SK . 0 1. 


80004 


161-U033-46 




Uit-no33-4a 




1. 


CABl.H ASSY,PWK:;i,0.7.5KM SQ, 240V, 48.0 L 


B0009 


1 fil -0033-49 




1 61 




1 


CAHI.K A8SV,t>WR:'i,0.74MM SQ, 240V, 48.0 L 


8000*5 


161-0033-44 






5110 OSCILLOSCOPE 



MANUAL CHANGE iNFORMATiQN 

At Tektronix, we continually strive to keepup with latest electronic developments 
by adding circuit and component improvements to our instruments as soon as they 
are developed and tested. 

Sometimes, due to printing and shipping requirements, we can't get these 
changes immediately into printed manuals. Hence, your manual may contain new 
change information on following pages. 

Asingle change may affect several sections Since the changeinformationsheets 
are carried in the manual until all changes are permanently entered, some 
duplication may occur. If no such change pages appear following this page, your 
manual is correct as printed 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE 






Change Reference; M63696 



Product; 5110 Manual Part No.: 070-2134-01 

^ DESCRIPTION PQ. 52 



THESE CHANGES ARE EFFECTIVE AT SN B141085 



REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES 



CHANGE TO; 


A4 


670-1339-08 


A4C672 


281-0797-00 


A4C375 


281-0865-00 


A4R872 


315-0911-00 


ADD; 


A4R874 


315-0621-00 



CIRCUIT BD ASSY:LV POWER SUPPLY 
CAP,FXD,CER DI:15PF,10%,100V 
CAP,FXD,CERDI:1000PF,5%,100V 
RES, FXD, FILM :91 0 OHM,5%,0.25W 



RES.FXO,FILM:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 



DIAGRAM CHANGES 




A4-LV POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD <SN Bl 25357 & ABOVE). 



Page 1 of Z 



Product ^ ^ 1 Q 



Date: 



5-12-87 



Change Reference 



M63696 



DESCRIPTION 



I 




LV POWER SUPPLY 
& CALIBRATOR 




Page 2 



of 



2 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

r.nuMiTTFn TD py-p.pi 1 PMp.p Da te: 3/1 5.'87 Char-ge Re f ere r'ce:M5S727 Rev. 


Product: 51 10/R511 0 Oscilloscope 


Manual 


Part No.:070-2134-01 






DESCRIPT 


ON PG. 52 




EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER B140959 




Revised 8/l0.'87 
Revised 11/24/87 




TEXT, REPLACEABLE PARTS 
& DIAGRAM CHANGES 


LIST 




TEXT CHANGES 




ADJUSTMENT, 

Change Table 3-1 to read: 


page 3-1 






TABLE 3-1 




LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS 


Description 

1 


Performanca 

Requiremems 


. 

Application 


Example 


Ampl.fi&r plufi'in uriit^ 


Bandwidth, do to 2 MHz; dolloction 
factor, 5 mV \o 5V/div. 


One requEred for a ! 
tests. Two required 
for X^Y Phase Shift 
adjusimen;, 


a. TEKTRONIX 5 At 5N 
Amplifier. 

b, TEKTRONIX 5A1BN 
Ouai’T race Amplifier. 


Tine-base plug-in unsT 


Swe^p raia, at least ^is/div. 


All tests except X-Y 
Phase Shift acjustment. 


a. TEKTRONIX 5B1 ON 
Tim&’Base. 


Cal ;b^■alic^n gen eraior 


Amphtuda calibration, S mV to 5 V; 
accuracy, ±0.25% into iMti; CNjlpul, 
square wave a[ approximately 1 kHz. 


Vertical and Horizontal 
Gam adjustment. 


a. TEKTRONtX PG 50n 
Calibraticjn Generator ^ 


Si no- wave generator 


PrequerKy , 1 00 JcHz; oirtpuE amplitude, 
variable from 250 mV to 6 V into 50£1, 


X-V Phase Snift 
adjustment. 


a. TEKTRONIX FGS03 
Functon Generator.^ 


Qigi'Cil voltn^t^ 


Ranqe, zero to 250 voUs; 
accuracy, within 0.1%. 


Power Supoly 
Calibrator Storage 
adjustment. 


a. TEKTRONIX DM501 A 
Option 02 D'gital 
Multimeter.^ 


Coaxial cable 


Impedance, 50ii: length, 42 inch; 
connecier&.bfic, 


Vert and Hon 
Gam adiustments. 


a TEKTRONIX Part No 
aii-ooE7-oi. 


^ Two Identical amptifiers are required to adjust phase diderance. 






^ Requires a TM SOO-serias power module. 








Page l of 33 








Product !^nn/RHi in 






Date: 



Change Reference 



DFSCRlPTiON 



5. Adjust High-Voltage Power Supply 

Delete this portion otthe manual Adjustment procedure as if does not apply to the new 
configuration. 

to. Adjust Vertical Gain 

Far steps d, e andg substitute the following: 

6 Check— the display for a vertical deflection forfive divisions ± 0.1 5 div 

e Adjust— Vert Gain, R136forexactly five divisionsof deflections. See high voltage 
bcator page for location of 1R1 36.. 

g. Check — the display for vertical deflection oi five divisions, i 015 division {x 3%). 

If necessary, re -adjust Vert Gain, R1 36 for the optimum gain setting, compromise the 
adjustment to distribute any error between compartments 

1 1 . Adjust Horizontal Centering 

This portion of the procedure may be used asg/ven in the manual except for step e, 
which should now read: 

e. Adjust-Hor Cent R730 to set the start of the unmagnified sweep at the center vertical 
graticule line. See Figure 3-5 tor adjustment location. 

12. Adjust Horlzomal Gain 

For steps danda substitute the toibwing: 

d. Check — the display tor a horizontal deflection of five divisions, ± 0.1 5 divisbn ± 3%. 

e. Adjust — Horiz Gain. Ri 16 (or exactly five divisions of deflection. See high voltage 
locator page for locatbn of LR1 16. 



Page 2 ot 38 



Product &aaa^-Ua. — PaHt: S / l S/ a? . .. change Reference Rpv 



DESCRIPTION 



Page 5-2, ADD: 

INTERFACE (SN B0140959 & above) 

The interface circuit provides an interconnection of signals, logic levels, and power- 
supply voltages between plug-in units and the oscilloscope mainframe. It incorporates circuits 
that determine the vertical display mode and amplify the vertical and horizontal display signals. 
Functions of interconnections not discussed are labeled on the Interface diagram. 



Clock Generator 

The Clock Generator stage produces a 200 kHz liming signal (clock) for chopping 
between vertical plug-ins and ampiif ter channels within the plug-ins. This circuit consists of 
Q7 1 0 , Q700 , and associated passive components, which are connected as a multivibrato r. When 
the multivibrator receives a chop actuate level (-t-5 volts), it free runs at 200 kHz. (The chop 
actuate level is routed through the vertical plug-ins to the timebase unit, and is present at 
contact A20 of Jl 000 when a multitrace display is required and the time-base Display switch 
is set to Chop.) The chop actuate level also disables Q9 1 0 which locks out the alternate-drive 
pulses. The Clock Generator has two outputs. One output is sent to the Countdown circuit (UBOO) 
as a timing signal, and the other output is sent to the CRT circuit to blank the chop-switching 
transients. 



Countdown Circuit 

The Countdown Circuit produces the display switching signal for both the Alternate and 
Chopped switching modes. This circuit is composed of UBOO and its discrete passive 
components. Each J-K flip-flop is a divide-by-two cou nter, and the first one drives the second . 
The Countdown circuit is activated by a negative-going transition which can come from either 
the Clock GeneratorQ7l0 or from the timebase plug-in unit via grounded-base amplifier 
Q910. 

The Clock Generator input results in chopped-nnode vertical switching. The input from 
the timebase unit coincides with the end of each sweep, and results in alternate-mode vertical 
switching. The output from the divide-by-two portion of the Countdown circuit (U800A- 
USOOB) is sent via contacts B2l of J300 and JBOOtothe channel-switching circuits 
incorporated within dual-trace vertical piug-in units. 



Page 3 of 38 



Product ailQ/R5IlQ 



M 56727 R ev. 



Date: — 3/15X3Z Change Reference 



DESCRIPTiON 



The outputs from the divide-by-four portion of the Countdown circuit, U800B, are used 
for plug-in switching One output is sent to the base of Q413 to produce plug-in switching of 
the single beam display, and the other output is sent via contact B2l of J1 000 to produce dual- 
sweep switching in dual time base units The Verticat mode switching sequence and some of the 
fiisplay combination possibilities are fully discussed under General Operating Information in the 
Operating Instructions section of this manual. 



Vertical Amplifier 

The Vertical Amplifier circuit provides approximately XI 0 ampirtication ot the vertical 
signal before passing it to the vertical deflectio n amplifier in the display unit. The Vertical 
Amplifier consists of Q400, Q401 , 0600, Q601 , and respective passive components connected 
in a differentiaf configuration. The output signal is in phase with the output of the vertical plug- 
in. 



Horizontal AmpNIier 

The Horizontal Amplifier consists of Q820, Q821 , Q930, 0931 , and respective passive 
components This circuit is nearly identical to the Vertical Amplifier just described. It receives 
a push-pull input directly from the horizontal piug-in compartment via contacts A7, A13, B7, 
and B13 of Ji 000. The two halves of this amplifier are balanced in the quiescent condition by 
the adjustment of R730, Horizontal Centering, The outjDut of the Horizontal Amplifier is sent to 
the Horizontal Deflection Amplifier. 



Vertical Ptug-in Switching 

The vertical plug-in switching circuit accepts the push-pull signal outputs from both 
vertical plug-ins. Emitter followers Q630-Q631 and Q430-Q431 switch a high-impedance 
input to two pairs of FETs, Q520-Q521 and O420-Q421 , The switching circuit consists of 
Q413 and Q510 connected as a comparator. Plug-in "on" logic levels are applied to the 
switching circuit in addition to the switching signal from the Countdown circuit. The switching 
circuit permits only one of the two vertical plug-in signals to pass to the Vertical Amplifier, in 
the chopped switching mode, the switching between input signals occurs at 100 kHz (switching 
occurs on both the negative and positive-going transition), and in the alternate mode, switching 
occurs at the end of every second sweep. If no "on" logic level is applied tothe switching circuit 
from either vertical piug-in, 0420 and 0421 will remain on, passing any signal from the left 
vertical plug in. 



Page 4 of 38 



Product 



5110/R'^n.O 



Dale: 



3/15/S7 



Change Reference 



‘'166727 



DESCRIPTION 



Page 5-2, CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION. 

ADD; 

VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS (SN B140959 & above) 
Vertical Deflection Amplifier 

The Vertical Deflection Amplifier provides the final amplification of signals applied 
from the vertical plug-in units. It produces a push-pull output sufficient to drive the ert 
vertical deflection pfales The amplifier consists of Q124, Ql26, Q134and Q136 connected in a 
difterential contiguratbn. 

The input signal arrives via P500 from the interface circuit. 1 he output signal is 
developed across the collector-load resistors, R124 and R134, and is about 50 times the 
magnitude o( the input signal. The gain of this stage is set by the Vertical Gain adjustment. 

R136, to provide a calibrated vertical display 



Horizontal Deftection Amplifier 

The Horizontal Deflection Amplifier consists of Q1 04. 0106, Oil 4, and Q1 1 6. This 
circuit is basically the same as the Vertical Delleclion Amplifier just described. It provides 
final amplification of signals from the horizontal plug-in unit, which arrive via P900. 

Resistor R1 16. Horiz Gain, provides Q1 06-0116 emitter degeneration to set the gain of the 
stage to provide a calibrated horizontal display 



Beam Finder 

II a high-amplitude signal or a misadjusted control has deflected the trace or display off 
screen, it can be located by pressing the front-panel BEAM FINDER pushbutton This opens 
S20O allowing current through R1 25 into the emitter circuits of both deflection amplifiers. 

R125 limits the current available to the transistors and, hence, to the collector-load resistors. 
Thus, the dynamic range of Ihe deflection plates is limited to an on-screen level, and the display 
is compressed within the viewing area. 

Also when the BEAM FINDER switch is pressed, extra current is fed into the 2-axis 
amplifier via R209 (diagram 3) to the base of Q222 which produces a slight increase in ert 
beam intensity. This allows the trace to be displayed even though the INTENSITY control may be 
positioned fully counterclockwise. 



XY Phasing 

Variable capacitor Cl 1 6 is connected across the input emitters of the Horizontal 
Deflection Amplifiers. This capacitor is adjusted to eliminate any phase difference between the 
vertical and horizontal detlection systems when operating in the YY mode. 



Page 5 of 38 






3 / 15 / az 



Mh<S727 Rf^. v. 



Produc; 



Dutc: 



Changt; Rtfertricc 



DL-SCRfPTION 



Page 5-2, CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 
ADD: 

CRT CIRCUIT (SN B0140959 & above) 



The CRT circuit produces the high voltage and provides the control circuits necessary tor 
operation of the CRT This circuit also includes the Z-Axis Amplifier stage to set the intensity of 
the CRT display. 



Z-Axis Amplifier 

The Z-Axis Amplifier (consisting of Q222, Q226, and Q234) is a current driven shunt- 
feedback operational amplifier with a voltage output. The feedback path is from the collectors of 
Q226 and Q234 through R227lothe base of Q222. Transistors Q226 andQ234are connected as 
a collector-coupled complimentary amplifierlo provide a fast linear output signal while 
consuming minimum quiescent power. The output voltage provides the drive signal to control 
the CRT intensity level through the control-grid drive circuit. 

The output level of the Z-Axis Amplifier is established by the voltage drop across R227 
in reference to virtual ground at the base of Q222 (the operational amplifier summing point). 

The current through R227 is determined by the input current from any combination of several 
sources, such as from the front-panei INTENSITY control, plug-in interface (blanking 
intensification, etc.), and from Q214 Transistor Q214is an amplifier with two inputs; one 
from the rear-panet EXT INTENSITY INPUT connector and the other from the front-panei BEAM 
FINDER switch. Q21 4 sets these input signals to a level suitable for proper response by the Z- 
Axis Amplifier. 



High-Voltage Oscillator 

Transistor Q252. TransformerT240, and associated circuitry make upthe oscillator 
that produces the high-voltage AC waveform. The voltage waveform at the collector of Q252. is a 
sine wave at the resonant frequency of T240 and RC network R254-C252. 

When the instrument is turned on, current through Q264 provides forward bias for 
Q252. Transistor 0252 conducts and the collector current increases. This develops a voltage 
across the primary winding (Q252 collector) ofT240. A corresponding voltage increase is 
produced in the feedback winding of T240 (terminals 3 and 6] . which is connected via R254 to 
the base of 0252, and 0252 conducts even harder. When base current flows, C262 charges 
negatively, eventually turning off Q252. With 0252 off , the transformer is free to oscillate 
through one cycle. During this time, the regulator circuit supplies current to charge C262 to 
its starting value Then, as the primary voltage nears its negative peak, 0252 is turned on again 
and the cycle repeats 



Page 6 of 38 



■1/ ■ S/R7 



ProiJuL'i Sil07R511Q 



n;nc; 



Ch;ing(; Rcftronci.' f-''557 Z7 Rev. 



DKSCRIPTION 



The ampiftude of sustained oscillation depends upon the average current delivered to the 
base of Q252 b/ the regulator circuitry. The frequency of oscillation is approximately 35 kHz, 
Components C25l and R251 decouple the unregulated -i-38V supply line. 



High-Voitage Regulator 

Transistors Q278, 0264, and associated circuitry form an amplifier that regulates the 
output voltage of the high-voltage supply by controlling the current delivered to the high- 
volage oscillator. 

Regulation is provided by feedback to the cathode supply through divider network 
R272A, R272B, C249, and C273. If the cathode Supply voltage drops below Hs nominal -3330 
volts (more positive), the base of Q273 is pulled up and more current is delivered to Q252 by 
Q264, hence, increasing the oscillation amplitude. Conversely, if the output level increases, 
Q264 supplies less current to Q252 and the oscillation amplitude decreases. 

R277 and C277 reduce the amplifier gam at higherfrequencies to dampen the regulator 
response to large load changes caused by the z-axis blanking pulses. 

R272D compensates tor anode (crl pin 2) variations with line voltage. As the line 
voltage increases, the anode voltage increases. R272Dforcesthe cathode voltage to decrease 
(more positive) keeping the crt accelerating voltage constant. 



NOTE 

The +30 voit suppiy is used as the positive reterence for the divider network 
The voltage has to be set accurately to get the correct high voltage out. 

R276 and C276 form a start -up circuit which allows the high voltage oscillator to start 
up slowly. Voltage rises with the RC time constant □( R276 and C276 until the diode (CR276) 
clamps it at approximately 30.5 volts. 



High-Voltage Rectifiers and Output 

The high-voltage transformer, T240, has three output windings. The first winding is 
6,3 volts torthe crt filament. This winding (no terminal numbers) at the top of the 
transformer is referenced to the cathode voltage to prevent cathode-to-filament breakdown. The 
second transformer winding, terminals 7. 8, and 10, supplies the high-voltage AC which is 
rectified and filtered to produce the negative voltage at the cathode. The third winding, 
terminals 1 and 2 of transformer, is not used in this oscilloscope 

With diode CR247 attached to terminal 1 3 on transformer T240, -3330 volts is 
supplied to the cathode of the CRT. When jumper W298 is installed (parallel to R272C) and 
diode CR247 is attached to terminal 1 0 on translormer T240. the cathode supply output is 
-4330 volts: but it is not used on this oscilloscope. 



Page 7 of 38 



PrnduL-t 511D./ liQ. 



Date: ........ 



Change Reference 



DESCRIPTION 



The rectilier and fitter circuit consists of CR247, C248, and C249, Note that capacitor 
C249 serves a dual purpose First it provides filtering tortheert anode, and second it provides 
an ac feedback path to the supply regulator 



CRT Control Circuits 

The INTENSITY control, when used in conjunction with the FOCUS control, provides a 
well-defined display. The Intensity range control, R245, isafine adjustment of the quiescent 
grid voltage to bias the CRT just below cutoff when the 2-Axis Amplifier output is at its 
minimum quiescent level {INTENSITY control counter-clockwise and no intensifying or 
blanking inputs). 

Transformer T240 provides the signal used to generate the CRT control-grid voltage 
Components R299, C246, and CR245 half-wave rectify the waveform to reduce the load on the z 
axis amplifier, After resistor R246, the signal is an aesquare wave with diode CR244 setting 
the upper level and CR243 setting the lower level. The upper level is controlled by the Intensity 
range adjustment, R245, and the lower level is controlled by the z-axis amplifieroutput level. 

The negative control ground voltage for the ert is provided by diodes CR241 andCR242, 
rectifying the square wave and using the cathode supply as a reference, C242acts as a filter for 
the rectifier and provides a high-frequency path for z-axis control signals. 

Protection to the ert is provided by neon bulbs DS271 , DS272, and DS273 when the 
voltage difference between the control grid and the cathode exceeds about 180 volts 

Front-panel FOCUS and internal Astigmatism controls have been incorporated for 
arriving at an optimum ert display. The FOCUS control, R295, provides the correct voltage for 
the second anode in the ert. Proper voltage for the third anode is obtained by adjusting 
Astigmatism control, R286. In order to obtain optimum spot size and shape, both the FOCUS and 
Astigmatism controls are adjusted to provide the proper electrostatic lens configuration in the 
ert. 

The Geometry adjustmenit, R285. varies the positive level on the vertical deflection 
plate shields to control the overall geometry of the display, The TRACE ROTATION control, R291 , 
permits adjustment of the DC current through beam rotation coil L 291 to align the display with 
the horizontal graticule lines 



Page 8 of 38 



Product 1 1 n / R 1 in Date: 3^.15/.S2 Change Reference 



DESCRIPTION 



Page 5-4 
ADD: 

LOW-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY AND CALIBRATOR (SN B0140959 & above) 



Calibrator 

The Calibrator circuil is comprised of 0885. 0890. and associaled passive components 
to produce a squarewave output with accurate amplitude at a rate of twice that of the power line 
frequency. This output is available at the probe test jack on the display unit front panel. With 
the calibrator patch cord installed, a 4 milliampere (peak to-peak) squarewave current is 
available. When the calibrator jumper is removed, a 400 millivolt (ground to peak) square- 
wave voltage can be measured at the left (nongrounded side) front-panel calibrator jack. 

The resistive-capacitive network at the base of Q885 receives a pulsating DC voltage 
from full-wave rectifier CR335 and CR836, producing a nearly symmetrical switching signal 
for Q885 and Q890. As 0890 is alternate lyswilched on and off at twice the line frequency, 
current through R690 is alternately switched through the transistor and CR890. With the 
calibrator patch cord installed, 4 milliampe res of current flows through R893 with ze ro volts 
out. When the calibrator patch cord is removed, current tlows through R392, and 400 
millivolts is measured across R892, 



CIRCUET DESCRIPTION, SIGNALS OUT (OPTION 7 ONLY) 

Add the foilowing SIGNALS OUT circuit description, which applies only to instruments 
with Option 7 installed. 



SIGNALS OUT (OPTION 7 ONLY) 

The Signals Out circuit provides the Left Out. Center Out, Right Out, and Gate Out signals 
to the rear-panel BNC connectors. These signals are derived from the plug-in units installed in 
the plug-in compartments. 



Gate Out Amplifier 

The Gate Out Amplifier is a high-gain, comnron-emitter ampirfierconsisting of Q990, 
The sweep unblanking signal, applied to the base of 0990, is inverted at the collector. 

T ransistor 0990 is effectively switched on and off by the unblanking signal which produces 5 
volts to approximately a zero volt signal. 



Page 9 of 38 



Product Rlin/PSnP 



Diiic: I .S/R? Chanse Reference Rp v . 



DESCRIPTION 



Left Out, Center Out, and Right Out Amplitiers 

The push-pull amplifier which consists of 0967, CS72, Q9S0, Q970, and 0975 
provides a replica of the plug-in unit signal installed in the right plug-in compartment to the 
rear-panel RIGHT OUT BNC connector. The differential signal applied to the emitter followers 
0967 and 0970 is 50 millivolts per CRT division ot signal Ttfis is amplified by 0972, 0975. 
and 0980 used as an operational amplifier in a shunt feedback configuration. The stage has a gain 
of ten. The signal at the collector of 0980 is cerrtered at ground The addition of R977 shifts the 
negative level to near ground, so the signal starts at ground and goes positive. 

The remaining amplifiers associated with the Left Out and Center Out signals are 
identical to the Right Out ampfif ier just described, except the source of the applied signals is 
from the plug-in units installed in the left and center plug-in compartments respectively. 



Page to oi 38 



5IIQ/.R5L1H 



M56727 Rev . 



Produei . 



Datt;; 3/ 1 5/87. Change Rcfc-rcnce 



DESCRIPTION 



The following changes are effective at serial number B1 40959 



This informaiion details changes to the manual made necessary by modifications to the Si 10. 
The modifications resulted in the removal of one circuit board, the changing of three others, as 
well as changes to many of the mechanical parts. 



REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES 



REMOVE: 

A2 670-1454-01 B 124445 

C712 283-DODO-OO 

C714 281-0628-00 

C716 281-0628-00 

C721 281 -0623-00 

CR702 152-0141-02 

CR704 1S2-0141-02 

CR712 152-0141-02 

CR714 152-0141-02 

CR721 152-0141-02 

CR722 152-0141-02 

Q701 151-0341-00 

Q702 151-1005-00 

0703 151-0341-00 

0704 151-1005-00 

Q711 151-0341-00 

Q712 151-1005-00 

Q713 151-0341-00 

Q714 151-1005-00 

Q721 151-0192-00 

Q722 151-0192-00 



CKT BOARD ASSYiSINGLE BEAM AUX 

CAP„FXD,CER 01:0.001 UF,+ 1 00-0%, 500V 
CAP..FXD.CER D1:15PP,5%,S00V 
CAP..FXD.CER D):15PF,5%,SO0V 
CAP.,FXD.CER Df:15PF,5%,500V 

SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 30V, 150MA.30V, DO-35 
SEMICOND DVC, DI:SW, SI, 30V.150MA.30V, DO-35 
SEMICOND DVC, DI:SW, SI, 30V,150MA.30V, DO-35 
SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,Si,30V.150MA.30V, DO-35 
SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI.30V,1S0MA.3DV.DO-35 
SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,Si,30V,150MA.30V, DO-35 

TRANSiSTOR:NPN,SS,TO-1 06 

TRANSlSTOR:StL1CON.JFE,N-CHANNEL 

TRANSiSTOR:NPN,S),TO-1 06 

‘mANSlSTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL 

TRANSlSTOR:NPN,SI,TCM 06 

TBANSiSTOR:SlLICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL 

THANS1STOR:NPN,SI,TCM06 

TRANS;STOR:SILICON,JFE.N-CHANNEL 

TRANSISTOR:SEL£CTED 

TRANSISTOR:SELECTED 



Page 1i of 3B 



Prndiic-t R110/RB11Q Date: ^/R7 Change Reference H.56 /27 .MV . 



DESCRIPTION 


R701 


316-0103-00 


B010100 


B 126262 


RES., FXD,CMPSN:1 OK OHM, 1 0%,0.25W 


R701 


315-0103-00 


S126263 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.2SW 


R702 


316-0103-00 


B010100 


B1 26262 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,10%,0,25W 


R702 


315-0103-00 


0126263 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,S%,0.2SW 


R703 


316-0103-00 


001 01 00 


B1 26262 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,10%,0.25W 


R703 


315-0103-00 


B1 26263 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R704 


316-0103-00 


B01 01 00 


B126262 


RES„FXD,CMPSN;10KOHM,107o,0.25W 


R704 


315-0103-00 


B1 26263 




RES ,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R705 


315-0432-00 


B1 24445 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.3K OHM.5%.0 25W 


R706 


316-0103-00 


B01 01 00 


B 126262 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,10%,0.2SW 


R7D6 


315-0103-00 


B12445 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1DKOHM,5%,0.25W 


R707 


310-0103-00 


B01 01 00 


B 126262 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 OK OHM,107<,,0.2SW 


R707 


315-0103-00 


B 126263 




RES„FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM.E%,0,25W 


R708 


315-0432-00 


B 124445 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.3K OHM,S%,0.2SW 


R709 


316-0103-00 


B010100 


B 126262 


RES..FXD.CMPSN:10KOHM,10%,0.25W 


R709 


31 5-01 03- 00 


B1262S3 




RES,,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0.2SW 


R710 


316-0103-00 


B010100 


a 126262 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,10%,0.25W 


R710 


315-0103-00 


B1 26263 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%.0.25W 


R712 


316-0472-00 


B010100 


8126262 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4,7KOHM,10%,0.2SW 


R712 


315-0472-00 


B126263 




RES.,FXO,CMPSN:4,7KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R713 


316-0332-00 


B01 01 00 


B1 26262 


RES..FXD,CMPSN,3,3K OHM.1 0Oi,0.25W 


R713 


315-0332-00 


B1 26263 




RES..FXD,CMPSN:3,3KOHM.5%,0.25W 


R715 


321-0402-00 






R£S„FXD.F1LM:150KOHM.17,,0.125W 


R716 


321-0356-00 






R£S„FXD,FtLM:49.9K OHM.1 %.0.1 25W 


R717 


321-0350-00 






RES..FXD.F1LM:43.2KOHM,1%,0.125W 


R7ie 


316-0153-00 


B01Q100 


B 126262 


RES,.FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,1 0%,0.25W 


R718 


315-0153-00 


EI1 26263 




RES..FXD,CMPSN:1 5 K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R720 


321-0385-00 






RES..FXD,F1LM:100KOHM,1%,0.125W 


R721 


321-0356-00 






RES.,FXD.FILM;49,9K OHM,17i,0.1 25W 


R722 


321-0365-00 






RES..FXD,FILM:61 ,9K OHM,17o,0.1 25W 


R723 


316-0153-00 


B010100 


B 126262 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15KOHM,107o,0,2SW 


R723 


315-0153-00 


Bl 26263 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15KOHM,57»,0.25W 


R724 


31 6-0272-00 


B010100 


Bl 26262 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2,7KOHM,107o,0.25W 


R724 


315-0272-00 


Bl 26263 




RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2,7KOHM,57..,0,2SW 


VR270 


152-0149-00 






SEMICOND DEVICE:2ENER,0.4W,10V,5% 


CHANGE TO: 








A1 


670-1621-14 






CKT BOARD ASSY:H1GH VOLTAGE DEFLECTION 


A3 


670-7478-01 






CKT BOARD ASSY: IN TER FACE 


A4 


670-1339-04 






CKT BOARD ASSY;L V POWER SUPPLY 








Page 12 


Of 38 



j^lin nsrinri^r.rinP 






MGG727 Rpv. 



The following p^rt numbers are for the new A 1 High Voltage Deflection circuit board 
and supersede the part numbers currently shown in the Heplaceabie Eiectnca! Parts Hst for 
the old At High Voltage Deflection circuit board. 



Cl 04 


281-0811-00 


CAP.,FXD,CERDI:10PF,10%,100V 


Cl 06 


283-0690-00 


CAP ,FXO,MICA:S60PF,1%,30CV 


C116 


281 -025S-00 


CAP., VAR, PLASTIC:! 0-1 30PF.1 OOV 


C124 


281-0811-00 


CAP „FXD ,CER Dl : 1 0PF, 1 0%, 1 00 V 


Cl 26 


283-0699-00 


CAP ,FXD, MICA D:360PF,1%,500V 


Cl 36 


283-0625-00 


CAP ,FXD,M1CA D:220PF,1'a,500V 


C222 


281-0775-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 


C223 


281 -0775-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 


C224 


283-0051-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER D!;0.0033UF,5%,100V 


C236 


283-0167-00 


CAP„FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,10%,100V 


C240 


283-0008-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER,DI:0.1 UF,20%,500V 


C241 


285-1154-00 


CAP„FXD,PLSTC:0.001UF,10%,6000V 


C242 


285-0507-01 


CAP.,FXD,PPR D[:0.0047UF.20%,6000V 


C245 


233-0189-00 


CAP..FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,400V 


C246 


283-0077-00 


CAP..FXD,CER DI:330PF,5%,500V 


C248 


285-0509-01 


CAP. ,FXD,PPR,m:0.0068UF,20%, 5000 V 


C249 


285-0509-01 


CAP. ,FXD,PPR 01:0. 0068UF, 20%, 5000V 


C251 


290-0194-00 


CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:10UF,.|.5a-10%,100V 


C252 


283-0203-00 


CAP ,FXD,CER DI:0.47UF,20%.50V 


C262 


281-0815-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER OI:0.027UF,20%,50V 


C273 


283-0194-00 


CAP ,FXD,CER DI:4.7UF,20%,S0V 


C276 


290-0145-00 


CAP., FXD lELCTLT: 1 0UF, +75-1 0%, 50V 


C277 


281 -0775-00 


CAP ,FXD,CER Dl:0 1 UF.20%,50V 


C281 


283-0068-00 


CAP ,FXD,CEROI:0,01UF,-(-100-0%,500V 


CR209 


152-0061-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE;SILIC0N, 1 75V.1 OOMA 


CR211 


152-006 1-00 


SFMICOND DEVICE:SILIC0N,1 75V.1 OOMA 


CR214 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEViCE:SILICON,30V,1 SOMA 


CR215 


152-0061-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE;SILlCON,1 75V, 100MA 


CR222 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEVICE:SiLICON,30V,150MA 


CR224 


152-0061-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE;S1LJCON,17SV,100MA 


CR226 


152-0061-00 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,175V.100MA 


CR234 


152-0061-00 


SEM ICON D DEVICE :S ILICON . 1 75 V. 1 0OMA 


CR240 


152-0242-00 


SEMICOND OEVICE:S1LICON,225V.2QOMA 


CR241 


152-0242-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,22SV,200MA 


CR242 


152-0242-00 


SEM ICOND DEVICE :SILICON,225V,200MA 


CR243 


152-0242-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,225V.200MA 


CR244 


152-0242-00 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILIC0N, 225V, 200MA 


CR245 


152-0242-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON, 225V.200MA 


CR247 


152-0403-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE;SILIGON,10KV,5MA 


CR252 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1 A 






Page 13 of 38 



5110 Oscilloscope 



3/15/87 



M56727 Rev. 



CR264 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEVlCE:SlLlCON,30V450MA 


CR265 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEViCE:SlLlCON,30V,150MA 


CR269 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 


CR270 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEV!CE;SILICON.30V,150MA 


CR272 


152-0246-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE:SW,S1,40V,200MA 


CR273 


1 52.-0246-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE,SW,SUOV.200MA 


CR27S 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEVICE;SILICON,30V.150MA 


CR293 


152-0331-00 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:EIL1CON,800V,25MA 


DS271 


150-0030-00 


LAMP,GLOW:NEON,T-2.60 TO 90 VOLTS 


DS272 


1 50-0030-00 


LAMP,GLOW:NEON,T-2,60 TO 90 VOLTS 


DS273 


150-0030-00 


UMP,GLOW;NEON,T-2,eo TO 90 VOLTS 


DS274 


150-0030-00 


LAMP,GLOM/:NEONJ-2,60TO90 VOLTS 


P102 


131-0589-00 


TERMINAL, PIN;0. 46 L X 0.025 SO 


P11 1 


131-0509-00 


TERMINAL.PIN 0.46 L X 0.025 SO 


P116 


131-0509-00 


TERMINAL, PIN:0.4S L X 0.025 SQ 


P121 


131-0589-00 


TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


P130 


131-0509-00 


TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


P205 


131-0539-00 


TERMINAL ,PIN:0.46 L X 0,025 SQ 


P252 


131-0539-00 


TERMINAL,P1N;0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


P260 


131-0589-00 


TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


P290 


131-0589-00 


TERMINAL,PiN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


P298 


131-0509-00 


TERMINAL.PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


Q104 


151-0615-00 


TRANS 1ST0R;SIL ICON. NPN 


Q106 


151-0190-00 


TRANSlSTOR:SILICON,NPN 


Q1M 


151-0615-00 


TRANSISTORiSlLICON.NPN 


Q116 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR ;SlLICON,NPN 


0124 


151-0615-00 


TRANSISTOR;S1LICON,NPN 


Q12.6 


151-0190-00 


TRAN S iSTORiS ILICON ,NP N 


0134 


151-0615-00 


TRANSISTOR:SlLiCON,NPN 


Q136 


151 01 90-00 


TRANSlSTORiSli ICON, NPN 


0214 


151-0341-00 


TRANSlSlORlSILICON.NPN 


0222 


151-0190-00 


TRANS ISTOR rSILICON , NPN 


0226 


151-0407-00 


TRANSISTOR:5iLICON.NPN 


0234 


151-0406-00 


TRANSISTORiSILICON.PNP 


0264 


151-0435-00 


TRANSISTOR:SILICON.PNP 


Q27S 


151-0341-00 


TRANS1STOR;SIL1CON,NPN 


. R101 


315-0101-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1 00 OHM,5%,0.25W 


R102 


315-0221-00 


RES ,FX0,CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,0,2SW 


R103 


315-0390-00 


RES..FXD.CMPSN:39 OHM,5%.0.25W 


R104 


308-0668-00 


RES..FXD,WW:6.2K0HM.3%,7W 


R106 


321-0128-00 


RES.,FXD,FILM;210 OHM.1 %,0.1 25W 


R107 


315-0470-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47OHM,5%,0.25W 


R108 


308-0539-00 


RES„FXD,'WW:2.25K OHM,0.5%.3W 


R112 


315-0221-00 


RES„FXD.CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,0.25W 


R113 


3^5-0390-00 


RES,,FXD.CMPSN;39OHM,5%,0,25W 



Page 14 o1 38 



51 ] 0 Osci 1 1 oscope 



3/15/87 



M56727 Rev 



R114 


308-0668-00 


RES..FXD.WW:6,2K OHM.3%.7W 


R116 


31M244-00 


RES.,VAR,NONWIR:1 00 OHM,1 0%,0.50W 


R1ie 


308-0539-00 


RES..FXD,WW:2.25K OHM.0.5%,3W 


R112 


315-0221-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220 OH M,5%,0 ,25W 


R123 


315-0390-00 


RES.,FXD,CWPStM:39 OHM,5%,0.25W 


R124 


30S-066S-00 


RES..FXD,WW:6.2 KOHM.3%,7W 


R125 


303-0751-00 


RES..FXD,CWPSN:750 OHM,5%,1 W 


R126 


321-0128-00 


RES.,FXD,FILM:210 0HM,1%,0 125W 


R128 


308-0539-00 


RES.,FXD.WW:2.25K OHM, 0-5%, 3W 


R132 


315-0221-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN;220 OHM,5%,0,25W 


R133 


315-0390-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSR;390HM.5%.0.25W 


R134 


308-0660-00 


RES.,FXD,WW:6.2K OHM.3%,'7W 


R135 


315-0390-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3S OHM.5%,0.25W 


R136 


311-1244-00 


RES.,VAR.NONWtR:100 OHM.1 0%,0.50W 


R138 


308-0539-00 


RES.,FXD.VW:2,25K OHM,0.5%,3W 


R202 


315-0563-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:56K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R203 


315-0103-00 


RES ,FXD.CMPSN;1 OK OHM.5%.0,25W 


R206 


315-06B2-00 


RES,.FXD,CMPSN:6.aK OHM,5%,0,25W 


R207 


315-0822-00 


RES,,FXD,CMPSN:a 2KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R208 


315-0473-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSrj;47K OHM,S%,0,25W 


R209 


315-0164-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:160KOHM,5%,0.2SW 


R21 1 


315-0103-00 


RES,,FXD,CMP5Nl1 OK OHM,5%,0.25W 


R213 


315-0623-00 


RES..FXD,CMPSN;62K OHM,5%,0,25W 


R215 


315-0103-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1 OK OHM,5%,0.25W 


R216 


315-0153-00 


RES„FXD,CMPSN:1 5K OHM,5%.0.25W 


R217 


315-0103-00 


R£S,,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5y^.,0,25W 


R21S 


315-0133-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18KOHM,5%,0,25W 


R219 


315-0683-00 


RES„FXD,CMPSN:68K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R222 


315-0102-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 KOHM,5%,0,25W 


R223 


315-0472-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R226 


315-0101-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1 00 OHM,5%,0.25W 


R227 


321-0399-00 


RES,,FXD,FILM:140K OHM,1%,0.125W 


R231 


315-0103-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 OK OHM,5%.0,25W 


R232 


315-0154-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN: 1 50K OHM,S%,0.25W 


R234 


305-01 83-00 


RES ,FXD,CMPSN:1 8K OHM,5%,2W 


R236 


315-0821-00 


RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W 


R240 


315-0102-03 


RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R241 


315-0102-03 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 KOHM,5%.0,25W 


R242 


315-0331-03 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 0HM,5%,025W 


R243 


315-0106-00 


RES. , FXD.CMPSN: 1 0M OHM,5%,0.25W 


R244 


315-0101-03 


RES,,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM.5%,0.2SW 


R245 


311-1136-00 


RES..VAR,NONWIR:100KOHM,30%,0.25W 


R246 


315-0104-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 OOK OHM,5%,0.25W 


R247 


315-0103-03 


RES.,FX0,CMPSN:1 OK OHM,5%.0.25W 


R248 


315-0103-03 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.5%,0.25W 


R249 


315-0100-02 


RES ,FXD,CMPSN:10 0HM,5%.0 25W 






Page 15 of 38 



51 1 0 Osci 1 1 oscope 



R250 


315-0430-02 


R2S1 


306-0001-00 


R254 


307-0105-00 


R263 


315-0122-00 


R264 


315-0561 -00 


R265 


315-0105-00 


R267 


315-0101-03 


R268 


315-0103-03 


R272 


307-1224-00 


R273 


315-0103-03 


R274 


315-0205-00 


R276 


315-0604-00 


R277 


315-0104-00 


R273 


315-0102-03 


R279 


31 5-01 03-03 


R232 


315 0163-01 


R2S5 


311-1235-00 


R286 


311-1241-00 


R287 


301-0133-00 


R297 


315-0470-00 


R298 


301-0563-00 


R299 


315-0104-00 


T240 


120-1466 00 


TP226 


214-0579-00 


TP267 


214-0579-00 


VR239 


152-0295-00 


VR245 


152-0427-00 


VR2S3 


152-0304-00 


VR2B1 


152-0235-00 


VR232 


152-0205-00 



3/15/87 M56727 Rev. 



RES.,FXD.CMPSN;43OHM.5%,0.25W 
RES„FXD,WW:5.1 OHM.5%.2W 
ReS..FXD,CMPSN:3.9 OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.2KOHM.5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 OHM,5%,0,2SW 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 M OHW.5%.0.25W 

RES.,FXD,CMPSW:100 OHM,5%.0.25W 
RES,.FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%.0.25W 
PASSIVE NETWORK:HV DIVIDED NETWORK 
RES..FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0,25W 
RES..FXD,CMPSN:2M OHM,5%,0.25W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN;60OK OHM,5%,0,25W 

RES„FXD,CMPSN:100KOHM,5%,0,2SW 
RES„FXD.CMPSN:1KOHM,57,v.O,25W 
RES.,FXD.CMPSN;10K OHM,57o,0,25W 
R£S„fXD,CMPSN:16K OHM,5%,0,25W 
RES.,VAR,NONWIR:100KOHM,20%,0,50W 
RES,.VAR,N0NWIR :1 OOK OHM. 1 0%.0.5W 

RES., FXD,CMPSN:1 SK OHM,5%,0,S0W 
RES.,FXD.CMPSN:470HM,5%,0.25W 
RES..FXD.CMPSN:56KOHM,5%.0.50W 
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1D0KOHM,5%,0,25W 
XFMR,PWR,SDN&SU:H!GH VOLTAGE 
TERM, TEST POiNTjBRS CD PL 

TERM.TEST POINTflRS CD PL 
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENEaiW,32V,5% 
S£MICONDDEVICE:2ENER,0.4W,100V,5% 
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0,4W, 20V, E% 
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0,4W,G2V, 5% 
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER.0.4W,62V,5% 



The following part numbers are for the new A3 Interface circuit board and supersede the 
part numbers currently shown in the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for the old A3 ^nferf^ce 
circuit board. 



C400 


231-0812-00 


CAP„FXD,CERDI;1000PF,10%,100V 


C41 1 


281-0797-00 


CAP.,FXD,CEfl DI:15PF,10%,100V 


C503 


281-0775-00 


CAR,FXD,CERDI:0.1UF,20%,50V 


C510 


281-0797-00 


CAP„FXD,CER DM5PF.10%,100V 


C520 


281-0775-00 


CAP,,FXD,CER DLO.I UF,20%,50V 


C620 


281-0776-00 


CAR.FXO.CER DL0.1 UF.20%,50V 


C721 


281-0812-00 


CAP..FXD.CER DI:1000PF,10%.100V 


C740 


290-0748-00 


CAP., FXD.ELCTLEI OUF,-iSO-1 0%,25V 


C800 


281-0775-00 


CAP.,FXD.CERDt:0.1UF.20%,50V 



Page 16 of 33 



5110 Osci 1 1 oscope 



3/15/S7 



M56727 Rev. 



ceoi 


281-0814-00 


CAP„FXD.CER DI;100PF,107<-,100V 


C610 


261-0823-00 


CAP.,FXD.CER DI:470PF.10%,50V 


ceu 


281-0773-00 


CAP.,FXD.CER 01:0.01 UF,107i, 100V 


C900 


290-0748-00 


CAP..FXD,ELCTLT:1 aUF,-^50-1 0%,25V 


C902 


281-0786-00 


CAP. ,FXD,CERDI:150PF.10%. 100V 


C930 


281-0775-00 


CAP..FXD.CER Dl:0.1 UF,2O%,50V 


CR400 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEV1CE;SIL1CON,30V,150MA 


CR420 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:S1L!CON,30V, 1 SOMA 


CR421 


162-0141-02 


SEMiCOND DEVICE:S[L1CON,30V,150MA 


CR423 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEVlCE:SiLlCON,30V,150MA 


CR432 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:SIL1CON,30V,150MA 


CR433 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND 0£VlCE:SILICON, 30V, 1 50 WA 


CR501 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 


CR520 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,30V,150MA 


CR800 


162-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,30V,150MA 


CR820 


162-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:S1LICON.30V,150MA 


CR830 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DEVICE:S1LJCON,30V,150MA 


E513 


276-0532-00 


SHIELDING BEAD: 


£514 


276-0532-00 


SHIELDING BEAD 


J300 


131-1078-00 


CONNECTOR.RCPT:28.'S6 CONTACT 


J600 


131-1073-00 


CONNECTOR,RCPT:28/S6 CONTACT 


J1000 


131-1078-00 


CONNECTOR.RCPT:28.'56 CONTACT 


PSOO 


131-0589-00 


TERMINAL, P!N:0.46 LX 0.025 SQ 


P840 


131-0589-00 


TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


P710 


131-0589-00 


TERMINAL,PIN:0,46 L X 0.025 SQ 


P740 


131-0539-00 


TERMINAL, PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


PSOO 


131-0589-00 


TERMINAL, PlN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


P900 


131-0639-00 


TERM1NAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


0400 


151-0188-00 


TRANS ISTOR ;S1 LICON ,PN P 


0401 


161-0192-00 


TRANSiSTOR:SJLICON.NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 


0413 


151-0341-00 


TRANS ISTOR: SILICON ,N P N 


0420 


161-1005-00 


TRANSISTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL 


0421 


151-1005-00 


TRANSISTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL 


Q43C 


151-0341-00 


TRANSIST0R;SILIC0N.NPN 


0431 


151-0341-00 


TRANSIST0R:SIL1C0N,NPN 


0510 


151-0341-00 


TRANSIST0R:SIL1C0N,NPN 


0520 


151-1005-00 


TRANSISTOR:S1LICON,JFE.N-CHANNEL 


0521 


151-1005-00 


TRANSISTOR:SiLICON,JFE.N-CHANNEL 


0800 


151-0188-00 


TRAN S ISTOR ;S1L ICON , PN P 


0601 


151-0192-00 


TRANS!STOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 


0630 


151-0341-00 


TRANSISTOR:SlLICON.NPN 


0631 


151-0341-00 


TRAN SISTOR :S IL ICON . NP N 


0700 


151-0190-00 


TRANS ISTOR :SIL ICON, NPN 


0701 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN 


0710 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 


0820 


151-0188-00 


TRANSiSTOR:SILICON,PNP 






Page 17 of 38 



51 1 Q Qsci 1 1 oscope 



3/15/87 



M56727 Rev. 



0821 


151-0192-00 


TRANSlSTOR:SlLICON,NPN,SEL FROM MP3652 


0910 


151-0341-00 


TRAN3ISTOR;SIL!CON,NPN 


0930 


151-0138-00 


TRANSlSTOR;SILICON,PNP 


Q931 


151-0192-00 


TRANSISTOR:SlLICON,NPN,SEL FROM WPS652 


R200 


315-0101-00 


RES..FXD.CMPSN:100 0HM,5%,0.25W 


R220 


315-0474-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%.0-25W 


R221 


315-0474-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R400 


315-0393-00 


RES..FXD.CMPSfJ:39KOHM,5%.0.25W 


R401 


315-0822-00 


RES ,FXD,CMPSN:e 2K OHM.S%,0-2SW 


R402 


321-0222-00 


R£S..FXD,F1LM;2KOHM,1%,0.125W 


R403 


315-0273-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0-25W 


R4M 


315-0273-00 


RES„FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM.5%.0-26W 


R405 


321-0159-00 


RES.,FXD,FILM;442 OHM. 1 %,0,1 25W 


R406 


315-0103-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%.0,25W 


RJIO 


321 -0402 -QO 


RES..FXD,FILM:150KOHM,1%,0.125W 


R411 


321-0350-00 


RES , ,FXD.F1LM:43 ,2K OH M, 1 %. 0, 1 25W 


H412 


321-0356-00 


RES. ,FXD.F1LM:49.9K OH M, 1 %.0- 1 25W 


R413 


315-0272-00 


RES ,FXD,CMPSN:2.7KOHM,5%.0.25W 


R414 


315-0220-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22 OHM.5%,0.25W 


R420 


315-0753-00 


RES..FXD,CMPSN:75KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R421 


315-0103-00 


RES..FXD,CMPSN;10KOHM,5%,0.25W 


H422 


315-0153-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:15K OHM,5%.0.25W 


R430 


315-0362-00 


RES ,FXO.CMPSN:3.6KOHM.5%,0.25W 


R431 


315-0103-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0,25W 


R432 


315-0753-00 


RES„FXD,CMPSN:75K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R433 


315-0153-00 


RES..FXD.CMPSN:15KOHM,5%.0.25W 


R500 


315-0393-00 


RES ,FXD,CMPSN:39KOHM,57<,,0,2SW 


R501 


315-0101-00 


RES. ,FXD,CMPSN : 1 00 OHM,5%,0.25W 


RS02 


315-0822-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:8.2KOHM,5%.0.25W 


RS03 


315-0103-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%.0.25W 


R5C4 


321-0222-00 


RES..FXD, FILM ;2K OHM, 1%, 0.1 25W 


R510 


321-0356-00 


RES.,FXD,FILM:49.9K OHM.1 %,0.1 25W 


RS11 


321 0365-00 


RES.,FXD,F1LM:S1.9KOHM,1%,0 125W 


R512 


321-0385-00 


RES . ,FXD ,F ILM, 1 0OK OHM, 1 %.0. 1 25 W 


R514 


315-0220-00 


RES..FXD,CMPSN:22 OHM,5%.0 25W 


R521 


315-0753-00 


nES.,FXD,CMPSN:75K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R522 


315-0103-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN;1 OK OHM,5%.0.25W 


R530 


315-0101-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN;1 00 OHM,5%,D.?6W 


R£31 


315-0101-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:100 OHM,5%.0.25W 


R532 


315-0103-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.S%,0.25W 


R633 


315-0753-00 


RES..FXD.CMPSN:75K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R534 


315-0362-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN;3.6K OHM.5%.0.25W 


R629 


315-0474-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R639 


315-0474-00 


R£S„FXD,CMPSN;470K OHM,S%,0,2SW 


R700 


315-0102-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN;1KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R701 


315-0222-00 


RES.,FXD,CUPSIM:2.2KOHM,S%,0.25W 

Page 18 of 38 



5110 05c1 1 1 oscope 



3/15/87 



M56727 Rev. 



R710 


315-0102-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1KOHM.S%.0,25W 


R711 


315-0223-00 


RES ,FXD.CMPSN:22KOHM.5%.0,25W 


R720 


315-0223-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM.5%,0.25W 


R721 


315-0223-00 


RES ,FXD.CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.2SW 


R722 


315-0822-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:8.2KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R730 


311-1133-00 


RES..VAR,MONW1R:10KOHM.30%.0.25W 


R800 


315-0102-00 


RES..FXD.CMPSN:1K OHM.5%,0,25W 


R8D1 


315-0102-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1KOHM.5%,0.25W 


R810 


315-0102-00 


RES,.FXD.CMPSN:1KOHM.5%.0.25W 


RS12 


315-0163-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:16K OHM.S%,0.25W 


RSI 3 


315-0750-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:7S OHM,S%,0.25W 


R320 


315-0393 00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:39K OHM,5%,0.2SW 


R821 


321-0222-00 


RES..FXD,FILM:2K OHM.1 %.0 1 25W 


R830 


315-0223-00 


RES ,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0 25W 


RS31 


315-0393-00 


RES,.FXD,CMPSN:39KOHM,5%,0,25W 


RS32 


321-0222-00 


RES, , FXD,FILU;2K OH M, 1 %,0. 1 25 W 


RSOO 


315-0183-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN;1SK OHM.5%,0.25W 


R902 


315-0102-00 


RES,,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,S%,0.25W 


R903 


315-0201-00 


RE3,,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0,2SW 


R904 


315-0103-00 


RES,,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM.5%,0.25W 


R910 


315-0273-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN;27K OHM,5%,0,2SW 


R91' 


315-0474-00 


RES,,FXD,CMPSN;470K OHM,5%.0.2SW 


R920 


315-0101-00 


RES,,FXD.CMPSN:100 OMM,5%,0.25W 


R921 


315-0822-00 


RES .FXD.CMPSN:3,2KOHM.5%,0.25W 


R322 


315-0331-00 


RES..FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%.0.25W 


R930 


321-0159-00 


RES.,FXD,FILM:442 0HM,1%,D.125W 


R931 


315-0154-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R932 


315-0331-00 


RES.,FXD.CWP3N:330 OHM,5%,0.25W 


USOO 


156-0567-02 


MICROCIRCUIT, Di:DUALJ-K NEG-EDGE-TRIG FF 


VR530 


152-0149-00 


SEMICONDDEV1CE:ZENEB,0,4W,10V,5% 



The tallowing part numbers are for the A4LV Power Supply circuit board at serial number B1 40959 £ up 
and supersede the part numbers currently shown in the Replaceable Electrical Parts iist for the A4 High 
Voltage Defection circuit board, serial number B140958 & below. 



C810 


290-0511-00 


CAP., FXD.ELCTLT:250UF.+75-10%, 250V 


C815 


290-0510-00 


CAP.,FXD.ELCTLT:6000UF,-^100-10%.15V 


C820 


290-0134-00 


C AP„ FXD.E LCTLT;22UF,2Cr/.. 1 5V 


0822 


281-0762-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER DI;27PF,20%,1 OOV 


C830 


285-0629-00 


CAP.,FXD.PLSTC:0.047UF,20%,1 OOV 


C837 


290-0509-00 


C AP.,FXD,E LCTLT;3000U F, -i- 1 00-1 0%,50 V 


C839 


290-0509-00 


CAP..FXD,ELCTLT:^O0OUF,-^^OO-10%.50V 


C842 


290-0969-00 


CAP., FXD,ELCTLT:22UF, +50-10%, 100V 


C852 


281-0550-00 


CAP.,FXD,CERDI:120PF,10%,500V 


C857 


281-0773-00 


CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0. 01UF,10%.1 OOV 



Page 19 of 38 



^110 OsciilGScQDe 



CB60 


290-0969-00 


C365 


281-0861-00 


C870 


290-0134-00 


C872 


281-0572-00 


C875 


281-0773-00 


CS61 


290-0267-00 


0833 


290-0267-00 


CS90 


281 -07B5-00 


CR810 


152-0066-00 


CR811 


152-0066-00 


CR312 


152-0066-00 


CR313 


152-0066-00 


CR81S 


152-0488-00 


CR82C 


152-0066-00 


CRe24 


152-0141-02 


CR835 


152-0066-00 


CR836 


152-0066-00 


CR837 


152-0488-00 


CR841 


152-0066-00 


CR842 


152-0066-00 


GRS50 


152-0141-02 


CRS51 


152-0141-02 


CR860 


152-0066-00 


CH856 


152-0141-02 


CR870 


152-0141-02 


CR375 


162-0141-02 


CR385 


152-0141-02 


CRS90 


152-0141-02 


F809 


159-0029-00 


FSIO 


159-0038-00 


F615 


159-0015-00 


F834 


159-0015-00 


F835 


1 59-0042-00 


FB36 


159-0015-00 


F350 


159-0015-00 


P370 


131-0689-00 


P03O 


131-0589-00 


Pa40 


131-0589-00 


Peso 


131-0589-00 


PG90 


131-0589-00 


0820 


151-0341-00 


Q825 


151-0341-00 


QS45 


151-0341-00 


0350 


151-0190-00 


0865 


151-0341-00 


0870 


151-0188-00 



:^/1S/R7 .'^b57?7 Rev. 

CAP., FXD,ELCTLT:22UF, +50-10%, lOOV 
CAP.,FXD,CER D1:270PF,5%.SCV 
CAP..FXD,ELCTLT;22UF,20%,1 5V 
CAP..FXD,CER Dl;6,3PF,+/- 0.5PF,500V 
CAP.,FXD,CER DhO.OiUF,io%.looV 
CAP.,FXD,£LCTLT;1UF,20%.35V 

CAP. , FXD , ELCTLT: 1 UF,20%,35 V 
CAP. , FXD ,CEFl DI:6SPF, 1 0%, 1 0OV 
SEMICONDDeviCE:SlUCON,400V,750MA 
SEMICONDDEVlCE:SiLlCON,400V,750MA 
SEMICOND D£VICE:SIL1CON,4COV,750MA 
SEMICOND DEVIce:SlLlCON,400V.750MA 

SEMICOND DEVIC£:S;lICON, 200V.150DMA 
SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON.400V,750MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON.30V.150MA 
SEMICOND DEVlCE:SlLICON,4D0V,750MA 
SEMICOND DEVICEiSILICON, 400 V.750M A 
SEMICOND DEVICE;S1LICON,200V.1500MA 

SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,400V,750MA 
SEMICOND DEV1CE:SILICON,400V.750MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE;SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:S1L1CON.30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE;SIUCON, 400V, 750MA 
SEMICOND DEV1CE:S!LICON,30V.150MA 

SEMICOND DEVICE;SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V.150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON.30V,150MA 
FUSE.CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.3A,250V,SLOW-BLOW 
FUSE.CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.25A,250V,FAST-BLOW 

FUSE.CARTR1DGE:3 AG.3A, 250V, D.65 SEC 
FUSE .CARTRIDG E :3AG,3A,250V, 0.65 SEC 
FUSE.CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.75A,250V, FAST-BLOW 
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,3A,250V,0.65SEC 
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,3A,250V,0,65 SEC 
TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 

TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 
TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 
TERMINAL, PIN.O 46 L X 0.025 SQ 
TERM1NAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.02S SQ 
TRANSISTORlSILICON.NPN 
TRANS ISTOR-SILICON.NPN 

TRANS1STOR:SlLlCON,NPN 

TRANS1STOR:SIUCON,NPN 

TRANSISTOn^SILICON.NPN 

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 



Page 20 of 38 



^1 in 0^ri1 In'^rnrip 






Rev. 



Q87S 


151-0301-00 


TRANS1ST0R:S[LIC0NPNP 


QS85 


151-0341-00 


TRANSiSTORlSILICON.NPN 


Q890 


1S1-0341-C0 


TRANSISTOR:S1LICON.NPN 


Raio 


301-0150-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15 0HM.5%,O.SOIV 


R812 


303-0683-00 


HES.,FXD,CMPSN:68K OHM.5%,1 W 


R315 


308-0685-00 


RES..FXD,WW:l .5 OHM.57.,1 W 


R816 


321-0215-00 


RES ,FXD,FiLW:1 .69K OHW.1 %.0, 1 25W 


R81S 


321-0289-00 


RES.,FXD,FILM:10KOHM,17<,,0.125W 


R820 


315-0473-00 


R£S,,FXD,CMPSN:47KOHM,5%,0,25W 


R822 


315-0681-00 


RES,,FXD,CMPSN;660 OHf4.5%.0.25W 


R824 


315-0822-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:8.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R326 


315-0242-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.4KOHM,57r>,0-25W 


R327 


315-0101-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 0HM.5%.0.25W 


R830 


315-0104-00 


RES..FXD.CMPSN:100KOHM.57<,,0.26W 


R832 


315-0473-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,S7,.0.25W 


R334 


315-0183-00 


RES„FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,S7,.0.25W 


R841 


307-0300-00 


RES.,FXD.FILM:150 0HM,5%,10W 


R342 


308-0686-00 


RES,.FXD,WW;2.20HM,57<,,2W 


R846 


315-0391-00 


RES,.FXD,CMPSN:390 0HM,57o,0 2SW 


RB47 


315-0183-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:ieKOHM.57,,0.25W 


R850 


315-0823-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN;82K OHM,5%,0.25W 


R851 


301-0333-00 


RES.,FXD,Cf4PSN:33K OHM,5%,O.EOW 


R3S2 


315-0681-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,57,,0.25W 


R3S3 


315-0103-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R3S6 


315-0101-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 0HM,5%,0.25W 


R357 


322-0268-00 


RES.,FXD,FILM:6,04K OHM.1 %,0.2SW 


R858 


311-1120-00 


RES,,VAR,NONWIR:100 0HM,30%,0.25W 


R8S9 


322-0268-00 


RES.,FXD,FILM;6.04KOHU,1%,0,2EW 


R860 


308-0636-00 


RES , ,FXD.WW:2 2 OH M ,57,,2W 


R861 


307-0301-00 


RES,.FXD,F]LM:120OHM,5%,10W 


R863 


315-0273-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0,25W 


R865 


315-0101-00 


RES„FXD,CMPSN:1C0 QHM.5%,0.25W 


R867 


315-0621-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W 


R860 


315-0101-00 


RES. ,FXD,CMPSN:1C0 OHM.57». 0.25 W 


R369 


315-0392-00 


RES„FXD,CMPSN:3.9KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R870 


315-0562-00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSM:S.6KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R872 


315-0221-00 


RES..FXD,CMPSN:220 OHM.57.,0.25W 


R873 


315-0102-00 


RES.PXD.CMPSN: 1 K OHM,5%,0 25W 


R875 


315-0101 00 


RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1C0 OHM,5%,0,25W 


R877 


321-0256-00 


RES..FXD,F1LM:4.53KOHM,17,,0.125W 


R878 


311-1124-00 


RES.,VAR,NONWIR:TRMR,250 OHM,0.25W 


R879 


321-0202-00 


RES.,FXD,FJLM;1 .24K OHM, 1 %, 0 . 1 25W 


RB80 


315-C272-0D 


RES.,FX0,CMPSN:2.7K OHM.57,,0.25W 


R831 


315-0562-00 


RES ,FXD,CMPSN;5.6KOHM,5%,0.25W 


R3S3 


315-0102-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,57<i,0.2SW 


R886 


315-0153-00 


RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15KOHM.57^,0.25W 



Page 21 of 38 



51 1 0 Qsci 1 loscope 



3/15/87 



M56727 Rev. 



R890 


322-0686-03 


RES.. FXD.FILM;7.23K OHM, 0.25%, 0.25W 


R892 


321-0097-03 


R£S.,FXD,FILM:100 OHM.0,2S%.0,135W 


R393 


300-0685-00 


RES.,FXD,WW:1 .5 OHM,5%,1W 


TPS 1C 


214-0579-00 


TERM.TEST POINTERS CD PL 


TPQ20 


214-0579-00 


TERM, TEST POINTiBRS CD PL 


TPS30 


214-0579-00 


TERM.TEST POINTERS CD PL 


TP 640 


21 4-0579-00 


TERM, TEST POINT:BRS CD PL 


TPaeo 


21 4-0579-00 


TERM.TEST POINTERS CD PL 


VR850 


152-0357-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER.0.4W,a2V.5% 


VR865 


152-0243-00 


SEMICOND DEV1CE:ZENER,0.4W,1 5V,5% 


VRS70 


1 52-0227-00 


SEMICOND DEVICE ;2ENEB,0.4W.6.2V,5% 


WB91 


131-0566-00 


BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES.2,375.22 AWG 



The following CHASSIS PARTS list is new and is to be used in conjunction with the new 
schematic and exploded view diagrams located in the DIAGRAM CHANGES portion of this 



insert. 






F201 


159-0003-00 


FUSE.CARTRlDGE:3AG,1.6A,25DV,SLOW-BLOW 


FL201 


119-153G-00 


FILTER, RFI:3A,250VAC,SO/60HZ 


J210 


131-0955-00 


CONN, RCPT,ELEC:BNC, FEMALE 


J916 


131-0126-00 


CONNECTOR, RCPT.BNC, FEMALE 


J9ie 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


J917 


131-0126-00 


CONNECTOR.RCPT.BNC.FEMALE 


J917 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


J91S 


131-0126-00 


CONNECTOR.RCPT.BNC.FEMALE 


J910 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


J919 


131-0126-00 


CONNECTOR.RCPT.BNC.FEMALE 


J919 




(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


L291 


106-0644-00 


COIL.TDBE DEFLETRACE ROTATOR 


Q252 


151-0701-00 


TFtANSISTOR:SILICON.NPN 


Q400 


151-0656-00 


TRANSISTOR:SILICON.NPN 


Q815 


151-0496-00 


TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 


Q840 


151-0496-00 


TRANSlSTOR;SILICON.NPN 


Q860 


151-0496-00 


TRANStSTOR:SILICON,NPN 


R291 


311-1189-00 


RES.,VAR,WW:PNL,SK OHM.2W 


R295 


311-0254-00 


RES.,VAR,NONWIR:5M OHM.10%,1W 


R610 


311-1961-00 


RES.,VAR,NONW1R:PANEL.100KOHM.20%.0.75W 


S200 




(FURN ISHEO AS UN IT WITH R6 1 0) 


S201 


260-1222-00 


SWITCH.PUSH-PUL:1 OA.250VAC 


TSOI 


120-1327-00 


XFMR.PWR.SDN & SUlOW FREQUENCY 


V291 


154-0633-00 


ELECTRON TU8E:CRT.P31 ,1NT SCALE 


V291 


154.0663-13 


ELECTRON TU8E:CRT.P7 


V291 




(OPTION 76 ONLY) 



Page 22 of 38 



^lin.Qar-mn^ronp 3/15/ 87 M56727 RgV. 

V291 154-0633-14 ELECTOON TUBE:CRT,P1 1 

V291 {OPTION 78 ONLY) 



REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES 



This newparls list replaces the ona currently given for the FIG. 1 DISPLAY diagrant in the manualand 
Is to be used in conjunction with the new FIG. 1 DISPLA Y diagram found in the DIAGRAM 
CHANGES portion of this insert. 



1- 

-1 


200-1213-00 


1 


.RTNR.CRT SCALE:6.81 4 X 5 125, NYLON 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-2 


211-0188-00 


2 


. SCREW. MACHINE:4-40 X 0.6.PNH.SST 








"'"(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


■3 


337-1440-00 


1 


.SHLD,IMPLOSiON;SW10 


■8 


388-1946-00 


1 


SUPPORT, CRTRRONT 


-9 


348-0279-00 


2 


PAD,CUSHIONiNG:G(CUTTOFiT) 


-10 


348-0070-01 


3 


PAD,CUSHIONlNG:0,69 INCH, RUBBER 


-11 


348-0146-00 


1 


GROMMET, PLAST1C;U-SHP, 1.0 X 0,42 INCH 


-12 


344-0226-00 


1 


CLIP, CABLE: 








"‘"'(ATTACHING PARTS) 


■13 


210-0401-00 


1 


NUT,PLAlN,HEX:6-32 X 0.312 HEX.8R3 CD PL 








(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


■14 


334-1379-00 


1 


U\aEL:CnT, ADHESIVE BACK 


-15 


337-1419-05 


1 


SHIELD SECT, CRT: 


-16 


337-1420-00 


1 


SHIELD SECT, CRT: 


-17 


354-0409-00 


1 


R, CLP, CRT SHLD:U/0 2.375 OD SHIELD 


-18 


343-0123-01 


2 


CLAMP,RET.,ELEC:CRT,REAR 








"""(ATTACHING PARTS}”"" 


-19 


21 1 -0632-00 


1 


SCREW,MACHlNE:G-32 X 2,250 INCH,F1LH,STL 


-20 


220-0444-00 


1 


NUT, PLAIN, SQ:S-32 X 0.250 INCH.STL 








(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-21 


407-0922-00 


1 


BRACKET, CRT CLP:ALUMINUM 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-22 


211-0507-00 


2 


SCREW,MACHINE:6-32X 0.312 INCH.PNH STL 
""•{END ATTACHING PARTS) 


■23 


384-1064-03 


1 


KNOB:1 4.061 X 0.125 OD,W/SHAFT 


■24 


353-0216-00 


1 


BUSHING, PLASTIC :0 .257 ID X 0.412 INCH OD 


■25 


366-0494-00 


3 


KN08:GRAY WITH SETSCREW 




213-0153-00 


3 


,SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125, STL BK OXD.HEX 


■26 


366-1059-00 


1 


PU3HBUTTON:GRAY,0.227 OD X 0.3 


-27 


366-1077-00 


1 


KNOB:GRAY W/SETSCREW 


-28 




1 


RESISTOR, VAR:(SEE R610 REPL] 








(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-29 


210-0583-00 


1 


NUT.PLAIN, HEX:Q. 25-32 X 0.312 INCH, BRS 


■30 


210-0940-00 


1 


WASHER, FLAT:0,2S ID X 0.375 INCH OD.STL 



(END ATTACHING PARTS)' 



Page 23 of 38 



5110 Oscilloscope 3/15/87 M567?7 P-ev. 



■31 




1 


RESISTOR, UAB:<SEE R295 REPL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


■32 


210-0533-00 


2 


NUT, PLAIN, HEX:0.25-32 XO 312 INCH.BRS 


-33 


210-0046-00 


1 


WASHER, LOCK:0 261 ID,1NTL.0,013 THKBRS 


-34 


210-0940-00 


1 


WASHER, FUT:0,25 ID X 0,375 INCH OD,STL 
—"(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-3S 


200-0608-00 


1 


COVER. VAR RES.,:PLASTIC 


-36 


136-0337-00 


2 


JACK,TIP:GRAY 


-37 


333-2893-02 


1 


PANEL, FRONT: 


-38 





1 


RESISTOR,VAR;(SEE R291 REPL) 
■"•"(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-39 


210-0590-00 


1 


NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:D.375-32 X 0.433- BRS 


-40 


210-0978-00 


1 


WASHER.FULT:0.375 ID X 0.50 INCH OD.STL 


-41 


27 0-0012-00 


2 


WASHER, LOCK:INTL,0,384 ID.INTL, 0.022 TH 


-42 


210-0207-00 


1 


TERMINAL, LUG:0.375 INCH DIAMETER 
"—(END ATTACHING PARTS)""* 


■43 




1 


SW1TCH,PUSH:(SEES201 REPL) 


-44 


376-0127-00 


1 


COUPLER,SHAFT;PLWSTIC 


■4S 




1 


■mANSISTOR:(SEE Q252 REPL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS)"*"* 


-46 


211-0097-00 


1 


SCREW,MACHINE:4 40 X0.312 INCH.PNH STL. 


-47 


210-1170-00 


1 


WASHER.SHLDR:UAY TO-220 TRANSISTOR 


-43 


210-053B-00 


1 


NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25.3TL 
**"*(END ATTACHING PARTS)"*" 


-49 


342-0354-00 


1 


INSULATOR, PUTE:TRANSISTOR,S1LICON RUBBER 


-50 


343-0115-00 


1 


GROMMET,PLASTIC:U-SHP, 0.548 X 0.462 INCH 


-51 


337-1421-02 


1 


- SHIELD.ELEC:H1GH VOLTAGE 
"(ATTACHING PARTS)***"* 


-52 


211-0504-00 


3 


SCREW,MACHJNE:e-32 X 0.25 INGH.PNH STL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS)*"** 


-S3 


407-OB96-00 


1 


BRACKET,CHASSIS:ALUMINUM 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-54 


21 1-0541-00 


1 


SCREW, MACHlNE:6-32 X 0 . 25 ' 1 00 DEG.FLH STL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS)**'" 


-E5 


214-0982-04 


1 


SPRING,GROUND:GROUNDING 
"""(ATTACHING PARTS)""** 


-56 


211-0538-00 


3 


SCREW,MACHtNE;6-32X 0.312" 100 DEG.FLH SI 
* — (END ATTACHING PARTS)""* 


-57 


200-1204-01 


1 


COVER,CRT:REAR ALUMINUM, PTD BLUE 
(ATTACHING PARTS)""'* 


-53 


210-Q4Q1 -00 


2 


NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:G-32 X 0.31 2 HEX, BRS CD PL 


-59 


210-0005-00 


2 


WASHER,LOCK:#6 EXT.O 02 THK.STL 
"■"(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-SO 


161-0066-00 


1 


CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,1B AWG.24()V.9S,0 L 


-61 


161-0066-09 


1 


CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,0.75MM SQ.240V.96.0 L 




— 


- 


(OPTION A 1 EUROPEAN) 


-62 


161-0066-10 


1 


CABLE ASSY,PWR;3,0.75MM SQ,240V.96,0 L 






- 


(OPTION A2 UNITED KINGDOM) 


■63 


161-0066-11 


1 


CABLE ASSY,PWR;3,0.75MM.240V.96.0 L 




— 


- 


(OPTION A3 AUSTRALIAN) 


■64 


161 -0066 .12 


1 


CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,1 8AWG.240V.96,0 L 








(OPTION A4 NORTH AMERICAN) 


-65 


161-0154-00 


1 


CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,0 75MM SQ,240V,6A,2.SM L 








(OPTION A5 SWISS) 

Page 24 of 38 



^nn n-^r-inAi.rftpp 






M56727 Rev. 



-66 


204-0832-00 


1 


BODY,FUSEHOLDER:3AG,5 X 20MM FUSES 
***"'(ATT ACHING PARTS) 


-67 


210-1039-00 


1 


WASHER, L0CK:1NT, 0,521 ID X 0,625 INCH 0 
"'"(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-68 


200-2264-00 


1 


CAP,.FUSEHOLDER:3AG FUSES 


-69 


200-0237-04 


1 


COVER, FUSE HLDR^PUSTIC.SAEETY CONTROLLED 


-70 


131-0955-00 


1 


CONN.RCPT.ELEC^BNC, FEMALE 


■71 


210-0255-00 


1 


TERMINAL, LUG;0.391 ID.LOCKING.BRS CD PL 


-72 


210-0202-00 


2 


TERM;NAL,LUG:0.146 ID, lOCKlNG,BRZ, TINNED 
"‘""(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-73 


210-0407-00 


2 


NUT,PLA1N,HEX,;6-32 X 0,25 INCH, BBS 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-74 


334-3379-01 


1 


MARKER,IDENT;MARKED GROUND symbol 


-75 


136-0796-01 


1 


SKT,PL-IN ELEKiCRT CABLE 


-76 




1 


FILTER, RFI:(SEE FL201 REPL) 
“ — (ATTACHING PARTS) 


■77 


211-0510-00 


2 


SCREW, MACHINE:6-32 X a375.PNH,STL,CD PL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-78 


333-1426-04 


1 


PANEL.REAR; 


-90 




1 


CKT BOARD ASSYiHlGH VOLTAGE (SEE A3 REPL) 


-91 




41 


,TERM,PIN: (SEE A3P102,P1 1 1.P1 16,P121.P130. 
.P205,P252.P260,P290,P298 REPL) 


■92 


— 


2 


■TEST POINT:(SEE TP226,TP267 REPL) 


-93 


214-2811-00 


4 


. H EATS IN K,XSTR TO-202 ALU MIN U M 


-94 


337-1179-00 


1 


-SHIELD, ELEC:DEFLECTION AMP 


-105 


343-0088-00 


3 


CLAMP, LOOP:0,062 INCH DIA 


-106 


407-2270-02 


1 


BRACKETCHASSIS: 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-107 


211-0504-00 


2 


ECREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0,25 INCH.PNH STL 


-108 


211-0559-00 


1 


SCREW,MACHlNE:6-32 X 0,375' 100 DEG,FLH ST 
"'"(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-109 


348-0516-00 


1 


GROMMET, PLAST1C:BIACK, ROUND, 0,188 ID 


-110 


386-5073-00 


1 


SUPPORT, CKT BD 


-111 


344-0225-00 


2 


CLIP,CABLE: 


-112 


348-0115-00 


1 


GROMMET,PLASTlC:U-SHP.0,54e X 0.462 INCH 


-113 


441-0991-06 


1 


CHAS.DSPL UNIT:MAIN 
"""(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-114 


211-0604-00 


2 


SCREW.MACHINE;6-32 X 0,25 INCH.PNH STL 


■115 


211-0538-00 


2 


SCREW.MACHINE:6-32 X 0,312“ 100 DEG.FLH ST 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-116 


426-0739-02 


1 


FRASSY.DSPLUN: 



Page 25 of 38 



SI 1 U Osc i 1 1 oscope 



3/15/87 



M56727 Rev, 



This new parts list replaces the one ctirrantly given tor the FIG. 2 MAINFRAME diagram in the ntanual 
and is to be used in conjunction with the new FIG. 2 MAINFRAME diagram found in the DIAGRAM 
CHANGES portion of this insert. 



2-1 




1 


CKT BOARD ASSYllNTERFACE (SEE A1 REEL) 
(ATTACHING PARTS)”""' 


-2 


213-0146-00 


4 


SCR,TPG.THDFOR;6-20 X 0,313 INCH.PNHSTL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS)""* 






- 


CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES: 


-3 


131-O589-C0 


20 


,TERMiNAL.PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 


-4 





3 


,CONN,RCPT:(3EE A1J3CO,J60031000REPL) 


•5 


214-1593-C2 


3 


.KEY. CONN PL2N:CKTBD CONN 


-6 


2C0-26D1-0O 


3 


.COVER.ELEC CONN ;W/POLAR 121 NG KEY 


■ 7 


^31-2423-00 


3 


CONTRACT, ELEC:PLUG-IN GND.CU BE BRT DIP 


-8 


441-1641-00 


1 


CHASSIS, SCOPE:INTERFACE 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-9 


21 1-OOOS-DO 


4 


SCREW. MACHINE :4-40 X 0,250, PNH.STL.POZ 
{END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-10 




1 


CKT BOARD ASSY;LV POWER SUPPL Y (SEE ,A2 REPL ) 
(ATTACHING PARTS)""” 


■1 ' 


211-0504-00 


6 


SCREW,MACHlNE:S-32 X 0,25 INCH.PNH STL 
"—(END ATTACHING PARTS)"'" 




— 


- 


CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES: 


-12 


131-osoe-oo 


16 


.TERMINAL, PIN:0.365 L X 0,025 PH BRZ GOLD 


-13 


131-0589-00 


26 


TERMINAL,PIN:0 46 L X 0.O2S SO 


-14 




5 


.TERM TEST POINT:(SEE A2TP810,TP820,TP830, 
,TP840,TPa60 HEPL) 


-15 


344-0326-00 


14 


,CLIP.ELECTRICAL:FUSE, BRASS 


-16 


385-0149-00 


2 


,SPACER,POST:Q,625 L W/4 40 THD EA ENO.N 
'"'"(ATT ACHING PARTS)""" 


-17 


21 1-0040-00 


2 


,SCREW.MACHINE:4-40 X 0,25', BDGH PISTC 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


■18 




1 


TRANSFORMER;(SEET801 REPL) 
{ATTACHING PARTS)""*' 


-19 


212-0522-00 


4 


SCREW, MACHINE;! 0-32 X 2,50", HEX HD STL. 


-20 


210-0812-00 


4 


WASHER,NONMETAL:#10,FIBER 


-21 


16S-0457-00 


4 


INSUL SLVG,ELEC:0.19 ID X 1.875' LONG MYLAR' 


-22 


220-0410-00 


4 


NUT,EXTENDED WA:10-32 X 0.375 INCH,STL 


-23 


210-0401-00 


1 


NUT,PLAIN,HEX:6-32 X 0,312 HEX.SRS CO PL 


-24 


210-0407-00 


1 


NUT,PUVIN,HEX:6-32 X 0.25 INCH,BRS 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-25 


200-0772-09 


1 


C0VER,ELEC XFMR:3.1 25 X 3,75 X 0.375 


-26 


333-1 42S-11 


1 


PANEL.REAR: 


-27 


385-001 2-00 


1 


SPACER,P0ST:0.31 2 OD.0.562 L W/8-32 THD 
(ATTACHING PARTS)""" 


-28 


211-0025-00 


1 


SCREW, MACHINE:4-40 X 0.375 1 00 DEG.FLH ST 
(END ATTACHING PARTS)"*" 


■29 


343-0315-00 


2 


CLAMP, XSTR: 

(ATTACHING PARTS)"™ 


-30 


210-0407-00 


6 


NUT,PLAtN,HEX,:6-32 X 0.25 INCH.BRS 


■31 


21 0-O802-O0 


6 


WASHER, FLAT;0, 15 ID X 0.312 INCH OD 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 



Page 26 of 38 



Min OscilloscoDe 



3/15/87 



^56727 Rev. 



-32 


342-0355-00 


3 


INSULATOR, PLATE:TRANSlSTOR,SiLICONE RUBBER 


-33 


351-0293-00 


3 


GUIDE, SLIDE;BLUE 


-34 


351-0236-07 


3 


GUIDE, PL-IN UNLLOWER, NYLON 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-35 


213-0B14-00 


1 


SCREW,TPG.TR:4-20,0.25 L.PLASTITE 


-36 


213-0813-00 


2 


SCREW,TPG.TR:4-20,0.31 2 L.PLASTITE 
■'"'(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-37 


426-0738-02 


1 


FRAME ASSY MON: 


-38 





1 


CKT BOARD ASSY:SIGNAL OUT (SEE A7 REPL) 






" 


(OPTION 07 ONLY) 

(ATTACHING PARTS)'"”' 


-39 


211-02S2-00 


3 


SCR.ASSEM WSHR;4-40 X 0,29, BRS Nl PL 







- 


(OPTION 07 ONLY) 




— 


- 


CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES: 


■40 


131-0SS9-00 


20 


.TERMINAL.PIN:0,46 L X 0,025 SO 






- 


(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


-41 


- - 


4 


CONN.RCPT,: (SEE J916,J917,J918,J919 REPL) 






- 


(OPTION 07 ONLY) 


-42 


333-1425-12 


1 


PANEL, REAR: 




- - 


- 


(OPTION 07 ONLY) 



This new p^rls list replaces the one currently given for the FIG. 3 BENCH CABINET diagram in the 
manual and is to be used in conjurjclion with the new RG. 3 BENCH CABINET diagram found irt the 
DIAGRAM CHANGES portion of this insert. 



3-1 


200-0720-06 


1 


COVER.HDLENO: 


-2 


200-0728-00 


1 


COV, HANDLE END: 


-3 


386-1624-00 


2 


PLATE, HDL RTNG;STAINLESS STEEL 


-4 


367-0116-00 


1 


HANDLE.CARRYING: 

(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-5 


212-0597-00 


4 


SCREW. MACH iNE: 1 0-32 X 0.50 INCH. STL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS)'*"' 


-6 


386- 1283- 00 


2 


PLATE, HDL MTG:FHONT 


-7 


390-0469-00 


2 


CAB,SIDE.DSPL:SIDE 


-8 


337-3015-01 


1 


SHiELD,ELEC:HIGH VOLTAGE.W/SPCR 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-9 


212-0105-00 


2 


SCREW, EXT RLV:8-32 X 0 312 INCH, HEX HD ST 


-10 


212-0008-00 


2 


SCREW.MACHINE:8-32 X 0.500 INCH.PNH STL 


-11 


210-0008-00 


2 


WASHER.LOCK:iNTL.0.172 ID X 0,331 "OD,S 
'""(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-12 


390-0470-00 


1 


CAB,BOT,DSPL:BOTTOM 


-13 


348-0208-00 


2 


, FOOT, CABINET:LEFT FRONT AND RIGHT REAR 


-14 


348-0073-00 


2 


.HINGE BLOCK.STA:L FR,R REAR.BLACK ACETAL 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-15 


21 1 -0532-00 


2 


.SCREW,MACHIN£:6-32 X 0.75 INCH, FILM STL 


-16 


210-0457-00 


2 


■NUT.PL.ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312.STL CO PL 
(END ATTACHING PARTS) 


-17 


340-0207-00 


2 


.FOOT.CABINET:RIGHT FRONT AND LEFT REAR 


-IB 


348-0074-00 


2 


.HINGE BLOCK,STA:R FR,L REAR.BLACK ACETAL 
(ATTACHING PARTS) 


-19 


211-0532-00 


2 


. SCREW, MACHINE:6-32 X 0.75 1NCH,FILH STL 



Page 27 of 38 



5110/R5111A OSCILLOSCOPE 



3/15/87 



MS6727 



DIAGRAIVS CHANGES 



The diagrams given on the following pages are added at serial number B140959 & up. 



VEHTGAIhf HORIZGAIN 




S111A 



HIGH 
- VOLTS 
R27S 



<SN SU09SS 
abetow) 



Test Point and Adjustment Locator 



Page 28 of 38 




5110 OSCILLOSCOPE 



3/15/87 



MS6727 



A B C B E ¥ Q 




Page 30 of 33 



VOiTASE A(^£) WAVEfOSSM CONDiTiONiS 



5110/RS111A OSCILLOSCOPE 



3 / 1 5 / S 7 



MS6727 



Dsfisterous poJenf/fl/.'? erisf et severs/ points Jhmiighoui thiS insTrurTient. ine instrumsm is oc&rsted w7‘/i 

the covers removed, donot touch exposed aonnectipr^s or components. Some trensistom h&ve vcitsues fy-aseid 
on their cases. Disconned the power source before repfedng parts 

RECOMMENDED TEST EOUJPiWENT 



Heirt 



Specii leaf Ions 



PlecomfT»erKjed Typ<t 



Test oscilloscope system 



Voltmeter {nonloading 
digital multimeter) 



Deflection factor. 1 mV to 50 V/d v; 
input impedance. 1 megohm; 
frequency response, dc to k Mhfi 
Probe: tOX attenuation probe 
compatible with vertical input 
Rigid Plug-in extender. 

Range, 0 to 250 V input; input impedance, 
to megohms. 



TEKTRONIX 5110 Oscilfo^crjrJfc 
5A13N Differential Gornparstor, and 
5B10N Time Base/Ampl system or equiv, 
Use a TEKTRONIX P6062E Probe 



TEKTRONIX 5G1A Digit^i Milli- 
meter with power moduie. 



VOLTAGE CONDITIONS 

Voltage measurements on this diagram were made under the iollowing conditions: 

Amplifier units are installed in both vertical compartments, ieft vertical plug-in is switched on, right vertical plug-in is switched 
Oft and a time-base unit is installed in the horijontal compartment INTENSITY contro: Essef fully counterciocksvli>e. Voltmeter 
common is connected to chassis ground, 

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 

Osdiloscope Under Test. Install an ampilfier unit in the left vertical compartment and a time-base urtit In the horizontal 
compartment Cornset the CALIBRATOR output signal 1o the amplifier unit (set vertical input coupling to dc and volts/div for 
a 2-d{vision display). Set the time-base unit for internal auto-trigger, 2 ms/division sweep rate. Use ptug-in ejttender tOigain 
access to measurement points. 

Test Oedlloacope. Set the test oscilloscope triggering lor auto mode wjthao coupling from the internal source and s&tveKica' 
input coupling to ac. Connect a 10X Probe to the vertical input. Position the display as necessary, 



NOTE 



The v/aveforms sf?own are actual waveform photographs taken with a Tektrortix Oscilloscope Camera .5/s/otn 
and Prpiected Graticule. Vertical deflection factor shown on the waveform is Ihe scWal defiBction factor horn 
the probe tip. Voltages er\d wavefprrrts on the diagrams are not absolute end may vary between instruments 
because of component tolerances, internal caiibration. or front-panel settings. Readouts are simuiatsrJ in 
farger-than-normal type. 















5110 OSCILLOSCOPE 



3/15/87 



MS6727 



VERT & HORIZ DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS 
(SN B1 40959 & above) 



4>- 



CIRCUIT SCHE^^ BOAuRD 
NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION 



CI04 C2 B2 

C106 02 B3 

C116 02 B3 

C124 Cd E3 

C12S 04 C3 

C13S C5 C3 

P102 B2 64 

Put B4 C4 

Pi 16 B4 C4 

0104 Dl A3 

0106 01 B3 

0114 D 3 83 

0116 02 C4 

0134 04 03 

0126 04 04 

Q134 05 E3 

0136 C5 £4 



CIRCUIT SCHEM BOARO 
NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION 



piCll C3 03 

R102 Cl A3 

R103 fl? S3 

RtOA O' &2 

R106 D2 &3 

RUM E2 B3 

n 1 1 2 ca Oi 

R113 B2 B4 

Fill 4 IW C2 

R116 02 C3 

ftna £2 C3 

Rt22 C4 Oa 

R123 B4 03 

H124 D4 02 

H12& E3 64 

H126 04 03 

R128 E4 D3 

R132 C5 E2 

fli33 D5 D3 

P134 05 E2 

R13S D4 t3 

ni35 06 E3 

fll3& E6 E3 



A 

L 



B 



L 



c 



1 



D 

L 




c 



1 



s 



3 






5 




1 



TO CKt 

HORI 3 U 

DE FL. 
PtP^rss 



T* CRT 
V'lSP.'^ 
bS Fl_ 

plates 



6 



VERTICAL Sc HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERS 
(SN B1 40953 & above) 




Page 32 of 38 



51 IS OSCILLOSCOPE 



3/15/87 



M5fi727 




B 


C 


D 


E 


F 


-°-L 


H 


J 



K 




032:71 



■- '. • '■-Cl 0^27? 

;.■ /f?275v 



.a^'fe 



«Li 



Figure 8-4. A1— High-Voltage Deflection circuit board asseinbly (SN B14QS59 ft above} 




Page 33 of 38 



5110 OSCILLOSCOPE 



3/15/87 



MS6727 



A 



1 



B 



1 



C 



D 



1 






1 



Q 



N 



1 



2 



3 



k 



5 




Page 34 of 38 



5110 OSCILLOSCOPE 



3/1 S/8? 



M5S727 




1 


POWER SUPPLY AND 
[3N B140959 


CAUBRATOR DIAGRAM 
& above) 




cmcuiT 


SCMEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


5CH€^ 


80ARD 


ciRCun 


5CHEM 


BOARD 


PiUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


CBJO 


02 


H4 


FB34 


as 


P4 


nasi 


F3 


El 


CB3S 


C2 


C4 


F63S 


GJ 


F3 


nes2 


F4 




C02O 


G3 


D2 


FaSB 


b4 


E4 


R6G3 


F4 


D2 


C052 


E3 


B3 


FBBC 


C2 


63 


R&56 


F4 


C2 


C03O 


El 


G3 


Faso 


□6 


06 


R8E7 


04 


C2 


C837 


E3 


C6 


P370 


Cl 


J4 


HB69 


G4 




CB3d 


£3 




F83C 


Ml 


FI 


fiesa 


G4 


C2 


CB42 


34 


F2 


P840 


G1 


G1 


RBBO 


F6 


G2 


CB52 


P4 


D2 


pflao 


H2 


F2 


R661 


F6 


h£ 


cesT 


fA 


C2 


P9M 


D6 


FI 


HBB3 


FB 


G2 


CS60 


G& 


F2 








R6BB 


FB 


G2 


ce€& 


C€ 


Ga 


0816 


F3 


a4 


R067 


E6 


G2 


C870 


E& 


G3 


0820 


E3 


B2 


R868 


F6 


H2 


CS72 


E5 


H3 


0825 


43 


B2 


R86& 


FS 


H2 


C875 


FB 


M3 


0840 


M 


Al 


3870 


E5 




casi 


CA 


05 


Q84& 


P4 


C2 


R672 


ES 


H3 


rss3 


C4 


06 


0850 


F4 


E2 


R673 


ES 


□S 


CS90 


C4 


C4 


OB BO 


F6 


U2 


6676 


FB 


Hi 








QB6S 


F6 


F2 


3077 


F5 


H4 


CBBlO 


C2 


GS 


0670 


FB 


03 


R878 


F5 




CRB1 1 


C.2 


G5 


0875 


Fa 


S3 


RB7B 


F6 


K4 


CHB12 


C2 


G5 


QB8S 


C4 


CB 


naao 


C4 


DS 


CRBia 


QZ 


QB 


0890 


D* 


C4 


R861 


C4 


05 


CRB15 


C2 


D4 








RSB3 


C4 


CB 


CR320 


G3 


S3 


R6iO 


M 


Q6 


6885 


C4 


03 


CRM4 


E3 


C3 


FtB12 


02 


F6 


R890 


04 


C3 


CHB35 


C3 


05 


PtB15 


F3 


S3 


R692 


04 


52 


CH«3« 


C3 


DS 


RB15 


F3 


B3 


R693 


04 


C3 


CH«37 


E3 


04 


R61S 


F3 


B3 








C8a<n 


G4 


C2 


ft8ie 


F3 


C3 


r&oi 


□ 1 


SB 


CBS42 


G4 


E2 


ftezo 


E3 


B2 








CRB 50 


F4 


DZ 


RS22 


E3 


as 


TP81C 


Q2 


G1 


cneBi 


F4 


D2 


F&24 


E3 


C3 


TR820 


Q3 


G1 


CR960 


Q5 


HZ 


RE 26 


f3 


B3 


Tpexi 


Q4 


FI 


CR96S 


E9 


G3 


B027 


63 


b3 


TP8B0 


GB 


FI 


CftBTO 


ES 


G3 


peoo 


Dl 


H3 








CFt07S 


EB 


H3 


R632 


El 


H3 


VB06O 


F4 


Dl 


CRBSS 


C5 


C5 


R634 


01 


H3 


vRsaft 


F5 


H2 


CRB30 


□4 


C4 


R641 


F3 


82 


VRB70 


E6 


G3 








6042 


G4 


C2 








PSOB 


02 


E4 


ns4e 


F4 


CT 


WE81 


D5 


ei 


FBIO 


32 


€4 


HB47 


F4 


Cl 








FB15 




04 


6360 


F4 


Dl 









Page 35 of 38 



5110 OSCILLOSCOPE 



3/15/87 



M56727 



1 



2 



3 



4 



5 



6 



A B C D I r G H 

I I ! I ! 1 I 




Page 36 of 33 



511» OSCILLOSCOPE 



3 ! IS ini 



M56727 



This riew 0 xplodod view illustration replaces ths one currently given in tde manual for FIG. 1 
DISPLAY. It is to be used in conjunction with the new Figure 1 parts list in the REPLACEABLE 
MECHANICAL FAHTS LIST CHANGES sectio.n of this Manual Change information insert. 




51 ID OSCILLOSCOPE 



Ttii3new9xplo{Jed-viewillust/atior}repiaceslh0aneaumntfyg/venir7thefnanuBHorFiS.2 
MAINFHAME. It is to be used in txmjulKtiofi with dw new FtQUfB 2 parts liitf given rn the 
REPLACEABLE UECHAfJiCAL PAfiTSUST CHAt</GeS section at this MgnuatChSnQs UTformation 




S110OSCIU.OSC0PE 



3/1 S/S7 



MS6727 



ThsnewB)(plodfxlviewiaustr£iionfep!acesrh9onecurren!iygiveninthefT}antjalhfnG.3 
BENCH Cabinet. mstQOeusedincon^/toddnwHh the newFtgureSpaiisSstgfveninthe 
FtEPLACEABLBMECHAfJICALPAnTS UST CHANGES section of this ManuslCItange infctm/iticn 
inseti. 




Page 33 of 38 



K4XL's 



BAMA 



This manual is provided FREE OF CHARGE from 
the “BoatAnchor Manual Archive” as a service to 
the Boatanchor community. 

It was uploaded by someone who wanted to help 
you repair and maintain your equipment. 

If you paid anyone other than BAMA for this manual 
you paid someone who is making a profit from the 
free labor of others without asking their permission. 

You may pass on copies of this manual to anyone 
who needs it. But do it without charge. 

Thousands of files are available without charge 
from BAMA. Visit us at http://bama.sbc.edu